FitSugar

Emotional Eating: How to Regain Control

FitSugar — Fri, 16 May 2008 11:00:00 -0700

Food, the nourishment for our lives, can be loaded with issues. In our troubled relationships with food, emotional eating ranks at the top of the list. Once you understand the characteristics of emotional eating, the next step is to regain control in your patterns. Your strong emotions might trigger a strong hunger or craving, but you can teach yourself how to change your relationship with food and ultimately your emotions.

Here are some new habits to try:

Triggers: Keeping a food journal of what you eat, when you eat, and why you eat it (this one is the most difficult) can help you track your triggers. Once you are conscious of your triggers, you can begin to change your patters. In need of a journal? You can print this one for free.
Know your hunger: Physical hunger comes on slowly, and emotional hunger comes on quickly and is intense. Pay attention to how your stomach feels – is it rumbling and empty? Try waiting out the craving and see if the hunger subsides.
Other comforts: It is important to "feed" yourself in other ways aside from food and find comfort in activities other than eating. Taking a walk, buying some flowers, calling a friend, petting your dog – these things can soothe you. Keep a list of alternatives, to refer to when in the midst of a craving.

There are a few more tips, so read more.

Banish junk food: Stock your pantry and fridge with healthy comfort foods. If there are no cookies, chips or ice cream in your house, the chances drop considerably that you will eat and overeat those foods. Snacking on healthy tidbits through out the day can also keep crazy emotional cravings at bay.
Do eat: Make sure that you are eating a well-balanced diet with complex carbs, protein, and healthy fats. When you fill up on healthy foods you will be better able to determine emotional hunger from physical hunger.
Be healthy: I know this one seems obvious, but take good care of yourself. Exercise regularly and get adequate sleep. Hunger, lack of sleep, and lack of exercise can make you moody, and when you're a cranky pants it is harder to manage your cravings and combat the stresses that often lead you to reach for food for comfort.

Source

Birth control options for women

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:56 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

First "No-Period" Birth Control Pill Approved

In May 2007, the Food and Drug Administration approved Lybrel, the first birth control pill that completely eliminates monthly menstrual periods. Lybrel contains low doses of the estrogen estradiol and the progestin levonorgestrol. The active pills are taken 365 days a year with no inactive pill breaks. In clinical trials, 59% of women who took Lybrel completely stopped having menstrual periods by the end of the first year. Some women, however, continued to experience occasional unscheduled bleeding or spotting during the first 3 - 6 months of use.

Third-Generation Progestins Controversy

In February 2007, the consumer advocacy organization Public Citizen petitioned the Food and Drug Administration to ban the use of desogestrel in oral contraceptives. According to some studies, desogestrel has nearly double the risk for blood clots compared to older, second-generation progestins like levonorgestrel. (However, other studies have not found an increased risk.) Desogestrel is contained in birth control pills such as Mircette.

Oral Contraceptives and Heart Attack Risks

Low-dose oral contraceptives do not increase the risk of heart attack for women in their 30s and 40s, indicates a 2007 study in Fertility and Sterility.

Oral Contraceptives and Cancer Risks

Combination oral contraceptives may reduce the risk for uterine, ovarian, and colorectal cancer, but women who use them for more than 8 years have an increased risk for cervical, breast, and central nervous system cancers, according to a 2007 study in the British Medical Journal.

Birth Control Patch and Blood Clot Risk

Women who use the birth control patch (Ortho Evra) have double the risk for blood clots as women who use oral contraceptives, suggests a 2007 study in Obstetrics & Gynecology. Other studies have reported few differences in risks between the two types of contraceptives. Some experts are concerned that prolonged estrogen exposure with the birth control patch (and ring) increases the risks for blood clots.

Introduction

Contraceptives are devices or methods for preventing pregnancy, either by preventing the fertilization of the female egg by the male sperm or by preventing implantation of the fertilized egg. Contraceptives are not modern inventions. The first prescription for a contraceptive device described a tampon barrier device and was written on papyrus in 1550 BC.

Choosing the appropriate contraceptive varies from individual to individual. Contraceptive options include:

Hormonal contraceptives (oral contraceptives, skin patch, vaginal ring, implant, injection)
Intrauterine devices (IUDs), which contain either a hormone or copper
Barrier devices with or without spermicides (diaphragm, cervical cap, sponge, condom)
Natural family planning methods (basal body temperature, cervical mucus, symptothermal)
Female sterilization (tubal ligation, Essure)

The pill works in several ways to prevent pregnancy. The pill suppresses ovulation so that an egg is not released from the ovaries, and changes the cervical mucus, causing it to become thicker and making it more difficult for sperm to swim into the womb. The pill also does not allow the lining of the womb to develop enough to receive and nurture a fertilized egg. This method of birth control offers no protection against sexually-transmitted diseases.

Contraceptive effectiveness is characterized by "typical use" and "perfect use":

Typical use refers to real-life conditions, in which mistakes (such as forgetting to take a birth control pill at the right time) sometimes happen.
Perfect use refers to contraceptives that are used correctly each time intercourse occurs.

Research has shown that the four most effective standard female contraceptives are surgical sterilization, the intrauterine device (IUD), implants, and injections. They all have an estimated failure rate of less than 1% during the first year of normal (typical) use. Vasectomy (male surgical sterilization) is the only male contraceptive that is equally effective. By comparison, the estimated failure rate of the male latex condom used without spermicide is 14% with typical use and 3% with perfect use. To put these rates into perspective, a sexually active woman of reproductive age who does not use contraception faces an 85% likelihood of becoming pregnant in the course of a year.

Birth control is a controversial subject. In recent years, there has been a growing movement in the United States to restrict a woman's access to contraceptives. In addition to the political battles over non-prescription access to emergency contraception (Plan B), 18 states (as of 2006) are considering legislation that would allow pharmacists to refuse to dispense medications due to moral or religious objections. There have been hundreds of reports of pharmacists refusing to fill birth control prescriptions. In response to this trend, several members of Congress introduced in April 2005 the Access to Legal Pharmaceuticals Act, which would override any state legislation. The bill would require that pharmacies fill birth control prescriptions and would protect women’s legal right to purchase such products.

Oral Contraception

Oral contraceptives are available only by prescription and come in either a combination of estrogen and progestin or progestin alone. Many brands of each form are available. Although both are equally effective with typical use, the combined pill is more effective with perfect use, and most women choose this form.

Some women, however, experience severe headaches or high blood pressure from the estrogen in the combined pill and must take the progestin-only pill. Not all combined pills or progestin-only pills are alike, and brands differ in the amount of estrogen or progestin they contain. Many oral contraceptive combined brands now use lower estrogen doses than previous brands and are proving to be safe and effective while providing a better quality of life than earlier oral contraceptives.

For all oral contraceptive users, a check-up at least once a year is essential. It is also important for women to have their blood pressure checked 3 months after beginning the pill. Former pill users who want to bear children usually regain fertility in 3 - 6 months, but they may regain it even sooner.

Estrogen (Estradiol)

Estrogen is the major female hormone and is responsible for female characteristics. The estrogen compound used in most oral contraceptives is estradiol and is always used with a progestin.

Effects on Reproduction. When used throughout a menstrual cycle with progesterone, estrogen suppresses the actions of other reproductive hormones (luteinizing hormone, or LH, and follicle stimulating hormone, or FSH) and prevents ovulation. Estrogen also changes the cellular structure of the lining of the uterus (the endometrium) and hinders implantation of a fertilized egg.

Side Effects of Estrogen. During the first 2 - 3 months of use of oral contraceptives, side effects from estrogen in the combined pill include:

Nausea and vomiting (can often be controlled by taking the pill during a meal or at bedtime)
Headaches (in women with a history of migraines, they may worsen)
Dizziness
Breast tenderness and enlargement

Progesterone (Progestin)

When used in contraception, progesterone is referred to by one of several names:

Progesterone is the name for the natural hormone.
Progestogen is a synthetic form.
Progestin is the term for any hormone, natural or synthetic, that causes progesterone effects; it is used as the general term in this report.

Progestins may be used alone or with estrogen in oral contraceptives. In addition, certain specific progestins are used in other kinds of contraceptives, such as etonogestrel in the Implanon implant and depo-medroxyprogesterone acetate in the injectable contraceptive Depo-Provera.

Progesterone can prevent pregnancy by itself in several ways:

Blocking luteinizing hormone (LH), one of the reproductive hormones important in ovulation
Maintaining a powerful barrier against the entry of sperm into the uterus by keeping the cervical mucus thick and sticky
Changing the lining of the uterus, making it more difficult for the fertilized egg to implant

Progestins used in contraceptives are referred to as:

Second generation (levonorgestrel, norethisterone).
Third generation (desogestrel, gestodene, norgestimate, drospirenone). The third-generation progestins tend to have fewer male-like side effects. Some studies suggest, however, they may pose a slightly higher risk for blood clots than the older progestins, although the risk is still small.

In 2007, the consumer advocacy group Public Citizen petitioned the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to ban desogestrel-containing contraceptives, citing studies that indicated a nearly 2-fold increased risk for blood clots compared to second-generation oral contraceptives. Some experts, however, have criticized Public Citizen’s report for relying on older studies. The FDA has said that it will review Public Citizen’s petition.

Side Effects of Progestins. Side effects of progestin occur in both the combination oral contraceptives and any contraceptive that uses only progestin. Side effects may be less or more severe depending on the form and dosage of the contraceptive. Side effects may include:

Changes in uterine bleeding such as higher amounts during periods, spotting and bleeding between periods (called break-through bleeding), or absence of periods
Unexpected flow of breast milk (check with your doctor if this occurs to be sure other conditions are not causing it)
Abdominal pain or cramps
Diarrhea
Fatigue, unusual tiredness, weakness
Hot flashes
Decreased sex drive
Nausea
Trouble sleeping
Acne or skin rash (not all oral contraceptives have this side effect; low-dose oral contraceptives actually improve acne)
Depression, irritability, or other mood changes (although some oral contraceptives are helpful for women with premenstrual dysphoric syndrome)
Swelling in the face, ankles, or feet
Weight gain

Newer formulations of combination pills that use low-dose estrogen, and newer progestins, may reduce and even lower the risk of many of these side effects, including weight gain. Low-dose progestins used in non-oral contraceptives, such as the LNG-IUS IUD, also may not pose as high a risk for these side effects. If side effects continue or are severe, talk to your doctor. For many of those who do have side effects, their bodies eventually adjust.

Click the icon to see an image of a blood clot.

Oral contraceptives that contain both estrogen and progestin are the more common type of oral contraceptive. At least 10 million American women and 100 million women worldwide use combination oral contraceptives. When they were first marketed in the early 1960s, oral contraceptivescontained as much as 5 times the amount of estrogen and up to 10 times the amount of progestins currently used. After reports of severe complications (stroke, heart attack, and pulmonary embolisms) in young women, the hormone amounts were significantly reduced.

The estrogen compound used in most oral contraceptives is ethinyl estradiol (also called estradiol, or EE). Fifty micrograms of estradiol is considered high dose, 30 - 35 micrograms are considered average dose, and 20 micrograms or fewer is low-dose. (The high doses found in current oral contraceptives are still much lower than earlier forms of the pill.) Doctors recommend using the lowest possible progestin and estrogen doses. Estrogen doses should not exceed 50 micrograms, as higher doses increase the risk for complications.

Many different types of progestins are used in combination with estradiol. Some common types of progestin, and popular combination oral contraceptive brands, include:

Desogestrel is the progestrin used in Mircette. Approved in 1998, Mircette was the first oral contraceptive to offer a low estrogen dose and a new type of dosing regimen. Some studies suggest an increased risk for blood clots with desogesterel (see "Hormones Used in Contraceptives").
Drospirenone is used in Yasmin and Yaz. (Yaz contains a lower dose of estrogen than Yasmin.) Because drospirenone increases blood levels of potassium, women should not use Yasmin or Yaz if they have kidney, liver, or adrenal diseases.
Levonorgestrel is used in Seasonale and Seasonique, as well as many other oral and non-oral contraceptives.
Norethindrone is used in Loestrin and Loestrin 24 Fe (which adds iron supplements to the placebo pills).
Norgestrel is used in various generic and brand contraceptives.

Many types of medications and supplements (Tylenol, anti-seizure drugs, antibiotics, vitamin C, St. John's wort) can interact with progestin and reduce its effectiveness. Make sure your doctor is aware of any drugs, vitamins, and herbal supplements that you take.

Types of Regimens. Combination pills are sold in 21-day or 28-day packs:

Each pill in a 21-day pack contains estrogen and progestin. Women take 1 pill a day for 21 days, and then wait 7 days before starting a new 21-day pack.
28-day packs typically start with 21 hormone pills and add 7 placebo pills that do not contain hormones. After taking hormone pills for 21 days, a woman takes the inactive pills for 7 days. Some newer brands, like Yaz, use 24 days of active pills and 4 days of inactive pills. Mircette uses 21 days of low-dose progestin and estrogen, followed by 2 placebo days, and then 5 days of very low-dose estrogen. Loestrin 24 Fe uses 24 days of active pills followed by 4 days of iron-containing placebo pills.

Oral contraceptives may be taken in cycles that include pills of the same or different strengths. These are categorized as monophasic (one-phase), biphasic (two-phase), or triphasic (three-phase). Monophasic pills contain the same amount of hormones in each dose. Biphasic and triphasic pills contain different dosages of hormones within the pill packs. Because monophasic pills have a consistent amount of hormones, they tend to cause fewer hormone-fluctuating side effects than biphasic or triphasic pills. Several 2006 reviews found little difference in effectiveness between these three types of oral contraceptives. Many experts recommend monophasic pills as the best first-choice for birth control pills.

Taking the Pills. A woman usually takes the first pill either on the Sunday after her period starts or during the first 24 hours of her period. (The first pill can be started at any time during the menstrual cycle without affecting the bleeding patterns. Ovulation can occur that month, however.) The remaining pills are taken once a day, ideally at the same time of day, until the pack is used up. If a woman has a 21-day pack, she waits 7 days before starting a new pack. If she is on the 28-day pack, she takes the 7 inactive pills.

If you skip one or more pills, take the following precautions:

Missing the first pill in a new cycle. Take a tablet as soon as you remember and the next one at the usual time. Two tablets can be taken in one day. Use barrier contraception for 7 days after the missed dose. [See "Spermicidal and Barrier Contraception."]
Missing a pill 2 days in a row. Take 2 pills as soon as you remember and then 2 more the following day. Also use back-up barrier contraception until the next pill cycle.
Missing more than 2 days. Discard the pack, use a back-up birth control method, and begin a new cycle on the following Sunday, even if you have started bleeding.

Standard oral contraceptives come in a 28-pill pack that contains 21 active pills and 7 inactive pills. Newer "continuous-dosing" (also called "continuous-use") oral contraceptives aim to reduce -- or even eliminate -- monthly periods and thereby prevent the pain and discomfort that often accompanies menstruation. These oral contraceptives contain a combination of estradiol and the progesterone levonorgestrel, but use extending dosing of active pills.

Seasonale, the first continuous-dosing contraceptive, was approved in 2003. It contains 81 days of active pills followed by 7 days of inactive pills. Women who take Seasonale have on average a period every 3 months. Seasonique, a follow-up to Seasonale, was approved in 2006. As with Seasonale, it produces about 4 periods a year. With Seasonique, a women takes 84 days of levonorgestrol-estradiol pills followed by 7 days of pills that contain only low-dose estradiol.

In 2007, the Food and Drug Administration approved Lybrel, which supplies a daily low dose of levonorgestrol and estradiol with no inactive pills. Because Lybrel contains only active pills, which are taken 365 days a year, it completely eliminates monthly menstrual periods. In clinical trials, 59% of women who took Lybrel completely stopped menstrual periods by the end of the first year. Some women, however, experienced occasional unscheduled bleeding or spotting during the first 3 - 6 months. In clinical trials, women who took Lybrel experienced relief of premenstrual syndrome symptoms within a month of starting the drug.

Progestin-only pill brands include:

Levonorgestrel (Plan B)
Norethindrone (Micronor, Avgestin, Norlutin, Nor-QD). (This progestin is made from male hormones, so may cause more male side effects than others.)
Norgestrel (Ovrette)

Progestin-only pills, which only contain progestins, are always sold in 28-day packs and all the pills are active. (An exception is Plan B, which is emergency contraception.) Progestin-only pills must be taken at precisely the same time each day to maintain top effectiveness. If a woman deviates from her pill schedule by even 3 hours, she should call her doctor about using back-up contraception for the next 2 days. Progestin-only pill users will experience even lighter periods than those taking combination pills. Some may not have periods at all. These hormones should not be used by premenopausal women in their 40s, since they pose a higher risk for adverse effects in this group.

Oral contraceptives are the choice of most American women who use birth control, making them the most popular reversible contraceptives in the U.S. Oral contraceptives are among the most effective contraceptives. Failure rates are very low and are usually due to noncompliance. Some studies have suggested that women who are overweight may have a higher risk for failure. The risk for these women is also still very low, however.

Oral contraceptives also have the following advantages:

More sexual freedom. oral contraceptives do not interfere with intercourse, and in fact, many women report that sex is more pleasurable because they no longer have to worry about pregnancy.
Reduce menorrhagia (heavy bleeding) and, therefore, reduce the risk for anemia.
Reduction in dysmenorrhea (severe pain). High-dose oral contraceptives have been especially helpful, but they carry risks. Specific newer low-dose oral contraceptives that contain certain progestins, such as Yasmin (with drospirenone) and Mircette (with desogestrel), may reduce menstrual pain.
Possible reduction in premenstrual syndrome with specific oral contraceptives, notably Yaz (which was approved for treating premenstrual dysphoric disorder -- premenstrual depression -- in 2006.) Some oral contraceptives, however, are associated with worse emotional changes. Monophasic oral contraceptives may have a more beneficial effect on mood than triphasic oral contraceptives.
Reduction in endometriosis.

Endometriosis is the condition in which the tissue that normally lines the uterus (endometrium) grows on other areas of the body causing pain and irregular bleeding.

Possible protection against multiple sclerosis. Some studies have suggested that women who take oral contraceptives may be less likely to develop multiple sclerosis
Acne improvement with low-dose oral contraceptives. (Some low-dose contraceptives, such as Ortho Tri-Cyclen, have been specifically approved for acne reduction, although most low-dose oral contraceptives reduce testosterone levels and so help reduce acne.)
Possible protection against bone loss with low-dose oral contraceptives. The effect of contraceptives on bone density is unclear and may depend on the specific formulas and types of progestins used.

Common Side Effects. Estrogen and progesterone have different side effects. Women on the combined pill may experience different effects from those on the progestin-only pill. Symptoms of serious problems include severe abdominal pain, chest pain, unusual headaches, visual disturbances, or severe pain or swelling in the legs. In spite of some concerns, combination oral contraceptives do not generally cause weight gain.

[For specific side effects of estrogen and progestin, see "Hormones Used in Contraception."]

Serious Effects on Heart and Circulation. Combination birth control pills contain estrogen, which can increase the risk for stroke, heart attack, and blood clots in some women. The risk is highest for women who smoke or have a history of heart disease risk factors (such as high blood pressure) or cardiac events. Women who have certain metabolic disorders, such as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), are also at higher risk for heart-related complications associated with these pills.

When birth control pills were first introduced, heart and circulatory risks were higher than they are now. Current brands of combination oral contraceptives contain much lower dosages of estrogen and are safer than those earlier pills. Some studies, however, including a 2005 review, suggest that even low-dose combination birth control pills have some cardiovascular risks. Other research, such as a 2007 study of older women ages 30 - 49, indicate that low-dose oral contraceptives do not increase heart attack risk.

All combination estrogen/progestin birth control products carry an increased risk for blood clots in the veins (venous thromboembolism). The risk is lower for oral contraceptives than for the birth control patch (Ortho Evra) or the ring (NuvaRing), which expose women to higher levels of estrogen than birth control pills. Women who smoke or who have other heart disease risk factors may want to consider using alternatives to combination oral contraceptives, such as progestin-only oral contraceptives ("mini-pills"), intrauterine devices, or barrier contraceptive methods. Discuss your lifestyle and health history with your doctor to determine if combination birth control pills are safe for you.

Click the icon to see an image of stroke.

Overall Cancer Risks. Combination oral contraceptives appear to increase the risk for some types of cancers (cervical) and reduce the risks for others (ovarian and uterine). For other types of cancer, such as breast cancer, the evidence is less clear. According to a 2007 study in the British Medical Journal, current users of high-dose (50 micrograms/day) combination oral contraceptives have a reduced risk for uterine, ovarian, and possibly colorectal cancer. However, women who use estrogen-containing oral contraceptives for more than 8 years have an increased risk for cervical, breast, and central nervous system cancers. Researchers found that once women stopped taking birth control pills, the risks for breast and cervical cancer returned to those of non-users within 10 years.

Breast Cancer. Studies have been conflicting about whether estrogen in oral contraception increases the chances for breast cancer, and if it does, which women are at risk. Some studies indicate that the risk may be higher for premenopausal breast cancer when women use oral contraceptives before their first pregnancy. The most definitive study to date -- the 2002 Women’s Contraceptive and Reproductive Experiences (CARE) study -- evaluated oral contraceptive use and breast cancer among women ages 35 - 64. The CARE study found that current or former oral contraceptive use did not increase the risk for breast cancer.

Cervical Cancer. Several studies have reported a strong association between cervical cancer and long-term use of oral contraception. Women who have taken oral contraceptives for more than 10 years have a much higher risk of human papilloma virus (HPV) infection (up to four times higher) than those who do not use oral contraceptives. Women taking oral contraceptives for less than 5 years have no significantly higher risk. The reasons for this risk from oral contraceptive use are not entirely clear. Women who use oral contraceptives may be less likely to use a diaphragm, condoms, or other methods that offer some protection against sexual transmitted diseases, including HPV. Some experts also suggest that the hormones in oral contraceptives might facilitate entry of the HPV virus in the genetic material of cervical cells. HPV is the main cause of cervical cancer, as well as genital warts.

Ovarian and Uterine Cancers. Evidence clearly indicates that oral contraceptives reduce the risk of ovarian cancer. The risk decreases by 10 - 12% after 1 year of use and by 50% after 5 years of use. Contraceptives with high levels of progestins may reduce ovarian cancer risk more than contraceptives with low levels of progestins. Oral contraceptives also reduce the risk of uterine (endometrial) cancer. The protective effect of oral contraceptives continues for many years after a woman stops taking the pills.

Click the icon to see an image of cervical cancer.

Other Complications. Other complications have been associated with the use of oral contraceptives:

Taking oral contraceptives containing certain progestins (desogestrel in one study) may increase the risk for periodontal disease. Other types of progestins do not pose a risk for gum disease.
There has been some debate over whether the progestin-only pill increases the risk for permanent type 2 diabetes in women who develop a temporary form of diabetes during pregnancy (called gestational diabetes). In any case, the low-dose combination pill does not appear to pose such a risk. Women with a history of gestational diabetes should discuss this controversy with their doctor.
Some evidence suggests that oral contraceptives may reduce lung capacity during exercise. There have been a few reports of worsening asthma symptoms with oral contraceptives, but this is not common.
The pill can affect the liver and, rarely, has been associated with liver tumors, gallstones, or jaundice. Women with a history of liver disease, such as hepatitis, should consider other contraceptive options.

Interactions with Other Medications. Oral contraceptives can interact with many other medications and herbal supplements.

New methods of administering the combination of progestin and estrogen are now available. Failure rates with perfect use (0.1 - 0.6%) are similar to those with combined oral contraceptives. The recommendations and side effects are the same as those for oral contraceptives. None of these methods protect against sexually transmitted diseases.

Skin Patches. Ortho Evra was approved in 2002 as the first birth control skin patch. It contains a progestin (norelgestromin) and estrogen. The patch is placed on the lower abdomen, buttocks, or upper body (but not on the breasts). Each patch is worn continuously for a week and reapplied on the same day of each week. After three weekly patches, the fourth week is patch-free, which allows menstruation. (The patch remains effective for 9 days, so being slightly late in changing it should not increase the risk for pregnancy.)

In 2005, the Food and Drug Administration warned that the Ortho patch exposes women to higher levels of estrogen than most birth control pills, and therefore may increase the risk for blood clots and other serious side effects. A 2007 study reported that women who use the patch have twice the risk of blood clots as women who use estrogen/norelgestromin oral contraceptives. In contrast, other studies in 2006 and 2007 suggested that the patch and oral contraceptives carry similar blood clot risks. Older women (over age 40) and women with risk factors for blood clots (such as cigarette smoking) may find other birth control products to be a safer choice. Discuss with your doctor whether the patch is appropriate for you.

Vaginal Ring. NuvaRing is a 2-inch flexible ring that contains both estrogen and progestin (etonogestrel). It is inserted into the vagina. Women can insert the ring by themselves once a month and take it out at the end of the third week to allow menstruation. It works well and may cause less irregular bleeding than oral contraceptives. Some women find it uncomfortable, and a few have reported vaginal irritation and discharge, but such problems rarely cause a woman to discontinue use. As with the patch, NuvaRing may put women who take it at higher risk for blood clots than oral contraceptives.

Implant Contraception

Implant contraception involves inserting a rod under the skin. The rod releases into the bloodstream tiny amounts of the hormone progestin.

The first implant was the Norplant system, which used six rods that contained levonorgestrel. Due in part to serious complications, Norplant was withdrawn from the U.S. market in 2002. The main complication was difficulty inserting and, in particular, removing the rods. (Many women experienced scarring.) In addition, some women who used Norplant experienced heavy irregular bleeding. A two-rod implant called Jadelle is sold in other countries, but not the United States.

In 2006, the Food and Drug Administration approved Implanon, a new implant contraceptive. In contrast to Norplant:

Implanon uses one rod, not six.
It is not inserted as deeply into the skin.
It uses etonogestrel, a different type of progestin than the levonorgestrel used in Norplant.
Only specially trained health care providers are allowed to insert and remove Implanon.

Implanon insertion takes about a minute and is performed with a local anesthetic in a doctor’s office. The rod remains in place for 3 years, although it can be removed at any time. (The removal procedure takes a few minutes longer than insertion.) After the rod is removed, a new one can be inserted.

Studies indicate that Implanon is safe. Irregular bleeding is the main side effect. However, some doctors are concerned that Implanon may have some of the same risks as Norplant.

Injected Contraception

Injected contraceptives are given once every 3 months. Most injectables are progestin-only. In the United States, depo-medroxyprogesterone acetate (Depo-Provera) is the only approved injected contraceptive. Depo-Provera (also called Depo, or DMPA) uses a progestin called medroxyprogesterone. Like other progestin contraceptives, Depo-Provera prevents pregnancy by halting ovulation, thickening the cervical mucus, and stopping the implantation of fertilized eggs in the uterine lining.

Depo-Provera is very effective in preventing pregnancies. About 3 in 100 women who use it become pregnant. However, Depo also carries the risk for many mild and serious side effects. The most serious side effect is loss of bone density (see "Disadvantages"). Because of this complication, Depo-Provera should not be used for more than 2 years.

Administering Injections:

A physical examination is necessary before beginning the injections.
Depo is injected into a muscle in the patient's arm or buttock. During months between injections, the hormone slowly diffuses out of the muscle into the bloodstream.
Depo requires an injection by the doctor once every 3 months.
If more than 2 weeks pass beyond the regular injection schedules, the woman should have a pregnancy test before receiving the next injection.

Because Depo-Provera does not contain estrogen, it is safe for many women who are not candidates for combination oral contraceptives, such as women smokers over age 35.

Depo-Provera should not be given to women who have a history of:

Current or past breast cancer
Stroke or blood clots
Liver disease
Epilepsy, migraine, asthma, heart failure, or kidney disease (due to the fact that the drug causes fluid retention)
Unexplained vaginal bleeding
Risk for osteoporosis

Because of the long lag time between ending treatments and restoration of fertility, Depo-Provera is not recommended for women who are thinking of becoming pregnant within 2 years.

Provides highly effective reversible protection against pregnancy without placing heavy demands on the user's time or memory.
Does not increase risk for breast, ovarian, or cervical cancer. May protect against endometrial cancer.
May be useful for women with painful periods, heavy bleeding (including heavy bleeding caused by fibroids), premenstrual syndrome, and endometriosis.

Weight gain. Most women gain an average of 5 - 8 pounds.
Other common side effects include menstrual irregularities (bleeding or cessation of periods), abdominal pain and discomfort, dizziness, headache, fatigue, nervousness.
Most users of Depo-Provera stop menstruating altogether after a year. Depo can cause persistent infertility for up to 22 months after the last injection, although the average is 10 months.
Long-term (more than 2 years) use of Depo-Provera can cause loss of bone density. In November 2004, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) added a “black box” warning to the Depo-Provera label advising of this risk. The warning notes that the decline in bone density increases with duration of use and may not be completely reversible even after the drug is discontinued. Based on this information, the FDA recommends that Depo-Provera should not be used for longer than 2 years unless other birth control methods are inadequate. A 2005 study of young women (age 14 - 18 years) found that adolescents who stop taking Depo-Provera do regain bone density.
The injections do not provide protection against sexually transmitted diseases. According to a 2004 study, women who take Depo-Provera have three times the risk of acquiring chlamydia and gonorrhea as women who do not use a hormonal contraceptive. The reason for this increased risk is unclear. The same study found that oral contraceptive use, in comparison to non-hormonal contraceptives, was not associated with increased risk.

Intrauterine Devices (IUDs)

The intrauterine device (IUD) is a small plastic T-shaped device that is inserted into the uterus. An IUD's contraceptive action begins as soon as the device is placed in the uterus and stops as soon as it is removed. IUDs have an effectiveness rate of close to 100%. They are also a reversible form of contraception. Once the device is removed, a woman regains her fertility.

The intrauterine device (IUD) is one of the safest, least expensive, and most effective contraceptive devices available. In spite of its clear advantages and current safety record, only 1% of American women currently use the IUD. (Over 10% of European women have chosen the IUD.) This low use in America is mainly due to persisting and now unwarranted fears of serious infection and other complications. However, the evidence available today should reassure providers and patients about the following concerns:

Pelvic infections. What was thought to be an increased risk of pelvic inflammatory disease has proven not to be true. Large groups of patients have been evaluated, and their risk does not seem to be any greater than the risk in the general population The risk for infection may be increased around the time of insertion of the IUD, but routine screening before insertion is generally not recommended There is also no evidence that IUD usage increases the risk of HIV infection.
Infertility. IUDs were thought to cause infertility, mostly because of concerns about infections. However, studies have shown that women with a history of using an IUD are no more likely to be diagnosed with infertility than those who have not used IUDs. This seems to be true for women who have never been pregnant or women who have been pregnant previously.
Ectopic pregnancy. Another concern was a presumed increased risk for an ectopic pregnancy. In reality, women using IUDs have a significantly lower rate of ectopic pregnancies than women using no contraception at all. Even for women who have a history of ectopic pregnancies when not using contraception, the IUD is considered safe and may even lower their risk for another one.

The intrauterine device (IUD) shown uses copper as the active contraceptive, others use progesterone in a plastic device. IUDs are very effective at preventing pregnancy (less than 2% chance per year for the progesterone IUD, less than 1% chance per year for the copper IUD). IUDs come with increased risk of ectopic pregnancy and perforation of the uterus and do not protect against sexually transmitted disease. IUDs are prescribed and placed by health care providers.

Two types of intrauterine devices (IUDs) are available in the United States:

Copper-Releasing (ParaGard). This type of IUD can remain in the uterus for up to 10 years. Cooper ions released by the IUD are toxic to sperm, thus preventing fertilization.
Progestin-Releasing (Mirena). This type of IUD can remain in the uterus for up to 5 years. Mirena is also known as a levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system, or LNG-IUS. Levonorgestrel impairs sperm motility and viability, thus preventing fertilization. LNG-IUS is long-acting, safe, very effective in preventing heavy bleeding, and helps reduce cramps. In fact, some experts describe it as a nearly ideal contraceptive. This device is also proving beneficial for women with menstrual disorders, particularly heavy bleeding.

With some exceptions, an intrauterine device (IUD) can be inserted at any time, except during pregnancy or when an infection is present. It may be inserted immediately postpartum or after elective or spontaneous miscarriage. It is typically inserted in the following manner by a trained health professional:

A plastic tube containing the IUD (the inserter) is slid through the cervical canal into the uterus.
A plunger in the tube pushes the IUD into the uterus.
Attached to the base of the IUD are two thin but strong plastic strings. After the instruments are removed, the health care provider cuts the strings so that about an inch of each dangles outside the cervix within the vagina.

The strings have two purposes:

They enable the user or health care provider to check that the IUD is properly positioned. (Because the IUD has a higher rate of expulsion during menstruation, the woman should also check for the strings after each period, especially if she has heavy cramps.)
They are used for pulling the IUD out of the uterus when removal is warranted.

The insertion procedure can be painful and sometimes causes cramps, but for many women it is painless or only slightly uncomfortable. Patients are often advised to take an over-the-counter painkiller ahead of time. They can also ask for a local anesthetic to be applied to the cervix if they are sensitive to pain in that area. Occasionally a woman will feel dizzy or light-headed during insertion. Some women may have cramps and backaches for 1 - 2 days after insertion, and others may suffer cramps and backaches for weeks or months. Over-the-counter painkillers can usually moderate this discomfort.

Intrauterine devices are an excellent choice of contraception for women who are seeking a long-term and effective birth control method, particularly those wishing to avoid risks and side effects of contraceptive hormones. The LNG-IUS may be better suited for women with heavy or regular menstrual flow.

Around the time of insertion and shortly afterwards, women should be considered at low risk for sexually transmitted disease (mutually monogamous relationship, using condoms, or not sexually active).

Women with risk factors that preclude hormonal contraceptives should probably avoid progestin-releasing IUDs, although the progestin doses are much lower with LNG-IUS and probably do not pose the same risks.

Women with the following history or conditions may be poor candidates for IUDs:

Current or recent history of pelvic infection
History of menstrual disorders -- mostly for the copper-releasing IUDs, however
Current pregnancy
Abnormal Pap tests
Cervical or uterine cancer
A very large or very small uterus

IUDs have the following advantages:

The IUD is more effective than oral contraceptives at preventing pregnancy, and it is reversible. Once it is removed, fertility returns. (In spite of outdated concerns, studies have found no adverse effects on fertility with the current IUDs.)
Unlike the pill, there is no daily routine to follow.
Unlike the barrier methods (spermicides, diaphragm, cervical cap, and the male or female condom), there is no insertion procedure to cope with before or during sex.
Intercourse can resume at any time, and, as long as the IUD is properly positioned, neither the user nor her partner typically feels the IUD or its strings during sexual activity.
It is the least expensive form of contraception over the long term.

Additional advantages, depending on the specific IUD, include:

The progestin-releasing LNG-IUS (Mirena) is now considered to be one of the best options for treating menorrhagia (heavy menstrual bleeding). (However, irregular breakthrough bleeding can occur during the first 6 months.) It may even be appropriate and protective for women with uterine fibroids.
The copper-releasing IUDs do not have hormonal side effects and may help protect against endometrial (uterine) cancer.

Menstrual Bleeding. Both intrauterine device (IUD) forms have effects on menstruation, although they differ significantly by type:

Copper releasing IUDs can cause cramps, longer and heavier menstrual periods, and spotting between periods. Prescription medications are available to control the bleeding and pain, which, in any event, usually subside after a few months.
Progestin-releasing IUDs produce irregular bleeding and spotting during the first few months. Bleeding may disappear altogether. (This characteristic is a major advantage for women who suffer from heavy menstrual bleeding but may be perceived as a problem for others.)

Menstrual difficulties can be so troublesome with either IUD that, according to one study, they were responsible for a removal rate of 5 - 15% within a year of insertion.

Ovarian Cysts. The LNG-IUS may increase the risk for ovarian cysts, but such cysts usually do not cause symptoms and resolve on their own.

Expulsion. An estimated 2 - 8% of IUDs are expelled from the uterus within the first year. Expulsion is most likely to occur during the first 3 months after insertion. Expulsion rates may be higher than average if the IUD is inserted immediately after delivery of a child. In 1 in 5 cases, the woman fails to notice that the device is gone, and thus faces the risk of unintended pregnancy. The risk for expulsion is highest during menstruation, so women should be sure to check the strings to make sure the IUD is in place.

Effects on Pregnancy. None of the current IUDs increase the risk for infertility. In the very unlikely event that a woman conceives with an IUD in place, however, there is a higher risk of an ectopic pregnancy or miscarriage.

Click the icon to see an image of an ectopic pregnancy.

If the IUD is removed right after conception, the risk for miscarriage is close to average (about 20%). There is no evidence that the IUD in a pregnant woman increases the risk for birth defects in the infant.

Perforation. A potentially serious complication of the IUD is the accidental perforation of the uterus during insertion or later perforation if the IUD shifts position. Such an occurrence is very rare, and the risk is higher or lower depending on the skill of the doctor.

Spermicidal and Barrier Contraception

Barrier contraceptives are devices that provide a physical barrier between the sperm and the egg. Examples of barrier contraceptives include the male condom, female condom, diaphragm, cervical cap, and sponge. [For a description of the male condom, see "Male Condom."] Barrier devices are the only contraceptive methods that can help prevent sexually transmitted diseases (STDs).

Spermicides are sperm-killing substances available as foams, creams, or gels, and are often used in female contraception with barrier and other devices. Spermicides are usually available without a prescription or medical examination.

The active ingredient in U.S.-made spermicides is usually nonoxynol-9, which attacks the surface of the sperm cell. Nonoxynol-9, however, does not provide any additional protection against sexually-transmitted diseases. Research indicates that frequent use can cause vaginal irritation and abrasions and actually increase the risk for HIV transmission in women. In addition, use of a spermicide with a barrier device doubles or triples the risk for a urinary tract infection in women, regardless of whether the device is a condom or diaphragm. Spermicides are no longer recommended with male condoms. (Non-spermicidal lubricated condoms are safe to use.) Some experts think they are not necessary for use with diaphragms, but this issue is still under debate.

In general, spermicides may be an appropriate choice for women who have intercourse only once in a while, or need backup protection against pregnancy (for instance, if they forget to take their birth control pills). Spermicides should not be used alone as the primary method of birth control. Nor should they be used to prevent sexually transmitted diseases.

The diaphragm, which is generally used with a spermicidal cream, foam, or gel, is a small dome-shaped latex cup with a flexible ring that fits over the cervix. The cup acts as a physical barrier against the entry of sperm into the uterus. The spermicide provides added chemical protection but, as stated above, some doctors think they are not necessary for use with diaphragms.

The diaphragm is a flexible rubber cup that is filled with spermicide and self-inserted over the cervix prior to intercourse. The device is left in place several hours after intercourse. The diaphragm is a prescribed device fitted by a health care professional and is more expensive than other barrier methods, such as condoms.

There are three basic rim designs:

The Arcing Spring diaphragm applies strong pressure and easily flips into place. It is useful for women with weak vaginal muscles and for new users who are worried about incorrect placement.
The Coil Spring Rim is useful for women with strong vaginal muscles.
The Flat Spring Rim has a delicate rim and a gentle spring, and may be appropriate for women who have not had children.

Diaphragms come in different sizes and require a fitting by a trained health care provider. The health care provider also advises and prescribes the correct size of diaphragm for the user. Some women will need to be refitted with a different-sized diaphragm after pregnancy, abdominal or pelvic surgery, or weight loss or gain of 10 pounds or more. As a general rule, diaphragms should be replaced every 1 - 2 years.

Although the diaphragm has a relatively high failure rate, even with perfect use, it is considered a good choice for women whose health or lifestyle prevents them from using more effective hormonal contraceptives. Certain conditions of the vagina and uterus, a history of toxic shock syndrome, or a history of recurrent urinary tract infections, may disqualify a woman from using the device. The diaphragm should not be used if either partner is allergic to latex or spermicides.

Using and Inserting the Diaphragm. The diaphragm can be placed in the vagina up to 1 hour before intercourse and can be used even when a woman is menstruating. The following are general guidelines for insertion:

Before or after each use, the woman should hold the diaphragm up to the light and fill it with water to check for holes, tears, or leaks.
A small amount of spermicide (about 1 tablespoon) is usually placed inside the cup, and some is smeared around the lip of the cup.
The device is then folded in half and inserted into the vagina by hand or with the assistance of a plastic inserter.
The diaphragm should fit over the cervix, blocking entry to the womb.
If more than 6 hours pass before repeat intercourse occurs, the diaphragm is left in place and extra spermicide is inserted into the vagina using an applicator.
The diaphragm must remain in the vagina for 6 - 8 hours after the final act of intercourse, and can safely stay there up to 24 hours after insertion.
The diaphragm should be washed with soap and warm water after each use and then dried and stored in its original container, which should be kept in a cool dry place.

Advantages of the Diaphragm. The diaphragm can be carried in a purse, can be inserted up to an hour before intercourse begins, and usually cannot be felt by either partner. It may protect against cervical gonorrhea, Chlamydia, and trichomoniasis, although more research is needed to confirm this. It does not provide protection against sexually-transmitted infections in areas other than the cervix.

Disadvantages and Complications of the Diaphragm. Some disadvantages or complications are as follows:

Failure rates are high, about 20% with typical use.
Some women dislike having to insert the device every time intercourse occurs or have trouble mastering the insertion and removal process.
Frequent urinary tract infections are a problem for some women. This difficulty can sometimes be resolved by a refitting, by urinating before inserting the device, or by urinating after intercourse.
Cases of toxic shock syndrome have been reported among diaphragm users, but it is very rare. To be safe, the diaphragm should not stay in place for more than 24 hours. (It is still important for pregnancy protection, however, to retain the diaphragm for 6 - 8 hours after intercourse.)
It provides protection against sexually transmitted disease only in the cervix, and women should not rely on it for protection against HIV.

The cervical cap (Prentif, FemCap) is a thimble-shaped latex cup that fits over the cervix. It is always used with a spermicidal cream or gel. It is similar to a diaphragm, but smaller, and is available in only four sizes. The cap is sold by prescription and requires a pelvic examination, Pap test, and fitting by a health care provider.

Insertion and Use of the Cervical Cap. After a small amount of spermicide is placed in the cap, the device is inserted by hand. As in diaphragm use, instruction and practice is required. The cap must be kept in the vagina for 8 hours after the final act of intercourse. Caps wear out and should be replaced every 1 - 2 years. A refitting may also be needed when a woman experiences certain changes in her health or physical status.

Click the icon to see an image of a cervical cap.

Candidacy for the Cervical Cap. Because of the restricted range of available sizes, about 1 in 5 woman will not be able to be fitted for the cap. The cap is not widely used, and some women, particularly those who live in sparsely populated areas, may not have access to health care professionals who are trained in fitting this device. Other conditions that can preclude cap use include:

An abnormal Pap test
A history of toxic shock syndrome
A sexually transmitted or reproductive tract infection
Inflammation of the cervix
The cap has little value for women who have had children, because the stretching of the vagina and cervix makes a proper fit more difficult and failure rates are high.

Advantages of the Cervical Cap. Among women who have never given birth, the cap's failure rate, at least with Prentif cervical cap, is similar to that of the diaphragm. (The FemCap appears to have a higher failure rate.) The cap in general is also similar to the diaphragm in terms of cost, ease of use, protection against sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), and also the potential for latex or spermicidal allergies. But unlike the diaphragm, the cap can safely remain in the vagina for up to 48 hours (twice the time limit for a diaphragm), so it can be inserted well in advance of intercourse. The cap is rarely associated with urinary tract infections, and no documented cases of toxic shock syndrome have been reported.

Disadvantages of the Cervical Cap. The following are disadvantages of the cervical cap:

Failure rate with any cap is high in women who have given birth (40%). In general, the FemCap has a higher risk for failure than either the diaphragm or the Prentif cap.
Unlike the diaphragm, the cap cannot be used during menstruation.
Use of the cervical cap (particularly the Prentif cap) poses a higher risk for abnormal cervical cell growth than with the diaphragm.

The female condom (Reality, Femidom) is a lubricated, loose-fitting pouch that lines the vagina. It is designed to create a physical barrier against sperm and sexually transmitted diseases by surrounding the penis during intercourse. The failure rate for the female condom is about the same as for the diaphragm and cervical cap. It is available without a prescription but may be hard to find.

Use and Insertion of the Female Condom. The female condom is about 3 inches wide and 6 - 7 inches long (larger than a male condom), with a flexible ring at both ends. Current products are made of polyurethane.

The ring at the closed end is used to insert the device into the vagina and hold it in place over the cervix.
The ring at the open end remains outside the vagina and partly covers the labia (lips).

The insertion process may seem difficult at first but becomes much easier with practice:

The female condom is inserted by hand into the vagina up to 8 hours before intercourse. (It should never be used in combination with a male condom.)
Although the female condom is prelubricated, extra lubricant is sometimes needed while inserting the device or during intercourse. (It is not made of latex, so oil lubricants will not harm it.)
During intercourse, the woman checks to be sure that the outer ring is lying flat against her labia and then guides her partner's penis into the ring.

The female condom should be removed in the following circumstances:

If it tears during insertion or use
If the outer ring is pushed inside
If it bunches up inside the vagina

The female condom may be the best option for women at risk for sexually transmitted diseases and who are not certain that their male partner will use a condom. There are virtually no obstacles against its use except a negative psychological perception. It is not completely fail-proof against pregnancy or sexually transmitted diseases.

Advantages of the Female Condom. In one study, 75% of the women preferred the female to the male condom. Many men also find it more appealing than the latex male condom. The female condom has a number of advantages over the male condom:

The female condom is an effective barrier to viruses, including HIV, and other sexually transmitted organism, particularly since it covers a large area, including external genitals. However, there are not enough clinical studies at this time to determine its protection against sexually transmitted diseases. No contraceptive device is foolproof.
The standard female condom is made of polyurethane, which is thin and soft but at the same time 40% stronger than the latex male condoms. Polyurethane is not damaged by lubricating oils, as latex is and is also less likely to cause an allergic reaction. It transmits body heat better than latex, providing a more "natural" sensation, and possibly enhancing the pleasure of the sexual act.
The man does not have to withdraw his penis immediately after ejaculation, as is the case with the male condom, but can, if he wishes, withdraw after he has lost his erection.

Disadvantages and Complications of the Female Condom. Compliance rates are low for many reasons. About 25% of women have difficulty on the first attempt at self-insertion. Some women are distressed by self-insertion. The inner ring may be uncomfortable for some women (in which case it can be removed). Some couples complain that the female condom is unpleasant to look at and can be noisy during intercourse. Without sufficient lubrication, it can also be pushed out of place by the penis. Using more lubricant can help keep the female condom in place and reduce the noise. Female condoms are also expensive, and some women wash them out and reuse them to save money. (In such cases, they should be disinfected first and then washed carefully.) Repeated washings can increase the risk for damage and holes. It is not known how many rewashings are safe.

The sponge (Today, Protectaid) is a disposable form of barrier contraception. It is made of soft polyurethane, is round in shape, and fits over the cervix like a diaphragm, but is smaller and easily portable. In 1994, the popular over-the-counter contraceptive was taken off the U.S. market because of problems at the company's manufacturing facility. A new company has since acquired the rights to manufacture the sponge, and has been selling it in Canada and online since 2003. In April 2005, the Food and Drug Administration granted re-approval for the Today sponge to return to the U.S. market.

Use and Insertion. To use the sponge, the woman first wets it with water, then inserts it into the vagina with a finger, using a cord loop attachment. It can be inserted up to 6 hours before intercourse and should be left in place for at least 6 hours following intercourse. The sponge provides protection for up to 12 hours. It should not be left in for more than 30 hours from time of insertion.

The sponge should not be used during menstruation, after childbirth, miscarriage, or termination of pregnancy, or by women with a history of toxic shock syndrome.

Advantages. Because the sponge is not felt during intercourse and can be inserted up to 6 hours before intercourse, it encourages spontaneity. It appears to protect against cervical gonorrhea and Chlamydia.

Disadvantages. Failure rates (about 10%) are higher than with the diaphragm. There is a very small risk for toxic shock using the sponge, as there is for other barrier methods of contraception. The sponge may increase the risk for candidiasis (yeast infection). People who are allergic to spermicides should not use the sponge. The sponge does not protect against HIV or sexually transmitted diseases outside the cervix. The Today sponge contains 10 times the amount of the spermicide nonoxynol-9 than other products, and there is some evidence that this spermicide may increase the risk for HIV. The Protectaid sponge, available in Canada, contains a mix of three spermicides (nonoxynol-9, sodium cholate and benzal konium chloride).

The Lea shield is made of silicone, and its cup-shaped bowl completely surrounds the cervix without resting on it. The shield does not need to be fitted, and is as effective as the diaphragm and cap when used with spermicide. Its advantages are:

One size fits all
Can be left for 48 hours after intercourse
Reusable for 6 months

The condom is still the only reversible form of male contraception currently available.

Pregnancy Protection. The condom should be put on before intercourse when the penis is erect, long before ejaculation, since the male can discharge sufficient semen to cause pregnancy before ejaculation occurs. The average rate of pregnancy for couples that rely only on condoms for protection is high -- about 12%. In adolescents the risk of pregnancy with condoms is even higher, 18%. Even for those who use a good-quality condom correctly, the annual risk for pregnancy is 3%.

Prevention of Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Condoms are important in the prevention of sexually transmitted disease in both male and female partners, but they have limitations. They are more protective in men against fluid-transmitted infections (gonorrhea, Chlamydia, trichomoniasis, and HIV) than in preventing infections transmitted by skin-to-skin contact (herpes simplex virus, human papilloma virus, syphilis, and chancroid). Male condoms, in fact, offer better protection against herpes for women than they do for men. (Men often shed the virus from the skin of the penis, which is covered by the condom. In women the virus is often shed from areas around their genitals, which can contact male skin outside the condom.)

Some condoms come pre-lubricated with the spermicide nonoxynol-9, which is no longer recommended with condoms because of a higher risk for HIV infection. Its use in male condoms also promotes yeast and urinary tract infections in women. Other condoms come pre-lubricated without spermicide. Lubricants can also be purchased and applied separately. Only water-based lubricants (K-Y Jelly, Astroglide, AquaLube, glycerin) should be used with latex condoms. Do not use petroleum jelly or other oil-based lubricant products as these can damage the condom. In general, it's best to use a pre-lubricated condom or to apply a water-based lubricant. Unlubricated condoms may injure vaginal tissue and make it vulnerable to infections.

Condom Materials.

Latex. Condoms made of latex rubber are the most common types. They are less likely to slip or break than those made of polyurethane, and they are contoured for a better fit that can provide fairly effective protection. Some people are allergic to latex, however, and in some cases the reaction can be very dangerous. The latex smell may also be unpleasant for some people.
Polyurethane. Polyurethane condoms (Avanti, eZ-on) are also available. It is hoped that eventually they will prove to be superior to latex in a number of ways, including strength, sensitivity, and durability. At this point, they have good acceptance by couples but have a higher breakage rate (6 - 7.2%) compared to the latex condom (1.1 - 2%). Other synthetic materials are under investigation.
Animal Membranes. Condoms made from animal membrane (such as lambskin) can prevent pregnancy, but they are permeable and do not protect against sexually transmitted infections.

Natural Family Planning Methods

Natural family planning contraceptive methods do not use medication, physical devices, or surgery to prevent pregnancy. Instead, these cycle-based fertility awareness methods rely on tracking the changes in the body that signal fertility. A woman is only fertile during part of her menstrual cycle. By monitoring certain changes in her body, a woman can more or less predict the fertile phase and abstain from sexual intercourse during that time. She can also use barrier methods if they are not prohibited by religious beliefs. The Roman Catholic Church, for example, generally approves of most natural family planning methods.

Natural family planning methods include:

Basal body temperature
Cervical mucus
Symptothermal
Lactational amenorrhea
Calendar

Basal Body Temperature Method. To determine the most likely time of ovulation and therefore the time of fertility, a woman is instructed to take her body temperature, called her basal body temperature. This is the body's temperature as it rises and falls in accord with hormonal fluctuations.

Each morning before rising, the woman takes her temperature with a specialized basal body thermometer and marks the result on a graph-paper chart.
She also notes the days of menstruation and sexual activity.
The so-called "fertile window" is 6 days long. It starts 5 days before ovulation and ends the day of ovulation.
The chances for fertility are considered to be highest between days 10 - 17 in the menstrual cycle (with day 1 being the first day of the period and ovulation occurring about 2 weeks later). However, one study reported that only 30% of women were fertile within that period of time. In the study, women had a 10% chance of ovulating on each day between day 6 and 21. The researchers suggested that each woman track the length of her cycle, which in the general population of women actually runs 19 - 60 days. A long cycle, for example, suggests a delayed ovulation date.
Immediately after ovulation, the body temperature increases sharply in about 80% of cases. (Some women can be ovulating normally yet not show this temperature pattern.)

By studying the temperature patterns over a few months, couples can begin to anticipate ovulation and plan their sexual activity accordingly. To avoid losing spontaneity, couples should try to avoid becoming fixated on the chart in scheduling their sexual activity.

Cervical Mucus Method. The cervical mucus method (also called the ovulation method) requires a woman to take a sample (by hand) of her cervical mucus every day for a least a month and to record its quantity, appearance, feel, and to note other physical signs connected with the reproductive system. Cervical mucus changes in predictable ways over the course of each menstrual cycle:

Six days before ovulation, mucus is affected by estrogen and becomes clear and elastic. Ovulation is likely to occur the last day that mucus has these properties.
Right after ovulation, mucus is affected by progesterone and is thick, sticky, and opaque.

Once a woman's individual pattern is understood, analyzing cervical mucus can provide a highly accurate guide to fertility.

Symptothermal Method. This method uses both the basal body temperature and cervical mucus methods. In addition, the woman tracks symptoms that may identify her fertile period. These symptoms include changes in the shape of the cervix, breast tenderness, and cramping pain.

Prolonged Breast-feeding (The Lactational Amenorrhea Method). Breast-feeding often delays the onset of ovulation and menstruation for about 6 months. A technique called the Lactational Amenorrhea Method (LAM) allows women to rely on breastfeeding for natural family planning. New mothers are candidates for LAM if their periods have not returned after delivery. They must be breastf-eeding the baby on demand, day and night, without regularly substituting other liquids or foods in the baby's diet.

The risk for pregnancy with this method is less than 2% in the early months, although by 6 months after birth it increases to over 5%. The return of menstruation indicates the return of fertility. Bleeding or spotting during the first 56 days is not considered menstruation. After that, 2 or more consecutive days of bleeding are usually an indicator that periods have returned. Ovulation can occur before menstruation resumes, although it is less likely within 6 months of delivery (particularly if the mother is intensively breast-feeding).

Calendar Method. The calendar (rhythm method) is considered the least reliable of natural family planning methods, with an effectiveness rate of about 87%. Women who have very irregular periods may have even less success with this method. In the calendar method, the woman first keeps a record of her menstrual periods for about 6 - 12 months. She then subtracts 18 days from the shortest and 11 days from the longest of the previous menstrual cycles. For example, if a woman's shortest cycle was 26 days and her longest cycle was 30 days, she must abstain from intercourse from day 8 through day 19 of each cycle.

Because of the high risk for pregnancy, natural family planning methods are recommended only for those whose strong religious beliefs prohibit standard contraceptive methods. Couples who are not guided by religious authority, but who simply want a more natural sexual life, should use a barrier contraceptive during the fertile phase and no contraception during the rest of the cycle. To be effective against pregnancy, cycle-based methods require not only training, commitment, discipline, and perseverance, but also the cooperation of the male partner. Cycle-based methods are not recommended for women unless they are in a stable, monogamous relationship, and can count on their partner's willing participation.

Many couples, especially older ones, who have used these methods for a while and are strongly motivated, are able to successfully incorporate fertility awareness into their lives. For those with strong religious beliefs, natural family planning allows them to have a fulfilling sexual life yet still adhere to the rules of their church.

Couples who adopt a cycle-based approach to pregnancy avoidance must often abstain from sex or substitute other kinds of sexual intimacy for vaginal intercourse. Some couples find this self-denial and the need for vigilant tracking of the cycle difficult and stressful for the relationship. Failure rates are high with natural family planning. The risk for sexually transmitted diseases is also of particular concern, because such methods offer no protection against infection and religious beliefs usually preclude barrier protection.

Emergency Contraception

Emergency contraception is available to prevent pregnancy:

After sexual assault
After consensual intercourse in which contraception is not used
When contraception is used but fails (for instance, when a condom breaks or a diaphragm dislodges)

Emergency contraception, also called the “morning after pill,” uses the hormones found in birth control pills to prevent either fertilization or the implantation of a fertilized egg in the uterine lining. The pill known as Plan B contains progestin. Emergency contraception is usually given as hormone pills within 72 hours of unprotected sex. It is not the same thing as the "abortion pill" [See "mifepristone," below]. Emergency contraception is also sometimes prescribed as an intrauterine device (IUD), which is inserted within 5 days of unprotected sex.

In 2006, the Food and Drug Administration approved the Plan B brand as the first over-the-counter emergency contraception. It is available without a prescription at pharmacies and health clinics for women over age 18. Women will need to present proof of age to purchase it. Girls younger than age 18 will still need a prescription from their doctors.

Emergency Oral Contraception. There is one form of emergency oral contraception:

Plan B uses two doses of the progestin levonorgestrel. In one large study, levonorgestrel prevented pregnancy in 85% of women requiring emergency contraception.

The woman takes her first pill or pills within 72 hours of intercourse and a second dose 12 hours later. The sooner the drug is taken, the more effective it is in preventing pregnancy. Some evidence suggests the pills may be effective up to 5 days after sex, although effectiveness is greater if used within 72 hours. Although these regimens are popularly called morning-after pills, they are actually the same oral contraceptives that users of oral contraceptives take regularly.

Side effects of emergency oral contraception include:

Nausea and vomiting
Fatigue
Headaches
Dizziness
Diarrhea
Breast tenderness
Fluid retention
Changes in the timing or flow of the woman's next menstrual period. A 2006 study found that emergency contraceptive pills (such as Plan B) that contain levonorgestrel may alter the menstrual cycle and the length of periods.

Immediate side effects typically subside within 1 - 2 days of taking the second dose. Family planning experts warn that emergency pill use should not be treated as a substitute for regular contraception.

Copper-Releasing Intrauterine Device. An alternative emergency contraception relies on insertion of a copper-releasing intrauterine device (IUD) within 6 days of intercourse. It can be removed after the woman's next period, or left in place to provide ongoing contraception. The copper IUD reduces the risk of pregnancy by 99.9%.

Female Sterilization

Female surgical sterilization (also called tubal sterilization, tubal ligation, and tubal occlusion) is a low-risk, highly effective one-time procedure that offers lifelong protection against pregnancy. About 700,000 women undergo this procedure each year in the United States.

Female surgical sterilization procedures block the fallopian tubes and thereby prevents sperm from reaching and fertilizing the eggs. The ovaries continue to function normally, but the eggs they release break up and are harmlessly absorbed by the body. Tubal sterilization is performed in a hospital or outpatient clinic under local or general anesthesia.

The uterus is a hollow muscular organ located in the female pelvis between the bladder and rectum. The ovaries produce the eggs that travel through the fallopian tubes. Once the egg has left the ovary it can be fertilized and implant itself in the lining of the uterus. The main function of the uterus is to nourish the developing fetus prior to birth.

Sterilization does not cause menopause. Menstruation continues as before, with usually very little difference in length, regularity, flow, or cramping. (One study suggested that women with a history of Cesarean section may experience slightly heavier bleeding.) Sterilization does not offer protection against sexually transmitted diseases.

Click the icon to see an image of tubal ligation.

Laparoscopy. Laparoscopy is the most common surgical approach for tubal sterilization:

The procedure begins with a tiny incision in the abdomen in or near the navel. The surgeon inserts a narrow viewing scope called a laparoscope through the incision.
A second small incision is made just above the pubic hairline, and a probe is inserted.
Once the tubes are found, the surgeon closes them using different methods: clips, tubal rings, or electrocoagulation (using an electric current to cauterize and destroy a portion of the tube).
Laparoscopy usually takes 20 - 30 minutes and causes minimal scarring. The patient is often able to go home the same day and can resume intercourse as soon as she feels ready.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing tubal ligation.

Minilaparotomy. Minilaparotomy does not use a viewing instrument and requires an abdominal incision, but it is small -- about 2 inches long. The tubes are tied and cut. Generally speaking, minilaparotomy is preferred for women who choose to be sterilized right after childbirth, while laparoscopy is preferred at other times. Minilaparotomy usually takes approximately 30 minutes to perform. Women who undergo minilaparotomy typically need a few days to recover and can resume intercourse after consulting their doctor.

Laparotomy. Laparotomy, a less common approach, requires an extensive 2- to 5-inch incision in the abdomen. It is considered major surgery and can require a hospital stay of a few days followed by recovery at home for several weeks. Resumption of intercourse depends on how quickly one is able to recover.

Culdoscopy. Culdoscopy involves inserting a scope through the vagina and into the pelvic cavity. Although it is less invasive than laparoscopy, a major 2002 analysis reported that it has a higher complication rate than either laparoscopy or minilaparotomy.

Essure. Approved in 2002, the Essure method uses a small spiral-like device to block the fallopian tube. Unlike tubal ligation, the Essure procedure does not require incisions or general anesthesia. It can be performed in a doctor’s office and takes about 45 minutes. A specially trained doctor uses a viewing instrument called a hysteroscope to insert the device through the vagina and into the uterus, and then up into the fallopian tube. Once the device is in place, it expands inside the fallopian tubes. During the next 3 months, scar tissue forms around the device and blocks the tubes. This results in permanent sterilization.

Before undergoing sterilization, a woman must be sure that she no longer wants to bear children and will not want to bear children in the future, even if the circumstances of her life change drastically. She must also be aware of the many effective contraceptive choices available. Possible reasons for choosing female sterilization procedures over reversible forms of contraception include:

Not wanting children and being unable to use other methods of contraception
Health problems that make pregnancy unsafe
Genetic disorders

If married, both partners should completely agree that they no longer want to have children and should also have ruled out vasectomy for the man. Vasectomy is a simple procedure that has a lower failure rate than female surgical sterilization, carries fewer risks, and is less expensive. [See In-Depth Report #37: Vasectomy.]

Even if all these factors are present, a woman must consider her options carefully before proceeding. Studies report that over time, 14 - 25% of women eventually regret this choice. Women at highest risk for regretting sterilization include:

Women who are younger at the time of sterilization. In one long-term study, over 40% of women who had had tubal ligation between the ages of 18 - 24 regretted their choice. (Only about 4% of women over 35 had these regrets.)
Women who had the procedure immediately after a vaginal delivery.
Women who had the procedure within 7 years of having their youngest child.
Women in lower income groups.

If a woman changes her mind and wants to become pregnant, a reversal procedure is available, but it is very difficult to perform and requires an experienced surgeon. Subsequent pregnancy rates after reversal are between 20 - 84%, depending on the surgical skill, the age of the woman, and, to a lesser degree, her weight and the length of time between the tubal ligation and the reversal procedure. Not all insurance carriers cover the cost of reversal.

Women who choose sterilization no longer need to worry about pregnancy or cope with the distractions and possible side effects of contraceptives. Sterilization does not impair sexual desire or pleasure, and many people say that it actually enhances sex by removing the fear of unwanted pregnancy. There is some evidence it may help reduce the risk for ovarian cancer.

Failure is rare, but about 1 in 200 women become pregnant during the first year after sterilization, and failure rate can rise to 5% after 10 years. About a third of these pregnancies are ectopic, which require surgical treatment.
After any of the procedures, a woman may feel tired, dizzy, nauseous, bloated, or gassy, and may have minor abdominal and shoulder pain. In general, there is more postoperative pain with the tubal ring than with electrocoagulation.
Serious complications from female surgical sterilization are rare and are most likely to occur with abdominal procedures. They include bleeding, infection, or reaction to the anesthetic. On rare occasions the bowels or blood vessels are injured and require major surgical repair. The use of electrocoagulation poses a risk for burns in the small intestine and may increase the risk for menstrual disorders afterward.

Resources

www.nichd.nih.gov -- National Institute of Child Health and Human Development
www.plannedparenthood.org -- Planned Parenthood
www.engenderhealth.org -- EngenderHealth
http://ec.princeton.edu -- Emergency Contraception Website
www.acog.org -- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.guttmacher.org -- The Alan Guttmacher Institute

References

Archer DF, Jensen JT, Johnson JV, Borisute H, Grubb GS, Constantine GD. Evaluation of a continuous regimen of levonorgestrel/ethinyl estradiol: phase 3 study results. Contraception. 2006 Dec;74(6):439-45. Epub 2006 Sep 18.

Cole JA, Norman H, Doherty M, Walker AM. Venous thromboembolism, myocardial infarction, and stroke among transdermal contraceptive system users. Obstet Gynecol. 2007 Feb;109(2 Pt 1):339-46.

Hannaford PC, Selvaraj S, Elliott AM, Angus V, Iversen L, Lee AJ. Cancer risk among users of oral contraceptives: cohort data from the Royal College of General Practitioner's oral contraception study. BMJ. 2007 Sep 11; [Epub ahead of print]

Jick S, Kaye JA, Li L, Jick H. Further results on the risk of nonfatal venous thromboembolism in users of the contraceptive transdermal patch compared to users of oral contraceptives containing norgestimate and 35 microg of ethinyl estradiol. Contraception. 2007 Jul;76(1):4-7. Epub 2007 May 11.

Jick SS, Kaye JA, Russmann S, Jick H. Risk of nonfatal venous thromboembolism in women using a contraceptive transdermal patch and oral contraceptives containing norgestimate and 35 microg of ethinyl estradiol. Contraception. 2006 Mar;73(3):223-8. Epub 2006 Jan 26.

Jick SS, Kaye JA, Russmann S, Jick H. Risk of nonfatal venous thromboembolism with oral contraceptives containing norgestimate or desogestrel compared with oral contraceptives containing levonorgestrel. Contraception. 2006 Jun;73(6):566-70. Epub 2006 Mar 29.

Kahlenborn C, Modugno F, Potter DM, Severs WB. Oral contraceptive use as a risk factor for premenopausal breast cancer: a meta-analysis. Mayo Clin Proc. 2006 Oct;81(10):1290-302.

MacIsaac L. Intrauterine contraception: the pendulum swings back. Obstet Gynecol Clin North Am. 2007 March;34(1):91-111, ix.

Margolis KL, Adami HO, Luo J, Ye W, Weiderpass E. A prospective study of oral contraceptive use and risk of myocardial infarction among Swedish women. Fertil Steril. 2007 Aug;88(2):310-6. Epub 2007 Jul 10.

Martinez F, Avecilla A. Combined hormonal contraception and venous thromboembolism. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care. 2007 Jun;12(2):97-106.

van Vliet HA, Grimes DA, Helmerhorst FM, Schulz KF. Biphasic versus monophasic oral contraceptives for contraception. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Jul 19;3:CD002032.

van Vliet HA, Grimes DA, Lopez LM, Schulz KF, Helmerhorst FM. Triphasic versus monophasic oral contraceptives for contraception. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Jul 19;3:CD003553.

Review Date:
3/11/2008
Reviewed By:
A.D.A.M. Editorial Team: David Zieve, MD, MHA, Greg Juhn, MTPW, David R. Eltz, Kelli A. Stacy, ELS. Previously reviewed by Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital (10/29/2007).

A.D.A.M., Inc. is accredited by URAC, also known as the American Accreditation HealthCare Commission (www.urac.org). URAC's accreditation program is an independent audit to verify that A.D.A.M. follows rigorous standards of quality and accountability. A.D.A.M. is among the first to achieve this important distinction for online health information and services. Learn more about A.D.A.M.'s editorial policy, editorial process and privacy policy. A.D.A.M. is also a founding member of Hi-Ethics and subscribes to the principles of the Health on the Net Foundation (www.hon.ch).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

The information provided herein should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed medical professional should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions. Call 911 for all medical emergencies. Links to other sites are provided for information only -- they do not constitute endorsements of those other sites. © 1997-2009 A.D.A.M., Inc. Any duplication or distribution of the information contained herein is strictly prohibited.

adam.com

Diabetes - type 1

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:05 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Life-Threatening Complicati...
Diagnosis
Dietary Goals and Exercise...
Treatment
Monitoring Tests
Long-Term Complications
Transplantation Procedures...
Prevention
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

New Continuous Glucose Meter System

In 2007, the FDA approved the STS-7 System, which monitors glucose levels every 5 minutes during a 7-day period. The STS-7 System, like other continuous glucose meter systems, is designed to be used in combination with traditional fingerstick tests and meters. It does not replace them. But the system can track trends and fluctuation patterns in blood sugar levels that fingerstick tests cannot detect.

Type 1 Diabetes Gene Discovered

In 2007, scientists announced the discovery of a gene that may increase the risk of developing childhood type 1 diabetes.

Anemia Drugs Warning

In 2007, following the publication of several studies in the New England Journal of Medicine, the FDA warned that erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs (used to treat anemia) can increase the risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks when excessive doses are given. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs. Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease.

Cell Transplantation Research

Islet cell transplantation using the Edmonton protocol is a promising treatment for type 1 diabetes, suggests a 2006 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine. The Edmonton protocol involves isolating islet cells from donor pancreases and then injecting the cells into the patient. In the first international multicenter trial of this investigational procedure, 44% of 36 patients were able to temporarily suspend insulin injections, while 28% achieved partial islet function.
Stem cell transplantation using cells harvested and re-infused from the patient’s own body may help increase beta cell function and eliminate the need for insulin injections, according to a small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Type 1 Diabetes Prevention Research

Scientists around the world are investigating new ways to prevent type 1 diabetes or at least delay its onset. Experimental preventive measures include treatment with oral insulin and with drugs that may prevent the immune system’s attack on beta cells.

Introduction

The two major forms of diabetes are type 1, previously called insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) or juvenile-onset diabetes, and type 2, previously called non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) or maturity-onset diabetes.

Both type 1 and type 2 diabetes share one central feature: elevated blood sugar (glucose) levels due to absolute or relative insufficiencies of insulin, a hormone produced by the pancreas. Insulin is a key regulator of the body's metabolism. It works in the following way:

During and immediately after a meal the process of digestion breaks carbohydrates down into sugar molecules (of which glucose is one) and proteins into amino acids.
Right after the meal, glucose and amino acids are absorbed directly into the bloodstream, and blood glucose levels rise sharply. (Glucose levels after a meal are called postprandial levels.)
The rise in blood glucose levels signals important cells in the pancreas, called beta cells, to secrete insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Within 20 minutes after a meal insulin rises to its peak level.
Insulin enables glucose and amino acids to enter cells in the body, particularly muscle and liver cells. Here, insulin and other hormones direct whether these nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. (It should be noted that the brain and nervous system are not dependent on insulin; they regulate their glucose needs through other mechanisms.)
When insulin levels are high, the liver stops producing glucose and stores it in other forms until the body needs it again.
As blood glucose levels reach their peak, the pancreas reduces the production of insulin.
About 2 - 4 hours after a meal both blood glucose and insulin are at low levels, with insulin being slightly higher. The blood glucose levels are then referred to as fasting blood glucose concentrations.

The pancreas is located behind the liver and stomach. In addition to secreting digestive enzymes, the pancreas secretes the hormones insulin and glucagon into the bloodstream. The release of insulin into the blood lowers the level of blood glucose (simple sugars from food) by enhancing glucose to enter the body cells, where it is metabolized. If blood glucose levels get too low, the pancreas secretes glucagon to stimulate the release of glucose from the liver.

In type 1 diabetes, the disease process is more severe than with type 2 diabetes, and onset is usually in childhood:

Beta cells in the pancreas that produce insulin are gradually destroyed. Eventually insulin deficiency is absolute.
Without insulin to move glucose into cells, blood glucose levels become excessively high, a condition known as hyperglycemia.
Because the body cannot utilize the sugar, it spills over into the urine and is lost.
Weakness, weight loss, and excessive hunger and thirst are among the consequences of this "starvation in the midst of plenty."
Patients become dependent on administered insulin for survival.

Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of diabetes, accounting for 90% of cases. About 20 million Americans have type 2 diabetes and half are unaware they have it. The disease mechanisms in type 2 diabetes are not wholly known, but some experts suggest that it may involve the following three stages in most patients:

The first stage in type 2 diabetes is the condition called insulin resistance. Although insulin can attach normally to receptors on liver and muscle cells, certain mechanisms prevent insulin from moving glucose (blood sugar) into these cells where it can be used. Most patients with type 2 diabetes produce variable, even normal or high, amounts of insulin, and in the beginning this amount is usually sufficient to overcome such resistance.
Over time, the pancreas becomes unable to produce enough insulin to overcome resistance. In type 2 diabetes, the initial effect of this stage is usually an abnormal rise in blood sugar right after a meal (called postprandial hyperglycemia). This effect is now believed to be particularly damaging to the body.
Eventually, the cycle of elevated glucose further impairs and possibly destroys beta cells, thereby stopping insulin production completely and causing full-blown diabetes. This is made evident by fasting hyperglycemia, in which elevated glucose levels are present most of the time.

Maturity-Onset Diabetes in Youth. Maturity-onset diabetes in youth (MODY) is a rare genetic form of type 2 diabetes that develops only in Caucasian teenagers. It accounts for 2 - 5% of type 2 cases.

Gestational Diabetes. An estimated 5% of pregnant women develop a form of type 2 diabetes in their third trimester called gestational diabetes. Gestational diabetes is usually temporary. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

Conditions that damage or destroy the pancreas, such as pancreatitis, pancreatic surgery, or certain industrial chemicals can cause diabetes. Certain drugs can also cause temporary diabetes, including corticosteroids, beta-blockers, and phenytoin. Rare genetic disorders (Klinefelter's syndrome, Huntington's chorea, Wolfram's syndrome, leprechaunism, Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome, lipoatrophic diabetes, and others) and hormonal disorders (acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, pheochromocytoma, hyperthyroidism, somatostatinoma, aldosteronoma) also increase the risk for diabetes.

Causes

Type 1 diabetes is usually a progressive autoimmune disease, in which the beta cells that produce insulin are slowly destroyed by the body's own immune system. It is unknown what first starts this cascade of immune events, but evidence suggests that both a genetic predisposition and environmental factors, such as a viral infection, are involved.

Islets of Langerhans contain beta cells and are located within the pancreas. Beta cells produce insulin which is needed to metabolize glucose within the body.

Certain factors are thought to be important in this process:

White blood cells called T lymphocytes produce immune factors called cytokines that attack and gradually destroy the beta cells of the pancreas. Important cytokines are interleukin-1beta, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, and interferon-gamma.
Specific proteins are also critical in the process. They include glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD), insulin, and islet cell antigens. These proteins serve as autoantigens. That is, they trigger the self-attack of the autoantibodies on the body's own beta cells.

Progression from the first stage, known as insulitis, to full-blown diabetes can take 7 years or longer. Unfortunately, by the time a person is aware that something is wrong and goes to the doctor with symptoms of type 1 diabetes, about 80 - 90% of the beta cells have been destroyed.

More than half of patients with insulitis do not develop diabetes. Researchers are greatly interested in discovering any factors that prevent the disease.

Researchers have found at least 18 genetic locations, labeled IDDM1 - IDDM18, that are related to type 1 diabetes. The IDDM1 region contains the HLA genes that encode proteins called major histocompatibility complex. The genes in this region affect the immune response. New advances in genetic research are identifying other genetic components of type 1 diabetes. In 2007, scientists announced that they had discovered a gene, KIAA0350, on chromosome 16. Variations in this gene appear to increase the risk of a child developing type 1 diabetes. The research team expects to identify an additional 15 - 20 genes associated with type 1 diabetes.

The odds of inheriting the disease, however, are only 10% if a first-degree relative has diabetes, and even in identical twins, one twin has only a 33% chance of having type 1 diabetes if the other has it. Children are more likely to inherit the disease from a father with type 1 diabetes than from a mother with the disorder.

Genetic factors cannot fully explain the development of diabetes. Over the past 30 years, a major increase in the incidence of type 1 diabetes has been reported in certain European countries, and the incidence has nearly tripled in the northeastern U.S. If genetic factors were the only cause of type 1 diabetes, such an increase in cases would take at least 400 years.

Some researchers believe one or more viral infections may trigger the disease in genetically susceptible individuals. Researchers suggest the following scenario:

An infection introduces a viral protein that resembles a beta-cell protein.
T cells and antibodies are tricked by this resemblance into attacking the beta protein as well as the virus.

Among the viruses under scrutiny are enteric viruses, which attack the intestinal tract. Coxsackieviruses are a family of enteric viruses of particular interest. (One study has suggested that respiratory infection in a child's first year, and not later, may be protective against diabetes, perhaps by priming the immune response so that it is better able to respond later on to other organisms.)

Risk Factors

An estimated 1 million people in the U.S. have type 1 diabetes, with about 30,000 new cases diagnosed each year. It is much less common than type 2, however, consisting of only 5 - 10% of all cases of diabetes. Nevertheless, like type 2 diabetes, the incidence of type 1 diabetes among children and adolescents has been rising over the past few decades. Experts estimate that about 1 in every 400 - 600 children and adolescents has type 1 diabetes. While type 2 diabetes has been increasing among African-American and Hispanic adolescents, the highest rates of type 1 diabetes are found among Caucasian youth.

Type 1 can occur at any age but usually appears between infancy and the late 30s, most typically in childhood or adolescence. Boys and girls are equally vulnerable. Studies report the following may be risk factors for developing type 1 diabetes:

Being ill in early infancy.
Early foods. Some studies have reported that early exposure to cow's milk in infancy and not being breast fed increased the risk for type 1 diabetes. Two studies in 2003 suggested that very early exposure to cereal -- not cow's milk -- plays a role in risk. Any risk from early dietary factors is still very low and likely to affect children who already have a genetically impaired immune response to dietary proteins. Breast milk contains factors that may help regulate the immune response and prevent diabetes in such children. National differences in risk also suggest that not all cow's milk is the same, and some proteins may confer higher risks than others.
Having a parent with type 1 diabetes.
Having an older mother.
Having a mother who had preeclampsia during pregnancy.
Obesity in children has long been linked to a higher risk for type 2 diabetes. Two 2001 studies reported an association between high weight at birth and obesity during childhood as risk factors for type 1 diabetes as well. The common risk factor may be an increase in insulin secretion, which occurs with obesity. This theoretically could overstress the beta cells so that they become susceptible to damage by overactive immune factors (particularly cytokines), and eventually to destruction in children genetically vulnerable to type 1 diabetes.

Until recently, diabetes in children was almost always type 1 diabetes. Of major concern, however, are estimates that between 8 - 45% of new diabetes cases in children are now type 2, most likely because of the increase in childhood obesity. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

The incidence of type 1 diabetes is higher than average among people with other autoimmune diseases, including Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis (a form of hypothyroidism), Addison's disease, multiple sclerosis (MS), and pernicious anemia. Research has raised the possibility that all autoimmune diseases share a common genetic basis. A 2001 study found, for example, that the T-cell immune factors in type 1 diabetes target the same self-antigens as in multiple sclerosis (MS). Both diseases have been associated with cow's milk protein. Many questions are unanswered, however. It is not known why the diseases develop in different locations to cause separate disorders or why some autoimmune events occur in everyone but not everyone develops an autoimmune disease.

There is a very wide variation in incidence of type 1 among population groups. Type 1 diabetes appears to be most common in people of northern European descent and in specific Mediterranean groups (such as Sardinians). It is less common among Asians and African-Americans. Still, African-Americans with type 1 diabetes are 50% more likely to die from it than Caucasians, mostly due to lower-quality health care.

Symptoms

The process that destroys the insulin-producing beta cells can be long and insidious. At the point when insulin production bottoms out, however, type 1 diabetes usually appears suddenly and progresses quickly. Warning signs of type 1 diabetes include:

Frequent urination (in children, a recurrence of bed-wetting after toilet training has been completed)
Unusual thirst, especially for sweet, cold drinks
Extreme hunger
Sudden, sometimes dramatic, weight loss
Weakness
Extreme fatigue
Blurred vision or other changes in eyesight
Irritability
Nausea and vomiting (acute symptoms)

Children with type 1 diabetes may also be restless, apathetic, and have trouble functioning at school. In severe cases, diabetic coma may be the first sign of type 1 diabetes.

Life-Threatening Complications

Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) is a life-threatening complication that develops when insulin stores are depleted. It is almost always caused by noncompliance with insulin treatments. Other contributing factors are lack of health insurance and intentionally reducing insulin levels in order to lose weight. In one study, adolescent girls were at higher risk for ketoacidosis than other groups of children and young people.

Diabetic ketoacidosis often develop as follows:

The process is usually triggered in insulin-deficient patients by a stressful event, most often pneumonia or urinary tract infections. Other triggers include alcohol abuse, physical injury, pulmonary embolism, heart attacks, or other illnesses.
Severely low insulin levels cause excessive amounts of glucose in the bloodstream (hyperglycemia).
Fat breakdown then accelerates and increases the production of fatty acids.

These fatty acids are converted into chemicals called ketone bodies, which are toxic at high levels. Symptoms and complications include:

Nausea and vomiting
Deep and rapid breathing may with frequent sighing
Rapid heartbeat
Cerebral edema, or brain swelling, is a rare but very dangerous complication that occurs in 1% of ketoacidosis cases and results in coma, brain damage, or death in many cases. Research now suggests that the risk for this complication is significantly higher in children with severe ketoacidosis (indicated by low carbon dioxide levels and high nitrogen urea levels), and possibly if they are also treated with bicarbonate to reduce acid levels.
Other serious complications from DKA include aspiration pneumonia and adult respiratory distress syndrome.
If the condition persists, coma and eventually death may occur, although over the past 20 years, death from DKA has decreased to about 2% of all cases.

Life-saving treatment uses rapid rehydration with a salt (saline) solution followed by low-dose insulin and potassium replacement.

Ketoacidosis is a serious condition of glucose build-up in the blood and urine. A simple urine test can determine if high ketone levels are present.

Tight blood sugar (glucose) control increases the risk of low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Hypoglycemia, also called insulin shock, occurs if blood glucose levels fall below normal. Hypoglycemia may also be caused by insufficient intake of food, or excess exercise or alcohol. Usually the condition is manageable, but occasionally, it can be severe or even life threatening, particularly if the patient fails to recognize the symptoms.

Risk Factors for Severe Hypoglycemia. Among young patients, the youngest children and boys of any age are at higher risk for hypoglycemia. Specific risk factors for severe hypoglycemia include:

Intensively controlling blood glucose and HbA1c levels
Having long-term diabetes
Being less educated about the condition
Being underinsured
Having psychiatric disorders

Hypoglycemia unawareness. Hypoglycemia unawareness is a condition in which people become insensitive to hypoglycemic symptoms. It affects about 25% of patients who use insulin, nearly always people with type 1 diabetes. In such cases, hypoglycemia appears suddenly, without warning, and can escalate to a severe level. Even a single recent episode of hypoglycemia may make it more difficult to detect the next episode. With vigilant monitoring and by rigorously avoiding low blood glucose levels, patients can often regain the ability to sense the symptoms. However, even very careful testing may fail to detect a problem, particularly one that occurs during sleep.

Symptoms. Mild symptoms usually occur at moderately low and easily correctable levels of blood glucose. They include:

Sweating
Trembling
Hunger
Rapid heartbeat

Severely low blood glucose levels can cause neurologic symptoms such as:

Confusion
Weakness
Disorientation
Combativeness
In rare and worst cases, coma, seizure, and death

Preventive Measures. The following tips may help avoid hypoglycemia or prepare for attacks.

Nocturnal hypoglycemia (which occurs during sleep) is a common problem for children, even those on nonintensive insulin therapy. (The risk for hypoglycemia is high in any case in children.) Bedtime snacks are advisable if blood glucose levels are below 180 mg/dL (10 mmol/L). Protein snacks may be best. (The use of the insulin pump may help prevent hypoglycemic episodes.)
Some research has suggested that children (particularly thin children) are at higher risk for hypoglycemia because the injection goes into muscle tissue. Pinching the skin so that only fat (and not muscle) tissue is gathered or using shorter needles may help.
Various insulin regimens are available that can reduce the risk. For example, taking a fast-acting insulin (insulin lispro) before the evening meal may be particularly helpful in preventing hypoglycemia.
Patients who intensively control their blood sugar should monitor blood levels as often as possible, four times or more per day. This is particularly important for patients with hypoglycemia unawareness.
In adults, it is particularly critical to monitor blood glucose levels before driving, when hypoglycemia can be very hazardous.
Patients who are at risk for hypoglycemia should always carry hard candy, juice, sugar packets, or commercially available glucose substitutes.

Family and friends should be aware of the symptoms and be prepared:

If the patient is helpless (but not unconscious), family or friends should administer three to five pieces of hard candy, two to three packets of sugar, half a cup (four ounces) of fruit juice, or a commercially available glucose solution.
If there is inadequate response within 15 minutes, additional oral sugar should be provided or the patient should receive emergency medical treatment, possibly including the intravenous administration of a glucose solution.
Family members and friends can learn to inject glucagon, a hormone, which, in contrast to insulin, raises blood glucose.

Click the icon to see an example of a glucagon kit.

Experts have been concerned that the increased incidence of hypoglycemia accompanying strict blood glucose control could cause mental deterioration over time, but a 6-year study has found no evidence of this in adolescents and adults. (The effect on young children, however, is not known.)

Diagnosis

Fasting Plasma Glucose. The fasting plasma glucose (FPG) test is the standard test for diagnosing diabetes. It is a simple blood test taken after 8 hours of fasting. In general, results indicate the following:

FPG levels are considered normal up to 100 mg/dL (or 5.5 mmol/L).
Levels between 100 - 125 mg/dL (5.5 - 7.0 mmol/L) are referred to as impaired fasting glucose or pre-diabetes. These levels are considered to be risk factors for type 2 diabetes and its complications.
Diabetes is diagnosed when FPG levels are 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or higher.

The FPG test is not always reliable, so a repeat test is recommended if the initial test suggests the presence of diabetes, or if the tests are normal in people who have symptoms or risk factors for diabetes. For example, people who take the test in the afternoon and show normal results may actually have abnormal levels that would be revealed if they are tested in the morning.

Glucose Tolerance Test. The oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is more complex than the FPG and may overdiagnose diabetes in people who do not have it. Some experts recommend it as a follow-up after FPG, if the latter test results are normal but the patient has symptoms or risk factors of diabetes. The test uses the following procedures:

It first uses an FPG test.
A blood test is then taken 2 hours later after drinking a special glucose solution.

The following results suggest different conditions:

OGTT levels are normal up to 140 mg/dL.
Levels between 140 - 199 mg/dL are referred to as impaired glucose tolerance or pre-diabetes.
Diabetes is diagnosed when OGTT levels are 200 mg/dL or higher.

Both the FPG and OGTT tests require that the patient not eat for at least 8 hours prior to the test.

The oral glucose tolerance test is used to diagnose diabetes. The first portion of the test involves drinking a special glucose solution. Blood is then taken several hours later to test for the level of glucose in the blood. Patients who have diabetes will have higher than normal levels of glucose in their blood.

Test for Glycated Hemoglobin. Another test examines blood levels glycated hemoglobin, also known as hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c). Measuring glycated hemoglobin is not currently used for an initial diagnosis, but it may be useful for determining the severity of diabetes.

The basis for its use as a diagnostic measurement in diabetes is as follows:

Hemoglobin is a protein molecule found in red blood cells. When glucose binds to it, the hemoglobin becomes modified, a process called glycation.
Glycation affects a number of proteins, and elevated levels of glycolated hemoglobin is strongly associated with complications of diabetes.
A glycated hemoglobin level of 1% above normal range identifies diabetes in 98% of patients. Normal HbA1c levels do not necessarily rule out diabetes, but if diabetes is present and levels are normal, the risk for complications is low.

The test is not affected by food intake so it can be taken at any time. A home test has been developed that might make it easier to measure HbA1c. In general, measurements suggest the following:

Normal HbA1c levels should be below 7%.
Levels of 11 - 12% glycolated hemoglobin indicate poor control of carbohydrates. High levels are also markers for kidney trouble.

Testing for Insulin Resistance. Investigators hope that some day a simple test for insulin resistance will be available to identify people at risk for diabetes. Some research suggests that measuring insulin and triglyceride levels during a fasting period may predict a person's sensitivity to insulin.

Type 1 diabetes is characterized by the presence of a variety of antibodies that attack the islet cells. These antibodies are referred to as autoantibodies because they attack the body's own cells -- not a foreign invader. Blood tests for these autoantibodies can help differentiate between type 1 and type 2 diabetes.

Screening for Heart Disease. All patients with diabetes should be tested for high blood pressure (hypertension) and unhealthy cholesterol and lipid levels and given an electrocardiogram. For cholesterol, people with diabetes should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Blood pressure goals should be 130/80 mmHg or lower. Other tests may be needed in patients with signs of heart disease.

High blood pressure is strongly associated with diabetic nephropathy (kidney disease). In fact, patients with type 2 diabetes who show signs of microalbuminuria typically already have hypertension. Type 1 diabetes patients with microalbuminuria, on the other hand, usually have normal blood pressure readings in the doctor's office. A 2002 study using home monitors, however, found that in patients with type 1 diabetes, high systolic blood pressure during sleep often occurs before development of nephropathy. (Systolic pressure is the first and higher number in a blood pressure reading.) Home blood pressure monitoring, may help identify patients with type 1 diabetes who are at risk for kidney damage.

Click the icon to see an image of an ECG.

Screening for Kidney Damage. The earliest manifestation of kidney disease is microalbuminuria, in which tiny amounts (30 - 300 mg per day) of protein called albumin are found in the urine. Microalbuminuria is also a marker for other complications involving blood vessel abnormalities, including heart attack and stroke.

The American Diabetes Association recommends that people with diabetes receive an annual microalbuminuria urine test. Patients should also have their blood creatinine tested at least once a year. Creatinine is a waste product that is removed from the blood by the kidneys. High levels of creatinine may indicate kidney damage. A doctor uses the results from a creatinine blood test to calculate the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). The GFR is an indicator of kidney function; it estimates how well the kidneys are cleaning the blood.

Screening for Retinopathy. The American Diabetes Association recommends that patients with type 1 diabetes have an annual comprehensive eye exam, with dilation, to check for signs of retina disease (retinopathy). Patients at low risk may need exams only every 2 - 3 years.

Screening for Neuropathy. All patients should be screened for nerve damage (neuropathy), including a comprehensive foot exam. Patients who have loss of sensation in their feet should have a foot exam every 3 - 6 months to check for ulcers or infections.

Screening for Thyroid Abnormalities. Thyroid function tests should be administered.

Dietary Goals and Exercise

The treatment goals for a diabetes diet are:

Achieve near-normal blood glucose levels. People with type 1 diabetes must coordinate calorie intake with medication or insulin administration, exercise, and other variables to control blood glucose levels. New forms of insulin now allow more flexibility in timing meals.
Protect the heart and aim for healthy lipid (cholesterol and triglyceride) levels and control of blood pressure.
Achieve reasonable weight. A reasonable weight is usually defined as what is achievable and sustainable, rather than one that is culturally defined as desirable or ideal. Children, pregnant women, and people recovering from illness should be sure to maintain adequate calories for health.
Manage or prevent complications of diabetes. People with diabetes, whether type 1 or 2, are at risk for a number of medical complications, including heart and kidney disease. Dietary requirements for diabetes must take these disorders into consideration.
Promote overall health.

Overall Guidelines. There is no such thing as a single diabetes diet. Patients should meet with a professional dietitian to plan an individualized diet within the general guidelines that takes into consideration their own health needs.

Healthy eating habits along with good control of blood glucose are the basic goals, and several good dietary methods are available to meet them. General dietary guidelines for diabetes recommend:

Carbohydrates should provide 45 – 65% of total daily calories. The type and amount of carbohydrate are both important. Best choices are vegetables, fruits, beans, and whole grains. These foods are also high in fiber. Patients with diabetes should monitor their carbohydrate intake either through carbohydrate counting or meal planning exchange lists
Fats should provide 25 – 35% of daily calories. Monounsaturated (olive, peanut, canola oils; avocados; nuts) and omega-3 polyunsaturated (fish, flaxseed oil, walnuts) fats are the best types. Limit saturated fat (red meat, butter) to less than 7% of daily calories. Choose nonfat or low-fat dairy instead of whole milk products. Limit trans-fats (hydrogenated fat found in snack foods, fried foods, commercially baked goods) to less than 1% of total calories.
Protein should provide 12 – 20% of daily calories, although this may vary depending on a patient’s individual health requirements. Patients with kidney disease should limit protein intake to less than 10% of calories. Fish, soy, and poultry are better protein choices than red meat

[See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Weight gain is a potential side effect of intense diabetic control with insulin. Being overweight can increase the risk for health problems. On the other hand, studies suggest that more than one-third of women with diabetes omit or underuse insulin in order to lose weight. Eating disorders have become a serious problem within the general population and are especially dangerous in patients with diabetes. Some evidence suggests that they contribute to about 20% of cases of recurrent ketoacidosis in young women. Ketoacidosis is a significant complication of insulin depletion and can be life threatening.

Aerobic exercise has significant and particular benefits for people with type 1 diabetes. It increases sensitivity to insulin, lowers blood pressure, improves cholesterol levels, and decreases body fat. Because glucose levels swing dramatically during workouts, people with type 1 diabetes need to take certain precautions:

Monitor glucose levels carefully before, during, and after workouts.
Avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dL or under 100 mg/dL.
To avoid hypoglycemia, inject insulin in sites away from the muscles they use the most during exercise.
Before exercising, avoid alcohol and if possible certain drugs, including beta-blockers, which increase the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses or take in more carbohydrates, especially in the form of pre-exercise snacks. Skim milk is particularly helpful. They should also drink plenty of fluids.
Good, protective footwear is essential to help avoid injuries and wounds to the feet.

Resistance or high impact exercises should be avoided. They can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy. High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet. Because patients with diabetes may have silent heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before undertaking vigorous exercise.

A 2006 study of over 19,000 children with type 1 diabetes found that regular physical activity helps improve blood sugar levels without increasing the risk of severe hypoglycemia. The researchers suggest that doctors recommend regular exercise for pediatric patients with type 1 diabetes.

Various fraudulent products are often sold on the Internet as “cures” or treatments for diabetes. These dietary supplements have not been studied or approved. In 2006, the FDA and Federal Trade Commission (FTC) launched a crackdown on these scams. The FDA and FTC warn patients with diabetes not to be duped by bogus and unproven remedies.

Treatment

Insulin is essential for strict control of blood glucose levels in type 1 diabetes. Tight blood glucose control is the best way to prevent major complications in type 1 diabetes including those that affect the kidneys, eyes, nerve pathways, and blood vessels. Intensive insulin treatment in early diabetes may even help preserve any residual insulin secretion for at least 2 years.

There are, however, some significant problems with intensive insulin therapy:

There is a higher risk for low blood sugar (hypoglycemia).
Many patients experience significant weight gain from insulin administration, which may have adverse effects on blood pressure and cholesterol levels. It is important to manage heart disease risk factors that might develop as a result of insulin treatment.

A diet plan that compensates for insulin administration and supplies healthy foods is extremely important. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.] Pancreas transplantation eventually may be recommended for patients who cannot control glucose levels without frequent episodes of severe hypoglycemia.

The goal of intensive insulin therapy is to keep blood glucose levels as close to normal as possible. In one major study, even when levels were 40% higher than nondiabetic levels, benefits were still observed.


	Normal	Goal
Blood glucose levels before meals	Less than 110 mg/dL (or 6.1 mmol/L)	90 - 130 mg/dL (or 5 - 7.2 mmol/L)
Bedtime blood glucose levels	Less than 120 mg/dL (6.6 mmol/L)	110 - 150 mg/dL (or 6.1 - 8.3 mmol/L)
Glycated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels	4 - 6%	Less than 7%
Source: National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse, National Institutes of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases.

Standard insulin therapy usually consists of one or two daily insulin injections, one daily blood sugar test, and visits to the health care team every 3 months. For strictly controlling blood glucose, however, intensive management is required. The regimen is complicated although newer insulin forms may make it easier.

There are two components to flexible insulin administration and a number of variations of insulin delivery for accomplishing them:

Basal insulin administration. The basal component of the treatment attempts to provide a steady amount of background insulin throughout the day. Basal insulin levels maintain regular blood glucose needs. Insulin glargine now offers the most consistent insulin activity level, but other intermediate and long-acting forms may be beneficial when administered twice a day. Short-acting insulin delivered continuously using a pump is proving to a very good way to provide basal rates of insulin.
Mealtime insulin administration. Meals require a boost (a bolus) of insulin to regulate the sudden rise in glucose levels after a meal.

In achieving insulin control the patient must also take other steps:

The patient should perform four or more blood glucose tests during the day.
Patients should coordinate insulin administration with calorie intake. In general, they should eat three meals each day at regular intervals. Snacks are often required.
Insulin requirements vary depending on many non-nutritional situations during the day, including exercise and sleep. People are at enhanced risk for low blood sugar during exercise. Some patients experience a sudden rise in blood glucose levels in the morning -- the so-called "dawn phenomenon."
The patient must also maintain a good diet plan and should visit the health care team of doctors, nurses, and dietitians once a month.

Because of the higher risk for hypoglycemia in children, experts recommend that intensive treatment be used very cautiously in children under 13 and not at all in very young children.

Insulin cannot be taken orally because the body's digestive juices destroy it. Injections of insulin under the skin ensure that it is absorbed slowly by the body for a long-lasting effect. The timing and frequency of insulin injections depend upon a number of factors:

The duration of insulin action. Insulin is available in several forms, including: standard, intermediate, long-acting, and rapid-acting.
Amount and type of food eaten. Ingestion of food makes the blood glucose level rise. Alcohol lowers levels.
The person's level of physical activity. Exercise lowers glucose levels.

Fast-Acting Insulin. Insulin lispro (Humalog) and insulin aspart (Novo Rapid, Novolog) lower blood sugar very quickly, usually within 5 minutes after injection. Insulin peaks in about 4 hours and continues to work for about 4 hours. This rapid action reduces the risk for hypoglycemic events after eating (postprandial hypoglycemia). Optimal timing for administering this insulin is about 15 minutes before a meal, but it can be also taken immediately after a meal (but within 30 minutes). Fast-acting insulins may be especially useful for meals with high carbohydrates.

Regular Insulin. Regular insulin begins to act 30 minutes after injection, reaches its peak at 2 - 4 hours, and lasts about 6 hours. Regular insulin may be administered before a meal and may be better for high-fat meals.

Intermediate Insulin. NPH (neutral protamine Hagedorn) insulin has been the standard intermediate form. It works within 2 - 4 hours, peaks 4 - 12 hours later, and lasts up to 18 hours. Lente (insulin zinc) is another intermediate insulin that peaks 4 - 12 hours and lasts up to 18 hours.

Long-Acting (Ultralente) Insulin. Long-acting insulins, such as insulin glargine (Lantus), are released slowly. Insulin glargine matches parts of natural insulin and maintains stable activity for more than 24 hours. Studies suggest that it poses less of a risk for hypoglycemia and weight gain than NPH. It has a higher incidence of pain at the injection site than NPH. Ultralente insulin peaks at 10 hours and lasts up to 20 hours but varies greatly in activity from day to day.

Combinations. Regimens generally include combinations of short and longer-acting insulins to help match the natural cycle. For example, one approach in patients who are intensively controlling their glucose levels uses 3 injections of insulin, which includes a mixture of regular insulin and NPH at dinner. Another approach uses 4 injections, including a separate short-acting form at dinner and NPH at bedtime, which may pose a lower risk for nighttime hypoglycemia than the 3-injection regimen.

Insulin Pumps. An insulin pump can improve blood glucose control and quality of life with fewer hypoglycemic episodes than multiple injections. The pumps correct for the “dawn phenomenon” (sudden rise of blood glucose in the morning) and allow quick reductions for specific situations, such as exercise. Many different brands are available.

The typical pump is about the size of a beeper and has a digital display. Some are worn externally and are programmed to deliver insulin through a catheter in the skin or the abdomen. They generally use rapid-acting insulin, the most predictable type. They work by administering a small amount of insulin continuously (the basal rate) and a higher dose (a bolus dose) when food is eaten.

Many adults, adolescents, and school children use insulin pumps. A 2006 study found that even very young children (ages 2 - 7 years) can successfully use insulin pumps and that the pumps provided better blood sugar control than twice-daily insulin injections.

The catheter at the end of the insulin pump is inserted through a needle into the abdominal fat of a person with diabetes. Dosage instructions are entered into the pump's small computer, and the appropriate amount of insulin is then injected into the body in a calculated, controlled manner.

Learning to use the pump can be complicated, although over time most patients find the devices are fairly easy to use. To achieve good control, patients and parents of children must undergo some training. The patient and doctor must determine the amount of insulin used -- it is not automatically calculated. This requires an initial learning period, including understanding insulin needs over the course of the day and in different situations and knowledge of carbohydrate counting. Frequent blood testing is very important, particularly during the training period.

Insulin pumps are more expensive than insulin shots and occasionally have some complications, such as blockage in the device or skin irritation at the infusion site. In spite of early reports of a higher risk for ketoacidosis with pumps, more recent studies have found no higher risk.

Insulin Pens. Insulin pens, which contain cartridges of insulin, have been available for some time. Until recently, they were fairly complicated and difficult to use. Newer, prefilled pens (Humulin Pen, Humalog) are disposable and allow the patient to dial in the correct amount.

Inhaled Aerosol. In 2006, the FDA approved the first non-injected form of insulin. Exubera is an inhaled form of insulin. It is approved for adults but should not be used by patients who smoke or have quit smoking within the past 6 months. Patients with asthma, bronchitis, or emphysema should also not use inhaled insulin. Scientists are also developing other types of non-injected insulin, including spray formulas.

Other Alternative Insulin Delivery Methods. Another promising avenue of investigation for delivering insulin is the use of ultrasound pulses.

Pramlintide (Symlin) is a new type of injectable drug that can help control postprandial hyperglycemia, the sudden increase in blood sugar after a meal. Pramlintide is injected before meals and can help lower blood sugar levels in the 3 hours after meals. Pramlintide is used in addition to insulin for patients who take insulin regularly but still need better blood sugar control. The FDA approved this drug in 2005 for adults with type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Pramlintide and insulin are the only two drugs approved for treatment of type 1 diabetes.

Pramlintide is a synthetic form of amylin, a hormone that is related to insulin. Side effects may include nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, headache, fatigue, and dizziness. Patients with type 1 diabetes have an increased risk of severe low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) that may occur within 3 hours following a pramlintide injection. This drug should not be used if patients have trouble knowing when their blood sugar is low or have slow stomach emptying (gastroparesis).

CD3-Antibodies. A new type of drug called a CD3 antibody is showing promise for helping patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. In phase II clinical trials, patients received the drug for 6 days. Results from a 2005 trial published in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that the CD3 antibody helped stimulate the patients’ natural insulin production and decreased their need for insulin drug therapy. The beneficial effects lasted up to 18 months after CD3 treatment. Researchers think that this drug affects the autoimmune response involved in type 1 diabetes and helps preserve the residual beta cell function of the pancreas.

Monitoring Tests

Both low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) and high blood sugar (hyperglycemia) are of concern for patients who take insulin. It is important, therefore, to carefully monitor blood glucose levels. In general, patients with type 1 diabetes need to take readings four or more times a day. Patients should aim for the following measurements:

Pre-meal glucose levels of between 90 - 130 mg/dL
Bedtime levels of between 110 - 150 mg/dL

Different goals may be required for specific individuals, including pregnant women, very old and very young people, and those with accompanying serious medical conditions.

Finger-Prick Test. A typical blood sugar test includes the following:

A drop of blood is obtained by pricking the finger.
The blood is then applied to a chemically treated strip.
Monitors read and provide results.

Home monitors are about 10 - 15% less accurate than laboratory monitors are and many do not meet the standards of the American Diabetes Association. Most doctors believe, however, that they are accurate enough to indicate when blood sugar is too low.

To monitor the amount of glucose within the blood a person with diabetes should test their blood regularly. The procedure is quite simple and can often be done at home.

Some simple procedures may improve accuracy:

Testing the meter once a month.
Recalibrating it whenever a new packet of strips is used.
Using fresh strips; outdated strips may not provide accurate results.
Keeping the meter clean.
Periodically comparing the meter results with the results from a laboratory.

Supplementary Monitoring Devices. Other devices are available for monitoring blood glucose. These devices are used in addition to traditional fingerstick test kits and glucose meters but do not replace them:

Continuous glucose monitoring systems (CGMS) use a needle-like sensor inserted under the skin of the abdomen to monitor glucose levels every 5 minutes. In 2007, the STS-7 System was approved. Using a disposable sensor, the STS-7 measures glucose levels for up to a week. An alarm will sound if glucose levels are too high or low. The older Minimed system measures glucose over a 72-hour period and has wireless communication between the monitor and an insulin pump.
GlucoWatch is a battery-powered wristwatch-like device that measures glucose by sending tiny electric currents through the skin, a technique called reverse iontophoresis. It is painless and has a warning device when detecting high glucose levels. It takes 2 hours to warm up, and the sensor pads need to be changed every day. Glucowatch measures glucose levels three times per hour for up to 12 hours. About a quarter of the time, the results differ significantly from actual fingerstick tests, however.

Hemoglobin A1c (also called HbA1c , HA1c, or A1C) is measured periodically every 2 - 3 months to determine the average blood-sugar level over the lifespan of the red blood cell. Normal A1C levels should be below 7%. Home tests are also available for measuring A1C.

Urine tests are useful for detecting the presence of ketones. These tests should always be performed during illness or stressful situations, when diabetes is likely to go out of control. The patient should also undergo yearly urine tests for microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine), a risk factor for future kidney disease.

Long-Term Complications

Type 1 diabetes reduces the normal lifespan by an average of 5 - 8 years. However, survival rates are improving in all ethnic groups and both genders. Longer survival rates are probably due to improvements in monitoring and tighter control of blood glucose. There are two important approaches to preventing complications from type 1 diabetes:

Intensive control of blood glucose and keeping glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels below 7%. This approach is proving to prevent complications due to vascular (blood vessel) abnormalities and nerve damage (neuropathy) that can cause major damage to organs, including the eyes, kidneys, and heart.
Managing risk factors for heart disease. Blood glucose control helps the heart, but it is also very important that people with diabetes control blood pressure, cholesterol levels, and other factors associated with heart disease.

Patients with type 1 diabetes have a 10 times greater risk of heart disease than healthy patients. Heart attacks account for 60% and strokes for 25% of deaths in patients with diabetes. Diabetes affects the heart in many ways:

Both type 1 and 2 diabetes accelerate the progression of atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries). Diabetes can adversely affect blood lipid levels by lowering HDL ("good cholesterol") and increasing triglycerides. This can lead to coronary artery disease, heart attack, or stroke.
In type 1 diabetes, high blood pressure (hypertension) usually develops if the kidneys become damaged. High blood pressure is another major cause of heart attack, stroke, and heart failure. Children with diabetes are also at risk for hypertension.
Impaired nerve function (neuropathy) associated with diabetes also causes heart abnormalities. Some experts estimate that the mortality rates from neuropathy-related heart conditions ranges from 15 - 53%.

Atherosclerosis is a disease of the arteries in which fatty material is deposited in the vessel wall, resulting in narrowing and eventual impairment of blood flow. Severely restricted blood flow in the arteries to the heart muscle leads to symptoms such as chest pain. Atherosclerosis shows no symptoms until a complication occurs.

Click the icon to see an image of the kidney.

Results from the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT) prove that intensive blood sugar control reduces the long-term risk of heart disease complications by 50%. The results indicate that intensive blood sugar control is even more important in reducing these risks than blood pressure- and cholesterol-lowering drugs. Original participants in the trial received intensive blood glucose control for 6 years during the 1980s. Researchers continued to follow these patients’ progress during the next 17 years. A follow-up study, published in 2005 in the New England Journal of Medicine, found that the benefits of tight blood glucose control persisted over time and halved the risk of heart attack, stroke, angina, or coronary artery disease.

Aspirin for Reducing the Risk for Blood Clots. Taking a daily aspirin reduces the risk for blood clotting and may help protect against heart attacks. In a 2000 study, low-dose aspirin was associated with a 30% lower risk for death from heart disease in adults with type 2 diabetes.

Reducing Blood Pressure. Strict control of blood pressure is critical for preventing complications of diabetes and has proven to improve survival rates. Patients should strive for blood pressure levels of less than 130/80 mm Hg (systolic/diastolic). (Controlling systolic pressure may be especially important for reducing the risk for kidney complications.)

Dozens of anti-hypertensive drugs are available. Most fall into the following categories:

Diuretics rid the body of extra sodium (salt) and water. There are three main types of diuretics: Potassium-sparing, thiazide, and loop.
Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors reduce the production of angiotensin, a chemical that causes arteries to narrow.
Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) block angiotensin.
Beta-blockers block the effects of adrenaline and ease the heart’s pumping action.
Calcium-channel blockers (CCBs) decrease the contractions of the heart and widen blood vessels.

The American Diabetes Association (ADA) recommends any of these classes of drugs as first-line treatment for hypertension. New research suggests, however, that beta-blockers are less effective at preventing strokes and heart attacks than other types of blood pressure medications. ACE inhibitors are especially helpful for patients with type 1 diabetes as they may help prevent kidney disease (nephropathy).

Many patients require more than one type of drug to control blood pressure. For patients with diabetes who have microalbuminuria, the ADA strongly recommends ACE inhibitors or ARBs. Microalbuminuria is an accumulation of protein in the blood, which can signal the onset of kidney disease (nephropathy).

Anti-hypertensive drugs that block or reduce angiotensin are the first option for many people with diabetes. Angiotensin is a natural chemical that influences all aspects of blood pressure control and also interferes with insulin's normal metabolic signaling. In fact, angiotensin may be the common factor linking diabetes and high blood pressure.

The 2005 landmark Antihypertensive and Lipid Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT) indicated that a thiazide-type diuretic works as well as an ACE inhibitor or CCB for patients with type 2 diabetes and high blood pressure. Compared with ACE inhibitors or CCBs, diuretics appeared to be better at lowering systolic blood pressure and preventing heart failure. In addition, the trial suggested that diuretics are especially helpful for African-Americans, by offering greater protection than ACE inhibitors or CCBS in preventing strokes. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Improving Cholesterol and Lipid Levels. Abnormal cholesterol and lipid levels are common in diabetes. High LDL (“bad”) cholesterol should always be lowered, but people with diabetes also often have additional harmful imbalances, including low HDL (“good”) cholesterol and high triglycerides. Patients should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Patients with diabetes and existing heart disease should strive for even lower LDL levels; the American Diabetes Association recommends LDL levels below 70 mg/dL for these patients.

Statins are the best cholesterol-lowering drugs. They include atorvastatin (Lipitor), lovastatin (Mevacor and generics), pravastatin (Pravachol), simvastatin (Zocor and generics), fluvastatin (Lescol), and rosuvastatin (Crestor). These drugs are very effective for lowering LDL cholesterol levels. Recent studies indicate that aggressive high-dose statin therapy may be an important treatment approach for high-risk patients who need to substantially lower their LDL levels. A 2006 study found that patients with diabetes and heart disease who were treated with 80 mg daily of atorvastatin had a 25% lower risk of heart attack and stroke than patients who received a 10 mg daily dose.

The primary safety concern with statins has involved myopathy, an uncommon condition that can cause muscle damage and, in some cases, muscle and joint pain. A specific myopathy called rhabdomyolysis can lead to kidney failure. People with diabetes and risk factors for myopathy should be monitored for muscle symptoms.

Although lowering LDL cholesterol is beneficial, statins are not as effective as other medications -- such as fibrates, niacin, ezetimbe, or bile acid sequesters -- in addressing HDL and triglyceride imbalances. This is a common problem in type 2 diabetes. Combining a statin with one of these drugs may be helpful for people with diabetes who have heart disease, low HDL, and near-normal LDL levels. Although combinations of statins and fibrates or niacin increase the risk of myopathy, both combinations are considered safe if used with extra care.

Fibrates, such as gemfibrozil (Lopid) and fenofibrate (Tricor), are usually the first choice. Niacin has the most favorable effect on raising HDL and lowering triglycerides of all the cholesterol drugs. However, about 30% of patients who take high-dose niacin experience increased blood glucose levels. Moderate doses of niacin can achieve lipid control without causing serious blood glucose problems. [See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Kidney disease (nephropathy) is a very serious complication of diabetes. With this condition, the tiny filters in the kidney (called glomeruli) become damaged and leak protein into the urine. Over time this can lead to kidney failure. Urine tests showing microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine) are important markers for kidney damage.

Treatment and Prevention of Nephropathy. Tight control of blood sugar and blood pressure is essential for preventing the onset of kidney disease. Long-term studies report that strict control of these two conditions produces a 60% reduction in new cases of nephropathy and a delay in progression of the disease. Research indicates that ACE inhibitors are the best class of blood pressure medications for delaying kidney disease and slowing disease progression in patients with type 1 diabetes. Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) are also very helpful.

A doctor may recommend a low-protein diet for patients whose kidney disease is progressing despite tight blood sugar and blood pressure control. Protein-restricted diets can help slow disease progression and delay the onset of end-stage renal disease (kidney failure). However, patients with end-stage renal disease who are on dialysis generally require higher amounts of protein. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Diabetic nephropathy, the leading cause of end-stage renal disease (ESRD), occurs in about 20 - 40% of patients with diabetes. Patients with ESRD have 13 times the risk of death compared to other patients with type 1 diabetes. If the kidneys fail, dialysis is required. Symptoms of kidney failure may include swelling in the feet and ankles, itching, fatigue, and pale skin color. On an encouraging note, a 2005 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that the prognosis of end-stage renal disease has greatly improved during the last 4 decades for patients with type 1 diabetes. The outlook was best for patients who were diagnosed with diabetes at a young age (under 5 years old). In addition, the study found that fewer people with type 1 diabetes are developing ESRD.

Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease. Patients on dialysis usually require injections of erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs to increase red blood cell counts and control anemia. Patients with end-stage kidney disease should be aware of the current controversies surrounding the dosing of these drugs.

In 2006, two important New England Journal of Medicine studies indicated that aggressive dosing to completely normalize hemoglobin levels does not work better than standard dosing that only partially corrects anemia. In 2007, the FDA issued new warnings on darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp) and epoetin alfa (Epogen and Procrit). The warnings describe an increased risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks in patients with end-stage kidney disease when these drugs were given at higher than recommended doses. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs.

The FDA recommends that patients with end-stage kidney disease who receive erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs should:

Maintain hemoglobin levels that do not exceed 12 g/dL
Receive frequent blood tests to monitor hemoglobin levels
Contact their doctors if they experience such symptoms as shortness of breath, pain, swelling in the legs, or increases in blood pressure

[See In-Depth Report #57: Anemia.]

Diabetes reduces or distorts nerve function, causing a condition called neuropathy. Neuropathy refers to a group of disorders that affect nerves. The two main types of neuropathy are:

Peripheral (affects nerves in the toes, feet, legs, hand, and arms)
Autonomic (affects nerves that help regulate digestive, bowel, bladder, heart, and sexual function)

Peripheral neuropathy particularly affects sensation. It is a common complication that affects nearly half of people with type 1 or type 2 diabetes after 25 years. The most serious consequences of neuropathy occur in the legs and feet and pose a risk for ulcers and, in very severe cases, amputation. Peripheral neuropathy usually starts in the fingers and toes and moves up to the arms and legs (called a stocking-glove distribution). Symptoms include:

Tingling
Weakness
Burning sensations
Loss of the sense of warm or cold
Numbness (if the nerves are severely damaged, the patient may be unaware that a blister or minor wound has become infected)
Deep pain

Autonomic neuropathy can cause digestive problems (constipation, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting), bladder infections, and erectile dysfunction. In some cases, neuropathy may mask angina, the warning chest pain for heart disease and heart attack. Patients with diabetes should be aware of other warning signs of a heart attack, including sudden fatigue, sweating, shortness of breath, nausea, and vomiting.

Blood sugar control is the only treatment for neuropathy. Studies show that tight control of blood glucose levels delays the onset and slows progression of neuropathy. A 2005 study also suggested that heart disease risk factors can increase the likelihood of developing neuropathy. Lowering triglycerides, losing weight, reducing blood pressure, and quitting smoking may help prevent the onset of neuropathy.

Pain-Relief Treatment for Peripheral Neuropathy. A number of different drugs are used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief: They include:

Nonprescription analgesics, such as aspirin, acetaminophen, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). (Patients with stomach or kidney problems should check with their doctors before using these drugs.)
Prescription painkillers, such as tramadol (Ultram). Tramadol is a drug that is similar to opioids. It can help relieve pain but has significant side effects, including nausea, constipation, and headache.
Topical medications, particularly capsaicin (the active ingredient in hot peppers), are applied to the skin to relieve minor local pain. A 5% lidocaine patch has also shown good results in clinical trials.
Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline (Elavil) or doxepin (Sinequan), are effective in reducing pain from neuropathy in up to 75% of patients. A combination of doxepin and capsaicin (applied to the skin) may be particularly beneficial. Unfortunately, tricyclics may cause heart rhythm problems.
Duloxetine (Cymbalta) is a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, a newer type of antidepressant, which was approved in 2004 for treatment of pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
The anti-convulsant drug pregabalin (Lyrica) was approved in 2004 for neuropathic pain management. It is classified as a controlled substance (like narcotics), which indicates a potential risk for abuse. Other anti-seizure drugs used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief include gabapentin (Neurontin) and valproate (Depakote).

Treatments under investigation include acetyl-l-carnitine and intravenous alpha-lipoic acid. Patients may also benefit from transcutaneous electrostimulation (TENS), a treatment that involves administering mild electrical pulses to painful areas. Alternative treatments such as hypnosis, biofeedback, relaxation techniques, and acupuncture have helped some patients manage pain. Doctors also recommend lifestyle measures, such as walking and wearing elastic stockings.

Treatments for Other Complications of Neuropathy. Neuropathy also impacts other functions, and treatments are needed to reduce their effects. If diabetes affects the nerves in the autonomic nervous system, then abnormalities of blood pressure control and bowel and bladder function may occur. Erythromycin, domperidone (Motilium), or metoclopramide (Reglan) may be used to relieve delayed stomach emptying caused by neuropathy.

Erectile dysfunction is also associated with neuropathy. Studies indicate that phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE-5) drugs, such as sildenafil (Viagra), vardenafil (Levitra), and tadalafil (Cialis), are safe and effective, at least in the short term, for patients with diabetes. Typical side effects are minimal but may include headache, flushing, and upper respiratory tract and flu-like symptoms.

Perhaps the most serious consequences of diabetic neuropathy occur in the lower limbs. An estimated 15% of patients with diabetes experience serious foot problems. They are the leading cause of hospitalizations for these patients.

Diabetes is responsible for more than half of all lower limb amputations performed in the U.S. Each year there are about 88,000 non-injury amputations, 50 - 75% of them due to diabetes. The number is increasing as the prevalence in diabetes type 2 rises. According to a 2005 study in the Lancet, every 30 seconds someone in the world receives a lower limb amputation due to diabetes. About 85% of amputations start with foot ulcers, which develop in about 12% of people with diabetes.

In general, foot ulcers develop from infections, such as those resulting from blood vessel injury. A 2006 study reported that people with diabetes who develop foot infections are 155 times more likely to have an amputation than people who did not develop infections. Foot infections often develop from injuries. Even minor infections can develop into severe complications. Numbness from nerve damage, which is common in diabetes, compounds the danger since the patient may not be aware of injuries. About one-third of foot ulcers occur on the big toe.

A 2003 government survey found that those at higher risk for foot ulcers tend to be people with diabetes who are overweight, smokers, and those with a long history of diabetes. People who have the disease for more than 20 years and are insulin-dependent are at the highest risk. Related conditions that put people at risk include peripheral neuropathy, peripheral artery disease, foot deformities, and a history of ulcers. [See In-Depth Report #102: Peripheral artery disease and intermittent claudication.]

Charcot Foot. Charcot foot or Charcot joint (medically referred to as neuropathic arthropathy) occurs in up to 2.5% of people with diabetes. Early changes appear like an infection, with the foot becoming swollen, red, and warm. A seriously affected foot can become deformed. The bones may crack, splinter, and erode, and the joints may shift, change shape, and become unstable. It typically develops in people who have neuropathy to the extent that they cannot feel sensation in the foot and are not aware of an existing injury. Instead of resting an injured foot or seeking medical help, the patient often continues normal activity, causing further damage.

Charcot foot is initially treated with strict immobilization of the foot and ankle; some centers use a cast that allows the patient to move and still protects the foot. A 2001 study in the U.K. concluded that a single dose of pamidronate, a bisphosphonate, reduces bone turnover, symptoms, and disease activity. When the acute phase has passed, patients usually need lifelong protection of the foot using a brace initially and custom footwear.

Measures to Prevent Foot Ulcers. Preventive foot care can significantly reduce the risk of ulcers and amputation. Some tips for preventing problems include:

Patients should inspect their feet daily and watch for changes in color or texture, odor, and firm or hardened areas, which may indicate infection and potential ulcers.
When washing the feet, the water should be warm (not hot) and the feet and areas between the toes should be thoroughly dried afterward. Check water temperature with the hand or a thermometer before stepping in.
Moisturizers should be applied, but not between the toes.
Corns and calluses should be gently pumiced and toenails trimmed short and the edges filed to avoid cutting adjacent toes.
Patients should not use medicated pads or try to shave the corns or calluses themselves.
Well-fitting footwear is very important. People should be sure the shoe is wide enough; according to a 2001 study, 30% of patients with diabetes wear shoes that are too narrow. Patients should also avoid high heels, sandals, thongs, and going barefoot. Shoes with a rocker sole (LucRo) reduce pressure under the heel and front of the foot by 35 - 65% and may be particularly helpful. Custom-molded boots increase the surface area over which foot pressure is distributed. This reduces stress on the ulcers and allows them to heal.
Shoes should be changed often during the day.
Wear socks, particularly with extra padding (which can be specially purchased).
Patients should avoid tight stockings or any clothing that constricts the legs and feet.
Foot pain, numbness, or tingling is worse at night; diphenhydramine (Benadryl) may help.
A specialist in foot care should be consulted for any problems.

Click the icon to see an image of foot inspection.

Treating Foot Ulcers in Diabetes. About one-third of foot ulcers will heal within 20 weeks with good wound care treatments. Some treatments are as follows:

Antibiotics are generally given. In some cases, hospitalization and intravenous antibiotics for up to 28 days may be needed for severe foot ulcers.
In virtually all cases, wound care requires debridement, which is the removal of injured tissue until only healthy tissue remains. Debridement may be accomplished using chemical (enzymes), surgical, or mechanical (irrigation) means.
Hydrogels (Nu-Gel, Intrasite Gel, Scherisorb, Clearsite, Duoderm, Geliperm) are helpful in healing ulcers and are noninvasive and soothing.
Felted foam may be helpful in healing ulcers on the sole of the foot. Felted foam uses a multi-layered foam pad over the bottom of the foot with an opening over the ulcer.

Other Treatments for Foot Ulcers. Doctors are also using or investigating other treatments to heal ulcers. These include:

Administering hyperbaric oxygen (oxygen given at high pressure) is showing promise in promoting healing. In one study, patients who had had ulcers that had not responded to treatment for over 3 months received daily treatments that lasted 90 minutes for 2 weeks. About 15 days after completion, patients who received oxygen had significant reduction in ulcers, sometimes with complete healing. Other studies are also demonstrating good results.
Monochromatic near-infrared photo energy (MIRE) uses light therapy to improve sensation in the feet of patients with peripheral neuropathy.
Total-contact casting (TCC) uses a cast that is designed to match the exact contour of the foot and to distribute weight along the entire length of the foot. It is usually changed weekly. It may be helpful for ulcer healing and for Charcot foot. Although it is very effective in healing ulcers, recurrence is common.

Diabetes accounts for 12,000 - 24,000 of new cases of blindness annually and is the leading cause of new cases of blindness in adults ages 20 - 74. The most common eye disorder in diabetes is retinopathy. People with diabetes are also at higher risk for developing cataracts and certain types of glaucoma. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts and In-Depth Report #25: Glaucoma.]

Description of Retinopathy. Retinopathy is a condition in which the retina becomes damaged. The two primary abnormalities that occur are a weakening of the blood vessels in the retina and the obstruction in the capillaries -- probably from very tiny blood clots. Retinopathy generally occurs in one or two phases:

Click the icon to see an image of diabetic retinopathy.

The early and more common type of this disorder is called nonproliferative or background retinopathy. The blood vessels in the retina are abnormally weakened. They rupture and leak, and waxy areas may form. If these processes affect the central portion of the retina, swelling may occur, causing reduced or blurred vision.
If the capillaries become blocked and blood flow is cut off, soft, "woolly" areas may develop in the retina's nerve layer. These woolly areas may signal the development of proliferative retinopathy. Often there are no symptoms of progressing retinopathy. In this more severe condition, new abnormal blood vessels form and grow on the surface of the retina. They may spread into the cavity of the eye or bleed into the back of the eye. Major hemorrhage or retinal detachment can result, causing severe visual loss or blindness. The sensation of seeing flashing lights may indicate retinal detachment.

According to a 2003 study, about 40% of young adults with type 1 diabetes had developed retinopathy within 10 years of diagnosis. (Although this rate is high, it is significantly lower than in previous years when blood glucose control was not as strict.) The risk is lower in patients with type 2, although in one study over 20% had signs of retinopathy 6 years after diagnosis. In general, all patients with diabetes should have a yearly eye examination. Patients with no signs of retinal damage or low risk factors for retinopathy may only require screening every 2 - 3 years.

Click the icon to see an animation on diabetic retinopathy.

Prevention of Retinopathy. Fortunately, severe and even moderate vision loss is largely preventable with tight control of blood glucose levels. (Intense glucose control can cause early worsening of retinopathy, although this is nearly always counterbalanced by long-term benefits.) Tight control of blood pressure can also help protect against retinopathy. Aspirin therapy does not help prevent retinopathy.

Treatment of Retinopathy. Patients with severe diabetic retinopathy or macular edema (swelling of the retina) should be sure to see an eye specialist who is experienced in the management and treatment of diabetic retinopathy. Once damage to the eye develops, laser eye surgery may be needed. Laser surgery can help reduce vision loss in high-risk patients.

Studies indicate that patients with type 2 diabetes face a higher than average risk of developing dementia caused either by Alzheimer's disease or problems in blood vessels in the brain. Problems in attention and memory can occur even in people under age 55 who have had diabetes for a number of years. In one study of people with type 1 diabetes, high glucose levels (hyperglycemia) were associated with slower brain function, including less verbal fluency and slow ability to do mental arithmetic.

Respiratory Infections. People with diabetes face a higher risk for influenza and its complications, including pneumonia, possibly because the disorder neutralizes the effects of protective proteins on the surface of the lungs. In fact, deaths among people with diabetes increase by 5 - 15% during flu epidemics, and they are six times more likely to be hospitalized with complications from flu than nondiabetic patients who have flu. Everyone with diabetes should have annual influenza vaccinations and a vaccination against pneumococcal pneumonia.

Urinary Tract Infections. Women with diabetes face a significantly higher risk for urinary tract infections, which are likely to be more complicated and difficult to treat than in the general population.

Diabetes doubles the risk for depression. Furthermore, depression, in turn, increases the risk for hyperglycemia and complications of diabetes, according to one study. Restoring mental health, both through medication and psychotherapy, not only improves quality of life but may help patients control their blood sugar levels.

Diabetes changes bone quality and density, but the effects differ depending on type:

Type 1 diabetes is associated with a slightly reduced bone density, putting patients at risk for osteoporosis and possibly fractures. The best medications for bone loss in patients with diabetes are bisphosphonates, such as alendronate (Fosamax) and risedronate (Actonel). They not only help prevent bone loss but may even reduce daily insulin requirements in patients taking insulin. [See In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]
Type 2 diabetes, on the other hand, is associated with an increased bone density but is also associated with fractures. In such cases, the bone quality itself may be impaired.

Older patients with either type of diabetes are at risk for falling, which compounds the risk for fracture.

Diabetes increases the risk for other conditions, including:

Hearing loss
Periodontal disease
Carpal tunnel syndrome
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, also called nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); a particular danger for people who are obese
Colorectal cancer
Uterine cancer

Diabetes and Pregnancy. Both temporary diabetes that occurs during pregnancy (gestational diabetes) and pregnancy in a patient with existing diabetes can increase the risk for birth defects. Studies indicate that high blood sugar levels (hyperglycemia) may affect the developing fetus as soon as it is conceived.

Because glucose crosses the placenta, a woman with diabetes can pass high levels of blood glucose to the fetus. In response, the fetus secretes large amounts of insulin. This combination of high fetal blood levels of insulin and glucose can have significant effects:

Excessive fetal weight gain, which can lead to complications during delivery
Birth defects
Breathing problems and delayed lung development
Low blood sugar
Higher future risk for obesity and diabetes

In addition to endangering the fetus, diabetes also presents risks to the pregnant woman, particularly preeclampsia, which is a potentially dangerous condition involving very high blood pressure during pregnancy. Pregnant women with diabetes are also at greater risk for retinopathy.

Some recommendations for preventing complications include:

Intensive blood sugar control during pregnancy may reduce the risk for problems in the infant.
Monitoring blood glucose after meals may protect against preeclampsia more effectively than monitoring before meals.
Aerobic exercise before and during pregnancy can lower glucose levels. (All pregnant women, particularly those with diabetes, should check with their doctors before embarking on a rigorous exercise regimen.)
To prevent birth defects that affect the heart and nervous system, women with diabetes should take a higher dose of folic acid from the time of conception up to week 12 of pregnancy. They should also be checked for any heart problems.
Women with diabetes should have an eye examination during pregnancy and up to a year afterward.

Although there was some concern that short-acting insulin lispro might increase the risk for birth defects, the most recent evidence suggests that it does not. In fact, some experts believe it achieves a better outcome and should be preferred to regular insulin in pregnant women. More research is needed.

Effect on Estrogen. Diabetes appears to blunt some of the effects of estrogen, which may increase the risk for heart disease. Women with diabetes have a higher risk for early menopause, which, in one study, occurred at an average age of about 41 years.

Reproductive Cancers. Women with type 1 diabetes often have lumps in the breast that are benign but which make mammograms difficult to interpret. It is not clear whether these lumps are risk factors for breast cancer. One study indicated that women with diabetes have a higher risk for endometrial cancer and possibly for breast cancer.

Lack of Blood Glucose Control. Control of blood glucose levels is generally very poor in adolescents and young adults. Adolescents with diabetes are at higher risk than adults for ketoacidosis resulting from noncompliance. In a British study of young adults with type 1 diabetes, 15% were already hypertensive, and about half of these young people had signs of kidney damage. Young people who do not control glucose are also at high risk for permanent damage in small vessels, such as those in the eyes.

Self-Destructive Behaviors. One study found that young people with diabetes have a higher than average rate of suicidal fantasies. Although the actual rate of suicide was no higher than that of their nondiabetic peers, such thoughts are strongly associated with self-destructive behavior.

Of particular note, up to one-third of young women with type 1 diabetes have eating disorders and under-use insulin to lose weight. Anorexia and bulimia pose significant health dangers in any young person -- but they can be especially severe in people with diabetes.

Transplantation Procedures

Major advances in islet-cell transplantation are allowing more patients to come off insulin or reduce their use of it.

Major clinical trials are now using a specific islet-cell (also called beta-cell) transplantation procedure called the Edmonton protocol, which usually involves the following steps:

As soon as there are sufficient numbers of islets available for transplantation, the patient is given intravenous antibiotics and oral vitamins E, B6, and A.
A machine isolates islet cells taken from donor pancreases, generally from cadavers. Two or three organs are usually needed in order to supply enough islet cells to have any effect on insulin production. (This is a major limitation of the procedure.)
Once the islets have been isolated, they are injected directly in a major vein in the patient's liver.
The islets are carried to capillaries in the liver where they produce insulin.
Specific drugs, such as tacrolimus, sirolimus, or rapamycin (Rapamume), are used to suppress the immune system. (Unlike immunosuppressant drugs used in other transplantation procedures, these drugs do not contain steroids, which destroy islet cells.) Immunosuppressants are needed for the rest of the patient's life so that the body does not reject these foreign islet cells.
The procedure has to be performed two or more times over a period of 2 - 3 months. This generally requires multiple pancreas donors in order to achieve complete independence from insulin therapy. This is a major limitation to the procedure.

In 2006, the New England Journal of Medicine published the results of the first multicenter trial of the Edmonton protocol. The results indicated that this treatment may benefit some patients with severe type 1 diabetes. Of the 36 patients who underwent the transplant procedure, 44% no longer needed insulin injections a year after the final treatment. However, two-thirds of these insulin-independent patients needed to resume insulin injections within 2 years.

The Edmonton protocol achieved partial islet function in 28% of patients, which helped control hypoglycemic unawareness, a serious complication of diabetes. (In hypoglycemic unawareness, patients no longer recognize the symptoms of severe low blood sugar.) Even though these patients still needed insulin shots, they had better control of their diabetes. Researchers are continuing to work on refining the Edmonton protocol so that its benefits can be more sustainable and long lasting.

A major obstacle for the islet cell transplantation is the need for two or more donor pancreases to supply sufficient islet cells. Unfortunately, there are not enough pancreases available to make this procedure feasible for even 1% of patients. Researchers, then, are looking for alternative sources for islet cells. In one center, for example, researchers used pig islet cells as the donor source in children and did not administer immunosuppressant drugs. Half the children responded well to this approach. Another study reported that select patients may require only one donor.

Other research is focusing on umbilical cord cells, embryonic or adult stem cells, bone marrow transplantation, and other types of cellular therapies. These studies are still in very early stages, but experts predict that there will be major research advances in these fields in the coming years. A small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American MedicalAssociation looked at the effects of autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (AHST) in patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. AHST is an experimental treatment for type 1 diabetes. It involves treating a patient with high doses of drugs to suppress the immune system, then harvesting the patient’s own blood cells and re-infusing them back into the body. In the study, 14 out of 15 patients who underwent AHST were able to stop taking insulin shots.

Whole pancreas transplants and double transplants of pancreases and kidneys are proving to have a good long-term success rate for some patients with type 1 diabetes. The operations help to prevent further kidney damage, and long-term studies indicate that they may even eventually reverse some existing damage. There is some evidence that heart disease and diabetic neuropathy improve after pancreas transplantation (although not retinopathy). One 10-year study reported that survival rate at 10 years was 76%, and two-thirds of the patients had both pancreas and kidney function. Immunosuppressive drugs are needed lifelong with this procedure. Experts generally recommend transplants in cases of end-stage kidney failure or when diabetes poses more of a threat to the patient's life than the transplant itself.

Uncontrolled diabetes causes damage to many tissues of the body, including the kidneys. Kidney damage caused by diabetes most often involves thickening and hardening of the internal kidney structures. Strict blood glucose control may delay the progression of kidney disease in type 1 and type 2 diabetics.

Prevention

Fingerstick blood tests are now available that can test for autoantibodies that identify children who are at high risk for developing type 1 diabetes. At this time, however, there is no way to prevent type 1 diabetes, and all preventive therapies are investigative. Until there are ways to prevent the condition, such screening tests are expensive and provide little value.

Investigational approaches focus on preventing type 1 diabetes or at least delaying it as long as possible. Preventive measures are sometimes defined as primary and secondary:

Primary prevention attempts to preserve all beta cells before the disease process starts.
Secondary prevention aims to deter further beta cell destruction once it has started and before symptoms arise.

For primary prevention, one experimental approach involves oral insulin, which is taken as a pill once a day. Unlike insulin injections that lower blood sugar, oral insulin does not affect blood glucose levels because it is quickly broken down in the digestive system. It may, however, help calm the immune system and prevent its attack on beta cells. Another study is exploring whether docosahexaenoic acid (DHA), an omega-3 fatty acid, can help prevent development of autoimmune type 1 diabetes in newborns who are at high risk for the disease.

Secondary prevention focuses on preserving beta cells and their insulin-producing function. Researchers are exploring several treatments for patients who are newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. These experimental therapies include:

Rituximab (Rituxan), a monoclonal antibody drug used for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, is being studied in patients with type 1 diabetes for its effects on disrupting the immune system’s attack on beta cells.
Immune-suppressing drugs, such as mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) alone or in combination with daclizumab (DZB), are used to prevent rejection in organ transplantation. Researchers hope that these drugs may be able to slow or stop the autoimmune disease process of type 1 diabetes.
CD3-antibody drug therapy is showing promise in retaining newly diagnosed patients’ natural insulin production and decreasing their need for insulin therapy.

Resources

www.diabetes.org -- American Diabetes Association
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.jdrf.org -- Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation
www.nei.nih.gov -- National Eye Institute
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.kidney.org -- National Kidney Foundation
www.diabetestrialnet.org -- Type 1 Diabetes International Clinical Trial Net
www.medicalert.org -- Bracelets or neck chain emblems with personal medical information
www.childrenwithdiabetes.com -- Children with diabetes online community

References

American Diabetes Association (ADA). Standards of medical care in diabetes. VI. Prevention and management of diabetes complications. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30(Suppl 1):S15-24.

Drueke TB, Locatelli F, Clyne N, Eckardt KU, Macdougall IC, Tsakiris D, et al. Normalization of hemoglobin level in patients with chronic kidney disease and anemia. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2071-84.

Hakonarson H, Grant SFA, Bradfield JP, Marchand L, Kim CE, Glessner JT, et al. A genome-wide association study identifies KIAA0350 as a type 1 diabetes gene. Nature. Published online 15 July 2007.

SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Liese AD, D'Agostino RB, Hamman RF, Kilgo PD, Lawrence JM, et al. The burden of diabetes mellitus among US youth: prevalence estimates from the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study. Pediatrics. 2006 Oct;118(4):1510-8.

Shapiro AM, Ricordi C, Hering BJ, Auchincloss H, Lindblad R, Robertson RP, et al. International trial of the Edmonton protocol for islet transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2006 Sep 28;355(13):1318-30.

Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, Barnhart H, Sapp S, Wolfson M, et al. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2085-98.

Skyler JS. Cellular therapy for type 1 diabetes: has the time come? JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1599-600.

Vardi M, Nini A. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors for erectile dysfunction in patients with diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Jan 24(1):CD002187.

Voltarelli JC, Couri CE, Stracieri AB, Oliveira MC, Moraes DA, Pieroni F, et al. Autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation in newly diagnosed type 1 diabetes mellitus. JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1568-76.

Writing Group for the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Dabelea D, Bell RA, D'Agostino RB, Imperatore G, Johansen JM, et al. Incidence of diabetes in youth in the United States. JAMA. 2007 Jun 27;297(24):2716-24.

Review Date:
7/19/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Asthma in adults

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:00 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Causes
Prognosis
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Treatment
Quick-Relief Medications...
Long-Term Relief Medication...
Other Treatments
Managing Asthma
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Warning

In 2007, the FDA requested the manufacturers of omalizumab (Xolair) to include a “boxed warning” emphasizing that this drug may cause a severe and life-threatening allergic reaction (anaphylaxis). Omalizumab is approved for patients who have moderate-to-severe asthma related to allergies and whose symptoms are not controlled by inhaled corticosteroids. It is given by injection in a doctor’s office every 2 - 4 weeks. The warning indicates that patients may develop anaphylaxis after any dose of omalizumab, even if they had no reaction to the initial shot. Health care providers need to observe patients carefully for 2 hours after they receive an omalizumab injection. However, because an allergic reaction can occur up to 24 hours after the injection, patients need to know the signs and symptoms of anaphylaxis and how to self-administer emergency treatment.

Anaphylaxis symptoms include:

Difficulty breathing
Chest tightness
Dizziness
Fainting
Itching and hives
Swelling of the mouth and throat

Drug Approval

In 2006, the FDA approved budesonide/formoterol (Symbicort). Symbicort combines a corticosteroid and a long-acting beta2-agonist into a single inhaler.

Long-Acting Beta2-Agonists

Long-acting beta2-agonist drugs, such as salmeterol (Serevent Diskus) and formoterol (Foradil Aerolizer), may worsen asthma symptom severity and increase the risk for asthma-related death, indicates a 2006 review in the Annals of Internal Medicine.
Products that contain salmeterol and formoterol now have strengthened warning labels detailing these risks.

Asthma and Heartburn

Studies have suggested an association between heartburn, also known as gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), and asthma that gets worse at night (nocturnal asthma). A 2006 study tested whether a proton pump inhibitor drug might help improve morning breathing in patients who suffer from these two conditions. The results suggested that the drug provided only a moderate benefit.

Introduction

The word asthma originates from an ancient Greek word meaning panting. Essentially, asthma is an inability to breathe properly. When any person inhales, the air travels through the following structures:

Air passes into the lungs and flows through progressively smaller airways called bronchioles. The lungs contain millions of these airways.
All bronchioles lead to alveoli, which are microscopic sacs where oxygen and carbon dioxide are exchanged.

The major features of the lungs include the bronchi, the bronchioles, and the alveoli. The alveoli are the microscopic blood vessel-lined sacks in which oxygen and carbon dioxide gas are exchanged.

Asthma is a chronic condition in which these airways undergo changes when stimulated by allergens or other environmental triggers. Such changes appear to be two specific responses:

The hyperreactive response (also called hyperresponsiveness)
The inflammatory response

These actions in the airway cause patients to cough, wheeze, and experience shortness of breath (dyspnea), the classic symptoms of asthma.

In the hyperreactive response, smooth muscles in the airways of the lungs constrict and narrow excessively in response to inhaled allergens or other irritants. Everyone's airways respond by constricting when exposed to allergens or irritants, but a special hyperreactive response occurs in people with asthma:

When people without asthma breathe in and out deeply, the airways relax and open to rid the lungs of the irritant.
When people with asthma try to take those same deep breaths, their airways do not relax and narrow, causing patients to pant for breath. Smooth muscles in the airways of people with asthma may have a defect, perhaps a deficiency in a critical chemical that prevents the muscles from relaxing.

The hyperreactive stage is followed by the inflammatory response, which generally contributes to asthma in the following way:

In response to allergens or other environmental triggers, the immune system delivers white blood cells and other immune factors to the airways.
These so-called inflammatory factors cause the airways to swell, to fill with fluid, and to produce a thick sticky mucus.
This combination of events results in wheezing, breathlessness, inability to exhale properly, and a phlegm-producing cough.

Click the icon to see an image of a normal bronchiole versus an asthmatic bronchiole.

Inflammation appears to be present in the lungs of all patients with asthma, even those with mild cases, and plays a key role in all forms of the disease.

Symptoms

Asthma symptoms vary in severity from occasional mild bouts of breathlessness to daily wheezing that persists despite taking large doses of medication. After exposure to asthma triggers, symptoms rarely develop abruptly but progress over a period of hours or days. Occasionally, the airways have become seriously obstructed by the time the patient calls the doctor.

The classic symptoms of an asthma attack include:

Wheezing when breathing out is nearly always present during an attack. Usually the attack begins with wheezing and rapid breathing, and, as it becomes more severe, all breathing muscles become visibly active.
Shortness of breath (dyspnea). Shortness of breath is a major source of distress in patients with asthma. However, the severity of this symptom does not always reflect the degree to which lung function is impaired. Some patients are not even aware that they are experiencing shortness of breath. Such patients are at particular risk for very serious and even life-threatening asthma attacks, since they are less conscious of symptoms. Those at highest risk for this effect tend to be older, female, and to have had the disease for a longer period of time.
Coughing. In some people, the first symptom of asthma is a nonproductive cough. Some patients find this cough even more distressing than wheezing or sleep disturbances.
Chest tightness or pain. Initial chest tightness without any other symptoms may be an early indicator of a serious attack.
Neck muscles may tighten, and talking may become difficult or impossible.
Rapid heart rate.
Sweating.
Chest pain occurs in about 75% of patients. It can be very severe, although the pain's intensity is not necessarily related to the severity of the asthma attack itself.

The end of an attack is often marked by a cough that produces thick, stringy mucus. After an initial acute attack, inflammation lasts for days to weeks, often without symptoms. (The inflammation itself must still be treated, however, because it usually causes relapse.)

Causes

Asthma has dramatically risen worldwide over the past decades, particularly in developed countries, and experts are puzzled over the cause of this increase. The mechanisms that cause asthma are complex and vary among population groups and even from individual to individual. Many asthma sufferers have allergies, and some researchers are targeting common factors in both these conditions. Not all people with allergies have asthma, however, and not all cases of asthma can be explained by allergic response.

Asthma is most likely to be caused by a convergence of factors that can include genes and various environmental and biologic triggers (infections, dietary patterns, hormonal changes in women, and allergens).

Nearly half of adults with asthma have an allergy-related condition, which, in most cases developed first in childhood. (In patients who first develop asthma during adulthood, the allergic response usually does not play a strong causal role.) Important irritants or allergens include:

Dust mites, specifically mite feces, which are coated with enzymes that contain a powerful allergen. These are the primary allergens in the home.
Animal dander.
Pollen. An asthma attack from an allergic response to pollen is more likely to occur during extreme air changes, such as thunderstorms. Major weather changes, such as El Nino, can affect the timing of allergy seasons. For example, in 1998, when the effects of El Nino were very strong, allergy and asthma attacks occurred earlier and were markedly increased.
Molds. A 2002 study suggested that molds might produce a worse asthma attack in adults than other allergens.
Fungi.
Cockroaches. Cockroaches are major asthma triggers and may reduce lung function even in people without a history of asthma.
Fossil Fuels. Certain chemicals may trigger allergic rhinitis. Some experts believe that refined fossil fuels, such as diesel fuel and particularly kerosene, may be important triggers for allergic rhinitis. And, in people who already have allergies or asthma, exposure to such fossil fuels may worsen symptoms.

The Allergic Process. The allergic process, called atopy, and its connection to asthma is not completely understood. It involves various airborne allergens or other triggers that set off a cascade of events in the immune system leading to inflammation and hyperreactivity in the airways. One description is as follows:

The conductor in an orchestra of immune factors that contribute to allergies and asthma appears to be a category of white blood cells known as helper T cells, in particular a subgroup called Th2 cells.
Th2 cells overproduce interleukins (ILs), immune factors that are molecular members of a family called cytokines, which are involved in the inflammatory process.
Interleukins 4, 9, and 13 may be responsible for a first-phase asthma attack. These interleukins stimulate the production and release of antibody groups known as immunoglobulin E (IgE). (People with both asthma and allergies appear to have a genetic predisposition for overproducing IgE.)
During an allergic attack, these IgE antibodies can bind to special cells in the immune system called mast cells, which are generally concentrated in the lungs, skin, and mucous membranes. This bond triggers the release of several active chemicals, importantly potent molecules known as leukotrienes. These chemicals cause airway spasms, overproduce mucus, and activate nerve endings in the airway lining.
Another cytokine, interleukin 5, appears to contribute to a late-phase inflammatory response. This interleukin attracts white blood cells known as eosinophils. These cells accumulate and remain in the airways after the first attack. They persist for weeks and mediate the release of other damaging particles that remain in the airways.

The Immune Response. Researchers are investigating the role that T cells play in asthma. T cells are white blood cells that are involved in the immune response. Researchers had focused on the T cell called type 2 helper (Th2) cells. However, a 2006 breakthrough study in the New England Journal of Medicine suggested that a different type of T cell may play a stronger role in asthma than previously thought.

Researchers discovered that these cells, called natural killer T cells, are far more common in the lungs of people with asthma than in the lungs of healthy people. Natural killer T cells are very rare, but researchers found them in 60% of people with moderate-to-severe persistent asthma. While this research is preliminary, it may explain why corticosteroid drugs do not work well for some patients with asthma: Steroid drugs target Th2 and other inflammatory cells, not natural killer T cells. Researchers think that further investigation of natural killer T cells may lead the way to new types of asthma drugs. If these cells prove to be involved in asthma, then drugs that eliminate them might become an important new treatment.

Over the course of years the repetition of the inflammatory events involved in asthma can cause irreversible structural and functional changes in the airways, a process called remodeling. The remodeled airways are persistently narrow and can cause chronic asthma. Researchers are trying to determine how this process occurs:

Interleukins. Some researchers are looking at potent immune factors, including interleukins 11 and 13. They have been linked to a number of processes possibly involved in remodeling, including scarring in the airways and overgrowth of cells in the smooth muscles that line the airways.

Growth Factors. Compounds known as vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) have been observed in the airways of patients with asthma. VEGF is a powerful promoter of cell growth in blood vessel linings, and some researchers believe it may be major factor in remodeling.

About one-third of all persons with asthma share this condition with another member of their immediate family. Asthma may be more likely to pass to children from their mother than from their father. Both allergies and asthma are strongly associated with hereditary factors, sharing certain genetic markers, but they are not always inherited together.

Research on the genetics of these conditions is confusing. Of some significant promise, researchers have identified a gene (ADAM33), which has been linked to asthma. The gene regulates one of the enzymes called metalloproteases, which are involved with the smooth muscle in the airway. A mutation of this gene could play a role in airway changes that occur after inflammation.

Hormones or changes in hormone levels appear to play a role in the severity of asthma in women.

Menstrual-Related Asthma. Between 30 - 40% of women with asthma experience fluctuations in severity that are associated with their menstrual cycle. One study indicated that women with menstrually associated asthma tend to have the following characteristics:

Older age
Had asthma for a long time
Had severe asthma attacks that were likely to occur 3 days before and 4 days into the menstrual period

Oral contraceptives (OCs) theoretically should help asthma sufferers by leveling out hormonal changes, but they do not appear to have much effect. (There have been a few reports of asthma exacerbation with OCs, but these are uncommon events.)

Asthma during Pregnancy. During pregnancy, one-third of women with asthma suffer more from the condition, one-third suffer less, and one-third experience no difference in severity. Some studies suggest that expectant mothers carrying a female baby tend to have more severe asthma symptoms than do those who are bearing a male.

Menopause and Asthma. Around the time of menopause (called perimenopause) when estrogen declines, the risk for hospitalization in women with asthma increases fourfold compared to previous years. Studies have not demonstrated that hormone replacement therapy (HRT), which contains estrogen, has much benefit.

About 10% of adults and some fewer children have aspirin-induced asthma (AIA). With this condition, asthma gets worse when patients take aspirin. Aspirin is one of the drugs known as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Although aspirin is used to reduce inflammation in other disorders, it appears to have the opposite effect in many asthma cases. It is not wholly known why this occurs. AIA often develops after a viral infection. It is a particularly severe asthmatic condition, associated with up to 25% of asthma-related hospitalizations. In about 5% of cases, aspirin is responsible for a syndrome that involves multiple attacks of asthma, sinusitis, and nasal congestion. Such patients also often have polyps (small benign growths) in the nasal passages.

Patients with aspirin-induced asthma (AIA) should avoid aspirin and most likely other NSAIDs, including ibuprofen (Advil) and naproxen (Aleve).

Acetaminophen (Tylenol) has been the traditional alternative for relief of minor pain for patients who are aspirin-sensitive. Unfortunately, recent evidence has muddied these recommendations. Some asthmatic episodes have been linked to high consumption of acetaminophen among adults.

Exercise-induced asthma (EIA) is a limited form of asthma in which exercise triggers coughing, wheezing, or shortness of breath.

Asthma occurs primarily at night (nocturnal asthma) in as many as 75% of patients with asthma. Attacks often occur between 2 and 4 a.m. Factors that might play role in nocturnal asthma may include one or more of the following:

Chemical and temperature changes in the body during the night that increase inflammation and narrowing of the airways
Delayed allergic responses from exposure to allergens during the day
The wearing off of inhaled medications toward the early morning
An increase in acid reflux (back up of stomach acid) that causes airways to narrow
Postnasal drip that occurs during sleep
Conditions relating to sleep, such as sleep apnea or sleeping on one's back, which may worsen any asthma attack that occurs at night

Some experts believe that nocturnal asthma may actually be a unique form, with its own specific biologic mechanisms that occur only at night and which reduce natural steroid hormones (which block inflammation).

Infections. The role of infections in asthma is complicated. Respiratory infections may play a role in some cases of adult-onset asthma, but may be protective against asthma in small children. (In both children and adults with existing allergic asthma, however, an upper respiratory tract infection often worsens an attack.)

Researchers are particularly interested in the organisms Chlamydiapneumoniae and Mycoplasmapneumoniae adenovirus. They are major causes of both mild and serious respiratory infections and are becoming important suspects in many cases of severe adult asthma. (If such respiratory infections occur in young children, they are unlikely to affect adult-onset asthma.)

In one study, patients whose asthma occurred after infections had more severe conditions than those whose asthma was due to other causes. The infection-initiated asthma, however, lasted only 5.6 years compared to 13.3 years in the non-infection group.

In any age group, respiratory infections worsen existing asthma in people who have it already. Rhinovirus (the common cold virus) has been reported to be the most common infection associated with asthma attacks. In one study, it was associated with 61% of asthma exacerbations in children and 44% in adults. Some research suggests that colds promote allergic inflammation and increase the intensity of airway responsiveness for weeks.

GERD. At least half of patients with asthma have gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), the cause of heartburn. It is not entirely clear which condition causes the other or whether they are both due to common factors.

Heartburn is a condition where the acidic stomach contents back up into the esophagus causing pain in the chest area. This reflux usually occurs because the sphincter muscle between the esophagus and stomach is weakened. Standing or sitting after a meal can help reduce the reflux that causes heartburn. Continuous irritation of the esophagus lining as in gastroesophageal reflux disease is a risk factor for the development of adenocarcinoma.

Some theories for the causal connection between GERD and asthma are:

Acid leaking from the lower esophagus in GERD stimulates the vagus nerve, which runs through the gastrointestinal tract. This stimulated nerve triggers the nearby airways in the lung to constrict, causing asthma symptoms.
Acid backup that reaches the mouth may be inhaled into the airways (aspirated). Here, the acid triggers a reaction in the airways that cause asthma symptoms.

GERD is sometimes hard to detect and might be a contributor in the following patients:

Those who do not respond to asthma treatments
Those whose asthma attacks follow episodes of heartburn
Those whose attacks worsen after eating or exercise
Those whose coughs follow episodes of acid reflux. (One study found that GERD was associated with about half of the episodes of coughs and wheezes in patients with asthma.)

Treating GERD symptoms with anti-acid drugs may resolve asthma in some (but not all) patients who share both conditions. A small 2005 study found that while GERD was common in patients with asthma, treatment of GERD had no effect on asthma symptoms. A 2006 study indicated that the proton pump inhibitor esomeprazole (Nexium) slightly helped patients who had both GERD and asthma symptoms that occurred at night. [See In-Depth Report #85: Heartburn and gastroesophageal reflux disease.]

Sinusitis. Almost half of children and adults with allergic asthma have sinus abnormalities, and in various studies, between 17 - 30% of patients with asthma develop true sinusitis. The presence of sinusitis, however, does not appear to increase the severity of asthma.

Click the icon to see an image of sinusitis.

Exercise-induced asthma (EIA) is a limited form of asthma in which exercise triggers coughing, wheezing, or shortness of breath. This condition generally occurs in children and young adults, most often during intense exercise in cold dry air. Symptoms are generally most intense about 10 minutes after exercising and then gradually resolve.

EIA is triggered only by exercise and is distinct from ordinary allergic asthma in that it does not produce a long duration of airway activity, as allergic asthma does. (It should be noted that some people have both forms of asthma.) People who have only EIA do not appear to require long-term maintenance therapy. A study of military recruits with EIA also reported that the condition does not hinder a person's overall physical performance.

Medications

Cromolyn, a mild anti-inflammatory drug, or short-acting beta2-agonists have been the treatments of choice for preventing EIA. Newer approaches for people who work out regularly include pretreatment with long-acting beta2-agonists, such as salmeterol (Serevent), or the regular use of inhaled corticosteroids.

Hints for Reducing EIA

EIA occurs only after exercise and is more likely to occur with regularly paced activities in cold, dry air. The following are some suggestions for reducing its impact:

Warm-up and cool-down periods are important.
Patients with EIA might do better with activities that involve short bursts of exercise (tennis, football) than with exercises involving long-duration regular pacing (cycling, soccer, and distance running).
Breathing through a scarf or through the nose helps warm up the airways.
Some evidence suggests that restricting dietary salt might help reduce EIA.

Click the icon to see an image of exercise-induced asthma.

Prognosis

About 450,000 American adults are admitted to an emergency room with asthma each year. The number of deaths from asthma increased from about 2,900 in 1908 to a high of 5,667 in 1996. The numbers appear to be declining slightly, and in 2002 about 4,260 people died because of asthma. Death from asthma is still a very uncommon event, considering that an estimated 20 million people in the U.S. have this condition. Most deaths from asthma, even when they occur in elderly adults, are preventable. It is very rare for a person who is receiving proper treatment to die of asthma. And, studies suggest that the use of inhaled corticosteroids can reduce the risk for death by 90%. In spite of this and similar research, these important drugs are greatly underused.

About 55% of U.S. deaths from asthma occur among the elderly (over age 65), and an estimated 25% occur in adults aged 45 - 64. Women have a higher risk for fatal asthma than men. Being poor is also a significant risk factor for severe asthma. Hispanics and African Americans are at higher risk for death from asthma than Caucasians. Other specific risk factors for fatal asthma include:

Previous history of respiratory failure
Frequent visits to the emergency room
Lack of continuous care and poor compliance with medications
Having stopped treatment, particularly withdrawal from corticosteroids
Having an emotional or psychiatric disorder. (Some evidence suggests that depression, anxiety, and stressful life situations can worsen asthma.)
Being a drug abuser
Being in a lower socioeconomic and educational group

The following signs and symptoms may indicate a life-threatening situation:

As the chest labors to bring enough air into the lungs, breathing often becomes shallow.
Lacking sufficient oxygen, the skin becomes bluish.
The flesh around the ribs of the chest appears to be sucked in.
The patient may begin to lose consciousness.

Asthma often progresses very slowly to a serious condition or may develop to a fatal or near-fatal attack within a few minutes. It is very difficult to predict when an attack will become very serious.

It should strongly be noted that early symptoms or lack thereof do not always reflect the ultimate severity of an attack. In fact, some studies suggest that people at high risk for fatal or near-fatal asthma attacks are those with poor awareness of their own reduced ability to breathe and who are therefore slow in seeking help. Those at highest risk for this effect tend to be older, female, and have had the disease for a longer period of time. Monitoring peak flow rates is an important management component since it provides a more accurate assessment of lung function than symptoms alone.

The severity of asthma is graded using the following categories: mild intermittent and mild, moderate, and severe persistent. A patient in any of these categories, even mild intermittent, can still experience a severe and even life-threatening attack. In fact, according to one report, 30% of asthma deaths occur in patients with mild asthma.

Asthma is usually chronic, although it occasionally goes into long periods of remission. Long-term outlook generally depends on severity:

In mild-to-moderate cases, asthma can improve over time, and many adults even become symptom free.
Even in some severe cases, adults may experience improvement depending on the degree of obstruction in the lungs and the timeliness and effectiveness of treatment.
In about 10% of severe persistent cases, changes in the structure of the walls of the airways lead to progressive and irreversible problems in lung function, even in aggressively treated patients.

Lung function declines faster than average in people with asthma, particularly in those who smoke and in those with excessive mucus production (an indicator of poor treatment control). Overall, one study reported that 72% of men and 86% of women with asthma had symptoms 15 years after an initial diagnosis. Only 19% of these people, however, were still seeing a doctor, and only 32% used any maintenance medication.

Patients who develop occupational asthma often experience asthmatic symptoms for years, even after avoiding the harmful triggers. Improvement does occur over time in most people who leave such jobs.

Emotional Problems. Even when it is not life-threatening, asthma is debilitating and frightening. It significantly lowers the quality of life.

Sleep Disorders. Sleeplessness and daytime sleepiness are common problems. Studies indicate that between 80 - 93% of people with asthma have sleeping problems about three times a week. In one poll, 40% missed work an average of 11 days a year because of sleep disturbance. Asthma has been associated with snoring and obstructive sleep apnea, a condition in which blockage of the upper airway causes the sleeper to temporarily stop breathing, then resume with a gasp, often many times during each hour of sleep.

Asthma and Pregnancy. Uncontrolled asthma in pregnant women puts them at higher risk for complications that can include early labor, hypertension, gestational diabetes, and hemorrhage. Asthma also places the babies at risk for lower birth weight and breathing disorders. Teenage mothers with asthma face higher risks than older women. Fortunately, studies indicate that most asthma drugs are safe to take during pregnancy, and good control of asthma reduces these risks to normal levels.

New guidelines released in 2005 by the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program (NAEPP) emphasize that most asthma medications are safe for pregnant women. The guidelines recommend that pregnant women with asthma have albuterol available at all times. Inhaled corticosteroids should be used for persistent asthma. Patients whose persistent asthma does not respond to standard dosages of inhaled corticosteroids may require a higher dosage or the addition of a long-acting beta agonist to their drug regimen. For severe asthma, oral corticosteroids may be required. The NAEPP notes that while it is not clear if oral corticosteroids are safe for pregnant women, uncontrolled asthma poses an even greater risk for a woman and her fetus.

Heart Disease. There have been some reports of an association between asthma and a heightened risk for heart disease. Some experts believe that the inflammatory process may be the common factor linking the two conditions, although there is no evidence to date confirming any causal association.

Risk Factors

According to a major national 2001 survey, American adults have a 10% lifetime risk for developing asthma. As of 2002, an estimated 20 million adults had the disorder. Between 1980 - 1996 the prevalence of asthma increased by nearly 74%, but it may be stabilizing. Other respiratory diseases, sinusitis, and ear infections are also on the rise, suggesting that airborne or environmental factors may be at work that affects all of these conditions, including asthma.

Before puberty, asthma occurs more often in males, but after adolescence, it appears to be more common in females. In adults with similar cases of actual airway obstruction, women are likely to report more severe symptoms than men are. In addition, women may be at much greater risk of death from asthma than men.

In both adults and children, the incidence of obesity and asthma has been increasing in parallel over recent years. Studies report a strong association between the two conditions. Some experts suggest that excess weight pressing on the lungs may trigger the hyperreactive response in the airways typical of asthma. Others believe that asthma leads to obesity by inhibiting physical activity, although several studies have found no difference in activity levels between people with or without asthma. Some studies suggest that many obese people may be misdiagnosed as having asthma when in fact they are simply short of breath, possibly because of the increased effort required for breathing.

In any case, there is evidence that losing weight can relieve asthma symptoms. Some evidence also suggests that people who are overweight (body mass index greater than 25) have more difficulty getting their asthma under control. Weight loss in anyone who is obese and has asthma or shortness of breath reduces airway obstruction and improves lung function. [See In-Depth Report #53: Weight control and diet.]

In one study of elderly people with severe adult-onset asthma, smoking was the most significant risk factor for developing this condition. Smoking, in any case, contributes to decline in lung function in everyone.

Urban Life and Poverty. African Americans have higher rates of asthma than Caucasians or other ethnic groups. They are also more likely to die of the disease. Ethnicity and genetics, however, are less likely to play a role in these differences than socioeconomic differences, such as having less access to optimal health care. Poverty is a consistent risk factor in most studies. Both the elderly and the urban poor have the highest risk for severe asthma and death. Urban life, in fact, has been associated with a higher risk for asthma in all income groups and among both children and adults. Twin studies also suggest that people who have lower educational levels (as well as those who exercise less) are at higher risk for adult-onset asthma, further suggesting a link to lower economic status.

Geographical Differences. Asthma rates vary widely among different populations regardless of socioeconomic or other factors. For example, asthma and hospitalization rates are dramatically higher in New York Puerto Ricans than in Hispanic Americans who live in Los Angeles or the Southwest. Among the U.S. states, rates are lowest in Louisiana and highest in Maine.

There are significant differences among nations. In a 2001 study of 22 nations, the countries with the highest asthma rates were Britain, Ireland, Australia, New Zealand, and the U.S. (According to another study, asthma rates are also significantly higher in Canadian adults than they are in comparable European groups.) Low rates were reported in Iceland, Norway, Spain, Germany, Italy, Algeria, India, and Eastern European nations. The reasons for these variations are still unknown.

Diagnosis

When asthma is suspected, the patient should describe for the doctor any pattern related to the symptoms and possible precipitating factors, including:

Whether symptoms are more frequent during the spring or fall (allergy seasons).
Whether exercise, a respiratory infection, or exposure to cold air has ever triggered an attack.
Any family history of asthma or allergic disorders, such as eczema, hives, or hay fever.
Any occupational or long-term exposure to chemicals. Early detection of occupational asthma is very important. If symptoms improve on weekends and vacation and are worse at work, the job is likely to be the source of the asthma, although this is not always the case. Asthma is common, and exacerbation at work may be coincidental.

A number of disorders may cause some or all of the symptoms of asthma:

Asthma and chronic obstructive lung diseases (chronic bronchitis and emphysema) affect the lungs in similar ways and, in fact, may all be present in the same person. Unlike other chronic lung conditions, asthma usually first appears in patients younger than age 30 and with chest x-rays that are normal. Still, it may be difficult to distinguish these disorders in some adults with late onset asthma.
Panic disorder can coincide with asthma or be confused with it.
Gastroesophageal reflux disorder (GERD) is a common companion in asthma and may affect treatment.
Other diseases that must be considered during diagnosis are pneumonia, bronchitis, severe allergic reactions, pulmonary embolism, cancer, heart failure, tumors, psychosomatic illnesses, and certain rare disorders (such as tapeworm and trichomoniasis).

If symptoms and a patient's history suggest asthma, the doctor will usually perform tests known as pulmonary function tests to confirm the diagnosis and determine the severity of the disease.

Using a spirometer, an instrument that measures the air taken into and exhaled from the lungs, the doctor will determine several values:

1. Vital capacity (VC), which is the maximum volume of air that can be inhaled or exhaled.

2. Peak expiratory flow rate (PEFR), commonly called the peak flow rate, which is the maximum flow rate that can be generated during a forced exhalation.

3. Forced expiratory volume (FEV1), which is the maximum volume of air expired in one second.

Spirometry is a painless study of air volume and flow rate within the lungs. Spirometry is frequently used to evaluate lung function in people with obstructive or restrictive lung diseases such as asthma or cystic fibrosis.

If the airways are obstructed, these measurements will fall. Depending on the results, the doctor will take the following steps:

If measurements fall, the doctor typically asks the patient to inhale a bronchodilator. This drug is used in asthma to open the air passages. The measurements are taken again. If the measurements are more normal, the drug likely has cleared the airways and a diagnosis of asthma is strongly suspected.
If measurement results fail to show airway obstruction, but asthma is still suspected, the doctor may perform a challenge test. This involves administering a specific drug (histamine or methacholine) that usually increases airway resistance only when asthma is present. The challenge test may be quite useful in ruling out occupational asthma. It is not always accurate, particularly in patients whose only symptom is persistent coughing.
Administering cold air is another method for inducing airway resistance. This test is very accurate for ruling out asthma, but it is not sensitive enough to accurately identify adults who actually have asthma.

The patient may be given skin or blood allergy tests, particularly if a specific allergen is suspected and available for testing. Allergy skin tests may be the best predictive tests for allergic asthma, although they are not recommended for people with year-round asthma.

Click the icon to see an image of allergy testing.

Tests that either rule out other diseases or obtain more information about the causes of asthma include:

A complete blood count.
Chest and sinus x-rays.
Computed tomography (CT) scans. CT scans may be helpful in certain cases, such as for determining wall thickness in airways in patients who are difficult to treat, which could signify a higher risk for lung damage.
Examination of the patient's sputum for eosinophils (white blood cells that in high levels are associated with severe allergic asthma). One 2002 study suggested that treatment goals based on achieving a normal eosinophil count might effectively manage asthma.
Researchers are investigating measurements of certain chemicals in sputum or exhaled air that indicate airway inflammation. Such chemical markers include nitric oxide and hydrogen peroxide. For example, high levels of nitric oxide in exhaled air is proving to be a simple and noninvasive way of diagnosing asthma.
If aspirin-induced asthma (AIA) is suspected, a non-invasive test called acoustic rhinometry may be useful. A solution of lysine acetylsalicylic acid (L-ASA) is instilled into the patient's nostril. Patients who experience symptoms such as sneezing, itching, congestion, and secretion are likely to have AIA.

Treatment

Treating an Acute Attack in the Hospital. An acute attack may require hospitalization. Laboratory tests, an electrocardiogram (ECG), and a chest x-ray are performed to determine lung function, oxygen levels, and other indications of severity or rule out other causes. Depending on the results, the following treatments may be given:

Beta2-agonists are the standard therapy. They may be administered with a nebulizer (a device that administers the drug in a fine spray) or given hourly with an inhaler. Studies are suggesting the use of an inhaler is equally or possibly more effective than a nebulizer. Intravenous delivery is not recommended in most cases.
A corticosteroid (commonly called a steroid) given within the first hour helps reduce the need for hospitalization. Steroids are typically administered intravenously or as an injection in adults. Lower doses work as well as higher ones in these situations.
Intravenous magnesium opens airways and is an important emergency treatment for patients with very severe asthma.
Oxygen is usually administered, and can be life-saving in severe cases.
In life-threatening situations, the patient may require mechanical ventilation.
Antibiotics are not useful for asthma attacks if there is no strong evidence of the presence of a bacterial infection. (Viral infections, most often colds and the flu, are more likely to trigger an asthma attack. In such cases, antibiotics do not appear to be beneficial and may have adverse effects.)

Discharge and Relapse After Hospitalization. It typically takes 3 - 4 hours to determine if a patient can be safely sent home or if they need to stay in the hospital. Patients are generally discharged under the following circumstances:

When symptoms are gone or are minimal, and
The peak expiratory flow rate is 70% or more of the predicted rate

Discharged patients generally take oral corticosteroids for 5 - 7 days. Despite reasonable precautions, about 20% of patients relapse within 2 weeks, although the risk is very low if they keep taking their medication after they leave.

Avoiding allergens, following appropriate drug treatments, and home monitoring are key elements in preventing dangerous asthma attacks and hospitalization. A combination of medications is important for both treating and preventing asthma attacks. In addition, good communication between the doctor and patient is a key factor in a successful management program. Written action plans, which instruct individual patients how to properly respond to changes in their unique symptoms, are a very important element in successful self-management of asthma.

Medications for asthma fall into two categories:

Rescue Medication. Medications that open the airways (bronchodilators, or inhalers) are used to quickly relieve any moderate or severe asthma attack. These drugs are usually short-acting beta-adrenergic agonists (beta2-agonists). Other drugs used in special cases include corticosteroids taken by mouth and anticholinergic drugs. None of these drugs have any effect on the disease process itself. They are only useful for treating symptoms.
Maintenance Medication. Simply coping with asthma symptoms without also controlling the damaging inflammatory response is a common and serious error. For adults and children over age 5 with moderate-to-severe persistent asthma, experts now recommend inhaled corticosteroids and long-acting beta2-agonists.

Patients can greatly reduce the frequency and severity of asthma attacks by understanding the difference between coping with asthma attacks and controlling the disease over time. Unfortunately, many patients do not understand the difference between medications that provide rapid short-term relief and those that are used for long-term symptom control. Many patients with moderate or severe asthma overuse their short-term medications and underuse their corticosteroid medications. The overuse of bronchodilators can have serious consequences; not using steroids can lead to permanent lung damage.

Patients need to understand that asthma symptoms can change quickly over time and that treatment strategies may need to change. In 2005, the two leading U.S. allergy associations published joint guidelines on controlling asthma. The guidelines emphasize that asthma treatment decisions need to be made on an individual basis. It is important that patients have a close relationship with their doctor. The doctor needs to evaluate a patient’s asthma symptoms at each and every visit to determine if there should be any changes in medication.

According to the guidelines, asthma management is classified as either “well-controlled” or “not well-controlled.” Your doctor may need to change some of your medications, or increase or decrease the dosage, depending on whether your asthma is well-controlled or not well-controlled.

These are the signs of well-controlled asthma:

Asthma symptoms occur twice a week or less
Rescue bronchodilator medication is used twice a week or less
Symptoms do not cause nighttime or early morning awakening
Symptoms do not limit work, school, or exercise activities
Peak flow meter readings are normal or the patient’s personal best
Both the doctor and the patient consider the asthma to be well controlled

Most asthma drugs are inhaled using various forms of inhalers or nebulizers. Inhaled drugs must be used regularly as prescribed and the patient carefully trained in their use in order for them to be effective and safe. The basic devices are the metered-dose inhaler (MDI), breath-actuated inhalers, dry powder inhalers, and nebulizers.

MDIs have used chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) as their propellants. CFCs are damaging to the environment. CFCs are now being replaced with other propellants (such as hydrofluoroalkane) that are equally effective to CFCs, are environmentally safe, and do not chill the device as CFCs do. Devices that don't use propellants at all are also now available.

Metered-Dose Inhaler. The standard device for administering any asthma medication has been the metered-dose inhaler (MDI). This device, particularly when used with a holding chamber, allows precise doses to be delivered directly to the lungs.

Click the icon to see an image of a holding chamber.

MDI-delivered drugs must be used regularly as prescribed, and the patient carefully trained in their use, for the drugs to be effective and safe. Some patients hold the MDI too close to their mouths, or even inside them. Others may exhale too forcefully before inhalation. The holding chamber, or spacer, allows the patient additional time to inhale the medication, improving delivery. They vary, however, in their ability to deliver medication. Often MDIs continue to deliver propellant after the drug has been used up. Patients should track their medicine and throw the device away when the last dose has been administered.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing metered dose inhaler use.

Breath-Actuated Inhalers. Breath-actuated rotary inhalers (Easi-Breathe and Autohaler) deliver the drug directly to the back of the throat as the user inhales. Their primary advantage over the MDI is their ease of use. They also do not use CFCs as propellants. In comparison studies, patients have been very successful with the breath-actuated inhalers.

Dry Powder Inhalers. Dry powder inhalers (DPIs) deliver a powdered form of beta2 agonists or corticosteroids directly into the lungs. They also do not use CFCs. Such devices include Rotahaler, Spinhaler, Turbohaler, Clickhaler, Easyhaler, Diskhaler, Discus, Twisthaler, Spiros, and others. DPIs are as effective as the older devices, and generally have a better taste and are easier to manage. They may differ among themselves, however, in their ability to deliver drugs into the airways. In one study, for example, the Turbohaler was easier to use than the Diskhaler, achieving better delivery. The Discus is another effective DPI. It has a dose counter and protects against exhalation effects.

Humidity or extreme temperatures can affect these inhalers' performance, so they should not be stored in humid places (bathroom cabinets) or locations subject to high temperatures (glove compartments during summer months).

Dry-powder may cause tooth erosion, and children are advised to rinse their mouths out right after using a DPI and to brush twice a day with a fluoride toothpaste.

Other Hand-Held Inhalers. Respimat delivers a fine-mist spray that is created by forcing the liquid medication through nozzles. It does not use any propellant.

Nebulizers. A nebulizer is a device that administers the drug in a fine spray that the patient breathes in. They are mostly used in hospital settings or when the patient cannot use an inhaler. Nebulizers may be important for delivering newer drugs used in asthma treatment.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing nebulizer use.

People who self-manage their asthma using daily monitoring of peak air flow and adjusting their medications as needed have fewer hospitalizations, fewer unplanned doctors visits, and, generally, a better quality of life than those who rely only on the occasional doctor or emergency room visit to control symptoms. Doctors recommend that patients with even mild asthma monitor their own conditions.

In general, monitoring involves the following steps:

A peak flow meter is the standard monitoring device for measuring peak expiratory flow rate (PEFR).

Click the icon to see an image of a peak flow meter.

Patients with severe asthma should take PEFR readings two or three times a day. The overall goal should be to achieve less than a 20% (and ideally only 10%) variation in readings between evening and morning rates. For mild-to-moderate asthma, a single determination each morning usually suffices, but patients should check with their doctors.
It is important to use the meter at the same times each day and to stand or sit in the same position to keep an accurate record.
Patients should keep an ongoing record of their peak flow readings to help them detect worsening of their condition.
They should also record attacks, exposure to any allergens or triggers, and medications taken.
After about 2 months, patients and doctors can use the recorded data for administering medications effectively and to recognize problems before they become serious.

In general, many people fail to monitor their asthma. Experts believe that, ideally, portable monitors should be available to measure forced expiratory volume (FEV1), a more accurate gauge of lung function, and the results should be electronically transmitted to the doctor.

New monitoring devices are showing promise in accomplishing one or more of these goals, although they are not covered by most insurers. For example, the AirWatch is a handheld digital monitor that measures and displays the rate of airflow and compares it to the rates from previous days. Once a month, or whenever there is a problem, the patient plugs the device into a standard telephone jack, and the daily readings are sent to an automated data center that creates tables and charts for the patient and the doctor.


Medication Purpose	Drug Class	Generic Name	Brand Names	Administration
Quick-Relief Medications (control acute attacks)	Short-Acting Beta2 Agonists	Albuterol	Proventil, Ventolin, AccuNeb	Inhaler, nebulizer
		Levalbuterol	Xopenex	Nebulizer
		Metaproterenol	Alupent	Inhaler
		Pirbuterol	MaxAir	Inhaler
		Ipratropium / Albuterol	Combivent	Inhaler
	Anticholinergics	Ipratropium	Atrovent	Inhaler
		Tiotropium	Spiriva	Inhaler
	Systemic Corticosteroids	Cortisone	Cortone	Pill
		Dexamethasone	Decadron	Pill
		Hydrocortisone	Cortef	Pill
		Methylprednisolone	Medrol	Pill
		Prednisolone	Orapred, Prelone	Syrup
		Prednisone	Various	Pill
		Triamcinolone	Aristocort	Pill
Long-Term Relief Medications (prevent attacks and control chronic symptoms)	Inhaled Corticosteroids	Beclomethasone	QVAR	Inhaler
		Budesonide	Pulmicort	Inhaler, nebulizer
		Budesonide / Formoterol	Symbicort	Inhaler
		Flunisolide	AeroBid	Inhaler
		Fluticasone	Flovent	Inhaler
		Fluticasone / Salmeterol	Advair	Inhaler
		Mometasone	Asmanex	Inhaler
		Triamcinolone	Azmacort	Inhaler
	Long-Acting Beta2-Agonists	Formoterol	Foradil	Inhaler
		Salmeterol	Serevent	Inhaler
	Anti-inflammatories	Cromolyn	Intal	Nebulizer
		Nedocromil	Tilade	Inhaler
	IgE-inhibitor	Omalizumab	Xolair	Injectable
	Leukotriene Modifiers	Montelukast	Singulair	Pill
		Zafirlukast	Accolate	Pill
		Zileuton	Zyflo	Pill
	Methylxanthine	Theophylline	Uniphyl, Quibron, Theo-24	Pill, syrup

Quick-Relief Medications

These medications quickly control acute asthma attacks.

Beta2-agonists do not reduce inflammation or airway responsiveness but serve as bronchodilators, relaxing and opening constricted airways during an acute asthma attack. They are used alone only for patients with mild and intermittent asthma. Patients with more severe cases should use them in combination with other drugs.

Asthma is a disease in which inflammation of the airways causes airflow into and out of the lungs to be restricted. When an asthma attack occurs, mucus production is increased, muscles of the bronchial tree become tight, and the lining of the air passages swells, reducing airflow and producing the characteristic wheezing sound.

Specific short-acting beta2-agonists include:

Albuterol (Proventil, Ventolin), called salbutamol outside the U.S., is the standard short-acting beta2-agonist in America. Other similar beta2-agonists are isoproterenol (Isuprel, Norisodrine, Medihaler-Iso), metaproterenol (Alupent, Metaprel), pirbuterol (Maxair), terbutaline (Brethine, Brethaire, Bricanyl), and bitolterol (Tornalate). Isoetharine (Bronkometer, Bronkosol) is available in nebulizers.
Newer beta2-agonists, including levalbuterol (Xopenex), have more specific actions than the standard drugs. Studies have indicated that levalbuterol is as effective as albuterol with fewer side effects. The original formulation of Xopenex was administered with a nebulizer. A new metered-dose inhaler formulation became available in late 2005.

Short-acting bronchodilators are generally administered through inhalation and are effective for 3 - 6 hours. They relieve the symptoms of acute attacks, but they do not control the underlying inflammation. If asthma continues to worsen with the use of these drugs, patients should discuss corticosteroids or other drugs to treat underlying inflammation.

Side Effects of Beta2-Agonists. Side effects of all beta2-agonists include the following:

Anxiety
Tremor
Restlessness
Headache
Fast and irregular heartbeats. A doctor should be notified immediately if this side effect occurs, particularly in people with existing heart conditions. Such patients face an increased risk for sudden death from cardiac related causes. This risk is higher with oral or nebulized drugs, but there have also been reports of heart attacks and angina in some patients using inhaled beta2-agonists.

Beta2-agonists have serious interactions with certain other drugs, such as beta-blockers, and patients should tell the doctor about any other medications they are taking. Individuals with diabetes, existing heart disease, high blood pressure, hyperthyroidism, an enlarged prostate, or a history of seizures should take these drugs with caution.

Loss of Effectiveness and Overdose. There has been some concern that short-acting beta2-agonists become less effective when taken regularly over time, increasing the risk for overuse. Over time some patients may become tolerant to many effects of short-acting beta2-agonists. The degree to which this affects the airways is uncertain. In some studies, the duration of action has declined but the peak effect appears to be preserved, making these drugs still useful for acute attacks. Regular use of long-acting beta 2-agonists may reduce the effect of short-acting forms.

A 2005 landmark study suggested that patients’ differing clinical response to albuterol may be based on their genotype. Albuterol targets the beta-adrenergic receptor. In the Beta-Adrenergic Response by Genotype (BARGE) trial, researchers studied the effects of albuterol on patients with two different forms of this receptor. The results suggested that patients with the arginine form of the receptor did not respond to albuterol. These patients’ asthma symptoms actually improved when albuterol was not used. By contrast, patients with the glycine form of the receptor had improved asthma control with albuterol.

Patients who perceive beta2-agonists as being less effective may overuse them. Overdose can be serious and in rare cases even life-threatening, particularly in patients with heart disease.

Inhaled ipratropium bromide (Atrovent) acts as a bronchodilator over time. Ipratropium bromide alone is only modestly beneficial for acute asthma attacks. Moreover, the drug is not approved specifically for asthma. It may, however, have benefits in certain cases:

It may be useful for certain older patients with asthma who also have emphysema or chronic bronchitis.
A combination with a beta2-agonist might be helpful for patients who do not initially respond to treatment with a beta2-agonist alone.

Common oral corticosteroids include prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, and hydrocortisone. They very effectively reduce inflammation but are generally used only after hospitalization for an acute attack. In some severe cases, they may be used as maintenance.

Adverse effects of prolonged use of oral steroids include cataracts, glaucoma, osteoporosis, diabetes, fluid retention, susceptibility to infections, weight gain, hypertension, capillary fragility, acne, excess hair growth, wasting of the muscles, menstrual irregularities, irritability, insomnia, and psychosis. Osteoporosis is a common and particularly severe long-term side effect of prolonged steroid use. Medications that can prevent osteoporosis include calcium supplements, parathyroid hormone, bisphosphonates, or hormone replacement therapy in post-menopausal women.

Osteoporosis is a condition characterized by progressive loss of bone density, thinning of bone tissue, and increased vulnerability to fractures. Osteoporosis may result from disease, dietary or hormonal deficiency or advanced age. Regular exercise and vitamin and mineral supplements can reduce and even reverse loss of bone density.

Long-term use of oral steroid medications suppresses secretion of natural steroid hormones by the adrenal glands. After withdrawal from these drugs, this so-called adrenal suppression persists, and it can take the body a while (sometimes up to a year) to regain its ability to produce natural steroids again. There have been a few cases of severe adrenal insufficiency that occurred when switching from oral to inhaled steroids, which, in rare cases, has resulted in death.

No one should stop taking any steroids without consulting a doctor first. If the doctor orders steroids withdrawn, regular follow-up monitoring is necessary. Patients should discuss with their doctor measures for preventing adrenal insufficiency during withdrawal, particularly during stressful times when the risk increases.

Long-Term Relief Medications

These medications are taken on a regular basis to prevent asthma attacks and control chronic symptoms.

Corticosteroids, also called glucocorticoids or steroids, are powerful anti-inflammatory drugs. Steroids are not bronchodilators (they do not relax the airways) and have little effect on symptoms. Instead, they work over time to reduce inflammation and prevent permanent injury in the lungs. They can also help prevent asthma attacks from occurring. Many studies have shown that the use of inhaled corticosteroids in patients with moderate-to-severe asthma significantly reduces the rate of rehospitalizations and deaths from asthma.

Inhalation of corticosteroids makes it possible to provide effective local anti-inflammatory activity in the lungs with minimal systemic effects. (By contrast, steroids taken by mouth have considerable side effects throughout the body.) Inhaled corticosteroids are recommended as the primary therapy under the following circumstances:

For any asthmatic condition more serious than occasional episodes of mild asthma. (Low-doses of inhaled steroids may even be safe and effective for some people with mild asthma, particularly those who find themselves using beta2-agonists daily.)
When treatment with bronchodilators is not effective.

Examples of inhaled corticosteroids:

The most recent generation of inhaled steroids include fluticasone (Flovent), budesonide (Pulmicort), triamcinolone (Azmacort and others), and flunisolide (AeroBid). In general, these newer steroids are more powerful than the older generation of inhaled drugs. These steroids are sometimes combined with a long-acting beta2-agonist in a single inhaler.
The FDA approved a new inhaled corticosteroid, mometasone furoate (Asmanex) in 2005.
The older corticosteroid inhalants are beclomethasone (Beclovent, Vanceril) and dexamethasone (Decadron Phosphate Respihaler and others). They are less powerful than the newer steroids when delivered with standard inhalers. New inhaler systems include QVAR, which uses extra fine formulations of beclomethasone to allow deep delivery into the lungs. Such systems may prove to be as effective as the newer, more potent steroids. Beclomethasone is believed to be safe during pregnancy.
Inhalers that combine both long-acting beta2-agonists and corticosteroids are also available. These include Symbicort (budesonide/formoterol), which in 2006 was approved for patients ages 12 years and older.

Traditionally, patients have been advised to take corticosteroids on a daily basis. However, a 2005 study suggested that intermittent corticosteroid therapy may be appropriate for some patients with mild persistent asthma. In the Improving Asthma Control Trial (IMPACT), researchers found that patients with mild persistent asthma who used an inhaled corticosteroid (budesonide) on an as-needed basis to control acute symptoms had similar lung function and quality of life outcomes as patients who used the drug daily. The researchers emphasize that patients with severe asthma should adhere to a daily dosage schedule, and that all patients with asthma should consult with their doctor to discuss any changes in medication regimen.

Optimal timing of the dose is important and may vary depending on the medication. Most of the newer inhaled steroids and even some older ones are now available as a single daily dose.

Inhaled steroids are generally considered safe and effective and only rarely cause any of the more serious side effects reported with prolonged use of oral steroids. Side effects of inhaled steroids are the following:

The most common side effects are throat irritation, hoarseness, and dry mouth. These effects can be minimized or prevented by using a spacer device and rinsing the mouth after each treatment.
Rashes, wheezing, facial swelling (edema), fungal infections (thrush) in the mouth and throat, and bruising are also possible but not common with inhalators.
A 2001 study reported a higher risk for cataracts in patients over age 40. (No higher risk was observed in younger people.)
Some studies report a higher risk for bone loss in patients who take inhaled steroids regularly, a side effect which is known to occur with oral steroids. A number of bone-preserving medications are now available that might safely offset this effect.
There is some concern that the more potent drugs, particularly fluticasone, suppress the adrenal system (which secretes natural steroids) to a greater degree than other steroid inhalants. (This is a serious side effect of oral steroids.)

Long-acting beta2-agonists are used in combination with inhaled corticosteroids for treating patients with moderate-to-severe asthma. These drugs include salmeterol (Serevent Diskus) and formoterol (Foradil Aerolizer). Combination single inhalers are available. One combines salmeterol and the corticosteroid fluticasone (Advair Diskus), and another combines formoterol and the corticosteroid budesonide (Symbicort).

Long-acting beta2-agonists are used for preventing an asthma attack (not for treating attack symptoms). The effects of one dose of a long-acting beta2-agonist last for about 12 hours, so these medicines are particularly effective during the night. These drugs also may be used for prevention of exercise-induced asthma in people and to protect against aspirin-induced asthma.

However, research indicates that long-acting beta2-agonists can worsen asthma by increasing symptom severity. These drugs may also increase the risk for asthma-related deaths. Experts are still trying to determine when long-acting beta2-agonists should be added to an asthma treatment plan. If your symptoms do not improve or if symptoms worsen with this type of drug, your doctor will recommend discontinuing it. Do not, however, stop taking this drug or other asthma medications without first talking with your doctor.

Side Effects. Side effects of long-acting beta2-agonists are similar to the short-acting drugs.

Specific Warning on Salmeterol and Formoterol. In 2003, a "black box" warning was added to product packaging for drugs that contain salmeterol, including Serevent Diskus, and Advair Diskus. The warning was based on a study that demonstrated more serious and even fatal asthma episodes in patients who used the drug than in patients who used a placebo. The risk for serious asthma episodes with salmeterol appears to be highest in African Americans and elderly patients with severe asthma.

In 2006, the FDA updated the warning to include formoterol (Foradil Aerolizer). Warnings for salmeterol and formoterol products emphasize that these medicines can increase the risk of severe asthma episodes. If these episodes occur, they can be fatal. Long-acting beta2-agonists require up to 20 minutes to achieve effectiveness, and there is a danger of overdose if a patient is not aware of this delay and takes additional doses to achieve faster relief. The FDA recommends that patients:

Use long-acting beta2-agonists only if other medicines (such as steroids) have not helped control asthma.
Use a short-acting bronchodilator, not a long-acting beta2-agonist, to treat sudden wheezing.
Do not use long-acting beta2-agonists to treat wheezing that is getting worse. Call your doctor if this situation occurs.
Do not stop using any asthma medicines without first talking to your doctor.

Cromolyn sodium (Intal) is both an anti-inflammatory drug and has antihistamine properties that block asthma triggers such as allergens, cold, or exercise. Nedocromil (Tilade) is similar to cromolyn. A cromolyn nasal spray called NasalCrom has been approved for over-the-counter purchase, but only to relieve nasal congestion caused by allergies. Patients should not use it for self-medication without the advice of a doctor.

Candidates. Cromolyn is often used in children with allergic asthma, but it has also been an important treatment for exercise-induced asthma (EIA) in all age groups, for pregnant women, and possibly for preventing allergic asthma in adults as well as children. Both cromolyn and nedocromil appear to be useful for patients with aspirin-induced asthma. These drugs do not effectively treat asthma once an attack is underway. They also have very little long-term benefits on lung function compared to inhaled corticosteroids.

Side Effects. Side effects of cromolyn include nasal congestion, coughing, sneezing, wheezing, nausea, nosebleeds, and dry throat. Nedocromil has an unpleasant taste, and some people have complained of nausea, headache, and spasms in the airways, but no serious side effects have been reported.

Leukotriene-antagonists (also called anti-leukotrienes or leukotriene modifiers) are oral medications that block leukotrienes. Leukotrienes are powerful immune system factors that, in excess, produce a battery of damaging chemicals that can cause inflammation and spasms in the airways of people with asthma. As with other anti-inflammatory drugs, leukotrienes are used for prevention and not for treating acute asthma attacks.

Leukotriene-antagonists include zafirlukast (Accolate), montelukast (Singulair), zileuton (Ziflo), and pranlukast (Ultair, Onon). These drugs are proving to be effective for long-term prevention of asthma, including exercise-induced asthma and aspirin (or NSAID)-induced asthma. Most studies to date still report better success with inhaled corticosteroids than with the leukotriene-antagonists. Their anti-inflammatory actions are different from those of steroids, however, and combinations of the two drugs are being tried. A 2002 analysis of 13 studies, however, reported only modest benefits when anti-leukotrienes were added to corticosteroids. The combination did improve asthma control in some of the studies, but they did not reduce corticosteroid use. (In all but one of these studies the subjects were adults.)

Side Effects and Complications. Gastrointestinal distress is the most common side effect of leukotriene-antagonists. Very few other side effects have been reported. In general, these drugs appear to be safe and well tolerated.

Of some concern are reports of Churg-Strauss syndrome in a few people taking zafirlukast or montelukast. Churg-Strauss syndrome is very rare, but it causes blood vessel inflammation in the lungs and can be life threatening. Oral steroids quickly resolve the problem. Usually the syndrome has occurred in patients who were tapering off steroids and changing over to the leukotrienes-antagonists. Some experts believe that, in such cases, the steroids may simply have masked the presence of the disorder, which then developed when the steroid drugs were withdrawn. Symptoms include severe sinusitis, flu-like symptoms, rash, and numbness in the hands and feet.

Other concerns are indications of liver injury in patients taking zileuton and zafirlukast when taken at higher than standard doses. No adverse effects on the liver have been reported to date with montelukast.

Theophylline. Theophylline (Theo-Dur, Theolair, Slo-Phyllin, Slo-bid, Constant-T, Respbid) relaxes the muscles around the bronchioles and also stimulates breathing. One study reported that it may also have anti-inflammatory qualities even in low doses. Available in tablet, liquid, and injectable forms, some theophylline sustained-release tablets and capsules have a long duration of action and can, therefore, be taken once or twice a day with good results.

If theophylline is not taken exactly as prescribed, an overdose can easily occur. Toxicity can cause nausea, vomiting, headache, insomnia, and, in rare cases, disturbances in heart rhythm and convulsions. Contact a doctor immediately if any of these side effects occur.

The risks for these adverse effects are small if the drug is taken exactly as prescribed, but the following precautions should be noted:

Chronic smokers metabolize theophylline much more quickly and require higher doses of the drug than nonsmokers; prolonged-release versions are helpful for such people.
Too much caffeine can increase the concentration of this drug and the amount of time it stays in the body.
Theophylline also interacts with many other drugs that are taken for other common medical conditions, including asthma. Exercise caution when using beta2-agonists and theophylline together.
No one with a peptic ulcer should take theophylline. The elderly and anyone with heart disease, liver disease, hypertension, seizure disorders, or heart failure, should take theophylline with caution. Of special note, people with heart conditions who take theophylline orally face an increased risk for sudden death from heart-related causes.

Omalizumab (Xolair) is FDA-approved for patients age 12 and older who have moderate-to-severe persistent asthma related to allergies. The first drug of this type to be approved for asthma, omalizumab is a monoclonal antibody (MAb), a genetically developed drug designed to attack very specific targets. Omalizumab is administered by injection every 2 - 4 weeks. It is used only to treat patients whose symptoms are not controlled by inhaled corticosteroids.

Omalizumab prevents the antibody immunoglobulin E (IgE) from triggering the inflammatory events that lead to asthmatic attacks. Studies have shown excellent benefits of the drug, including a reduced need for corticosteroids, fewer hospitalizations, and significant symptomatic improvements.

However, about 1 in 1,000 patients who take omalizumab develop anaphylaxis (a life-threatening allergic reaction). In 2007 the FDA requested the manufacturers of omalizumab put a “boxed warning” on the medicine’s label emphasizing the drug’s risk for anaphylaxis. The boxed warning notes that patients can develop anaphylaxis after any dose of omalizumab, even if they had no reaction to a first dose. Anaphylaxis may occur up to 24 hours after the dose is given.

The FDA recommends that health care providers observe patients for at least 2 hours after an injection. Patients should also carry emergency self-treatment for anaphylaxis (such as an Epi-Pen) and know how to administer it. With an Epi-Pen, or similar auto-injector device, patients can quickly give themselves a life-saving dose of epinephrine.

Anaphylaxis symptoms include:

Difficulty breathing
Chest tightness
Dizziness
Fainting
Itching and hives
Swelling of the mouth and throat

Other Treatments

Various drugs are being investigated for asthma treatment. Some of these drugs have anti-inflammatory effects, which may help reduce dependence on corticosteroids. For example, etanercept (Enbrel), which blocks the inflammatory protein called tumor necrosis factor alpha, is being investigated for patients whose asthma has not responded to other drugs. The humanized monoclonal antibody daclizumab has also improved asthma control in patients with treatment-resistant asthma, as well as patients with moderate to severe chronic persistent asthma. Certain antibiotics, such as clarithromycin (Biaxin), may improve lung function in patients with asthma who show evidence of infection with the bacterial organisms Mycoplasma or Chlamydiapneumoniae. Dapsone, a drug known as a sulfone, is also under investigation.

Alternative therapies are being widely used by children, adolescents, and adults with asthma. In one study, nearly half of asthma or allergy sufferers resorted to alternative treatments. To date, however, evidence does not support any value from most alternative therapies, including high-dose vitamins, urine injections, homeopathic remedies, and most herbal remedies.

Relaxation and Stress-Reduction Techniques. Patients report benefits from many stress reduction techniques, such as acupuncture, hypnosis, breathing relaxation techniques, massage therapy, and meditation practices.

Acupuncture, hypnosis and biofeedback are all alternative ways to control pain. Acupuncture involves the insertion of tiny sterile needles, slightly thicker than a human hair, at specific points on the body.

The Buteyko Breathing Method. The Buteyko breathing method is an experimental approach designed to increase levels of carbon dioxide in the body. To do this, patients are trained to reduce their volume of breath and to avoid hyperventilation (over-breathing). Some studies have reported that patients using this method reduce their use of medications and improve their quality of life. The system originated in Australia and is not yet widely available in the U.S.

Probiotics. Probiotics are beneficial bacteria that may help protect against allergies and asthma. Antibiotic over-use and modern hygiene may specifically be reducing these helpful organisms. Probiotics can be obtained in active yogurt cultures and in supplements, which are being studied for protection.

Herbal Remedies. There have been few rigorous studies on herbal remedies for asthma. Butterbur (also known as Petasites hybridus, butter dock, blatterdock, bog rhubarb, and exwort) is one traditional herbal remedy used for treating seasonal allergies and asthma. In a 2002 study, it appeared as effective and less sedating than a commonly prescribed antihistamine for treating seasonal allergies over a 2-week period, but there has been little research on its effect on asthma.

Manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Managing Asthma

Avoidance or control of the triggers that lead to asthma attacks is as much a priority as treatment of the disease.

Controlling Pets. Patients who already have pets and are not allergic to them probably have a low risk for developing allergies. If pets trigger asthma, however, they should be kept outside. If this isn't possible, they should at least be confined to carpet-free areas outside the bedroom. Cats harbor significant allergens, which can even be carried on clothing; dogs usually present fewer problems. Washing animals once a week can reduce allergens. Dry shampoos, such as Allerpet, are now available for both cats and dogs that remove allergens from skin and fur and are easier to administer than wet shampoos.

Controlling for Dust. Spray furniture polish is very effective for reducing both dust and allergens. Air cleaners, filters for air conditioners, and vacuum cleaners with High Efficiency Particle Arresting (HEPA) filters can help remove particles and small allergens found indoors. Neither vacuuming nor the use of anti-mite carpet shampoo, however, is effective in removing mites in house dust. In fact, vacuuming stirs up both mites and cat allergens. If possible, avoid carpets and rugs.

A HEPA (High Efficiency Particle Arresting) filter can remove the majority of harmful particles, including mold spores, dust, dust mites, pet dander and other irritating allergens from the air. Along with other methods to reduce allergens, such as frequent dusting, the use of a HEPA filtration system can be a helpful aid in controlling the amount of allergens circulating in the air. HEPA filters can be found in most air purifiers, which are usually small and portable.

Bedding and Curtains. Many experts recommend reducing exposure to dust mites by enclosing mattresses and pillows in semipermeable coverings. (Vinyl mattress covers limit airflow and may also worsen, or even cause, asthma in children. Synthetic pillows may pose a significantly higher risk for severe asthma attacks in children than feather or no pillows.) However, several 2005 studies suggested that such covers do not prevent asthma or allergies. Replace curtains with shades or blinds, and wash bedding using the highest temperature setting.

Reducing Humidity in the House. Although warm, moist air from vaporizers can greatly ease and moderate asthma attacks, living in a damp house is counterproductive. Dust mites thrive in humidity and damp houses increase the risk for mold, so on-going humidifiers can be unuseful. If they are used, humidity levels should not exceed 40% and they should be cleaned daily with a vinegar solution.

Gas Stoves, Kerosene, and Cooking. People with asthma should choose electric ovens rather than gas, which release nitrogen dioxide, a substance that can aggravate asthma symptoms. Even smoky cooking can worsen asthma. Kerosene (used in space heaters and lamps) may also produce allergic reactions.

Exterminating Pests (Cockroaches and Mice). Use a professional exterminator to eliminate cockroaches. (One study reported that ridding a home of cockroaches and cleaning the house using standard housecleaning techniques failed to eliminate the cockroach allergens themselves.) Exterminate mice and attempt to remove all dust, which might contain mouse urine and dander.

Avoiding Smoking and Cigarette Smoke. Cigarette smoke can accelerate the decline in lung function related to asthma. Even exposure to secondhand smoke can double the risk of asthma-related emergency room visits. In one study, it was the most frequently cited trigger of asthma symptoms. Everyone should quit smoking and encourage others around them to quit. [For help in quitting, see In-Depth Report # 41: Smoking.]

Click the icon to see an image of common asthma triggers.

Avoiding Outdoor Allergens. The following are some recommendations for avoiding allergens outside:

Avoid scheduling camping and hiking trips during times of high pollen count (generally, May and June for grass pollen and mid-August to October for ragweed).
Avoid strenuous activity when ozone levels are highest, which usually occur in early afternoon, particularly on hot hazy summer days. Levels are lowest in early morning and at dusk.
Asthma attacks are often higher during thunderstorms. It is not clear why. Some evidence points to a build-up of ozone that accompanies such storms. One study suggested that changing airflow patterns bring a sudden downdraft of air containing concentrations of pollens, small particles and allergens.
Patients who are allergic to mold should avoid barns, hay, raking leaves, and mowing grass. Exposure to automobile fumes may worsen asthma. Fungi in car air conditioners can also be a problem.

Click the icon to see an image of fungus.

Reducing Exposure to Air Pollution. A number of studies have linked air pollution to asthma. An important 2000 study found a strong association between higher mortality rates from heart and lung diseases and high levels of specific pollutants (ozone, carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen dioxide). Some experts point out that asthma rates in North America have increased over recent years while the prevalence of many common air pollutants have declined. Nevertheless, evidence strongly suggests that air pollution can worsen existing asthma and patients should take precautions if they are exposed to polluted air.

A number of studies have estimated that between 2 - 26% of adult-asthma cases are related to work history. Some experts encourage doctors to suspect occupational factors in all cases of adult-onset asthma. Although workers who have allergies, who smoke, or both are at higher risk than others, any worker exposed to occupational triggers may be at risk for asthma.

Work-related asthma is one of two types:

Work-aggravated asthma, in which existing asthma symptoms are triggered by irritants at the workplace
Occupational asthma, which is new-onset asthma strongly associated with conditions at work

Occupational asthma is further categorized as:

Nonlatent (symptoms occur right after exposure to an irritant, usually high concentrations of gas, fumes, dust, or chemicals)
Latent (symptoms develop after prolonged exposure to substances in the workplace)

Occupational Triggers. Over 250 substances have been identified as potential occupational triggers of asthma, and the list is growing. A few of these chemicals and substances include:

Isocyanates used in the manufacture of polyurethane, paints, steel, and electronics
Trimellitic anhydrides (TMA) used in many plastics and epoxies
Western red cedar, oak, redwood, and mahogany
Metal salts (platinum, nickel, and chrome) and metal working fluids
Vegetable dusts (soybeans, grains, flour, cotton, and gums)
Biologic organisms (Bacillus subtilis, pancreatic enzymes)
Xylanase used in the baking industry
Pharmaceuticals (penicillin, phenylglycine acid chloride)
Glutaraldehyde used to sterilize medical equipment
Red dye made from the cochineal insect
Diacetyl, the main chemical in artificial butter flavoring used in popcorn

Workers in these industries and others, including farmers, hairdressers, and those who work in the garment industries are at risk for asthma.

Preventing Occupational Asthma. In people whose asthma is caused by workplace conditions, improved ventilation or face masks may help.

Sometimes, however, even low levels of chemical substances can trigger an asthma attack. In such cases, leaving the job is the only way to prevent the condition from getting worse. Because such a step can be emotionally and financially threatening, workers should be sure that occupational substances are the cause of the asthma by having a complete check-up by a lung specialist.

If the diagnosis of occupational asthma is certain, patients should obtain advice on available compensation plans for disability. The effects of workplace asthma can be permanent. However, in one study, 70% of people with asthma experienced significant improvement in symptoms after leaving the job.

Patients with asthma and chronic allergic rhinitis may require daily medications. Patients with severe seasonal allergies may be advised to start medications a few weeks before the pollen season, and to continue medicine until the season is over.

Immunotherapy ("allergy shots") may help reduce asthma symptoms, and the use of asthma medications, in patients with known allergies. They may also help prevent the development of asthma in children with allergies. Immunotherapy poses some risk for severe allergic reactions, however, especially for children with poorly controlled asthma.

[See In-Depth Report #77: Allergic rhinitis; and Report #5: Asthma in children and adolescents.]

Preventing and Treating Respiratory Infections. Respiratory infections, including the common cold, can act with allergies to worsen asthma. People with asthma should try to minimize their risk for respiratory tract infections. Washing hands is a very simple but effective preventive measure.

Patients with asthma should ask their doctors about the flu vaccine and also whether they should receive the vaccination against pneumococcal pneumonia.

Zanamivir, a new drug used for treating influenza, is considered safe for patients with asthma 12 years of age or older. In one study, patients with asthma who were treated with zanamivir experienced fewer flu symptoms and had improved lung function. [See In-Depth Report #94: Colds and influenza.]

Managing Hormonal-Related Asthma. Women who suspect that menstrual-related changes may influence asthma severity should keep a diary recording their menstrual dates and times of asthma attacks. In some cases, adjusting medications in anticipation of menstruation may help prevent attacks. Some small studies have suggested that hormonal drugs called gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) analogues may help women with severe premenstrual asthma. Such drugs reduce or suppress estrogen levels, however, and can have severe side effects. More research is needed to determine if the disadvantages outweigh the benefits.

Weight Loss. People who have asthma and who are overweight may help reduce asthma symptoms with weight loss.

Fruits, Vegetables, and Whole Grains. Healthy foods are important for lung function. Specific foods that may be important for healthy lungs contain antioxidants (deep green and yellow-orange fruits and vegetables), selenium (fish, red meat, grains, eggs, chicken, liver, garlic), plant chemicals called flavonoids (apples, onions), and magnesium (green leafy vegetables, nuts, whole grains, milk, and meats).

Vitamin D. There may be an association between a lack of vitamin D and asthma. Some research suggests that children are less likely to develop asthma at a young age if their mothers consume a high intake of vitamin D during pregnancy. Vitamin D is available from dietary sources or vitamin supplements.

Fish Oil. Omega-3 fatty acids, found in cold water oily fish and in supplements (preferably DHA-EPA, which are the important compounds in fish oil) have anti-inflammatory effects. Some evidence suggests they may be helpful for people with asthma, although it is weak.

Caffeine. Caffeine has properties that are similar to theophylline, a drug used to treat asthma. A major analysis of studies reported that caffeine improved lung function for up to 4 hours after consumption. (People who are going to have their lung function tested should avoid drinking coffee, tea, or other caffeinated beverages for at least 4 hours beforehand.)

Alcohol. In adults, some research suggests that alcohol intake may influence allergy severity. One study found that as little as one drink a day is enough to worsen dust mite allergies.

Role of Food Allergies. Although 67% of people with asthma believe their symptoms are aggravated by food allergies, studies indicate that this belief may be true in only 5% of cases. The primary suspects are monosodium glutamate, or MSG (found in some canned soups, cheese, and certain vegetables), and sulfites (preservatives in wine and foods that include processed frozen potatoes and tuna). Contrary to what many people believe, dairy products do not appear to worsen asthma symptoms in people who are not already allergic to them.

Asthma is no reason to avoid exercise. Historically, about 10% of Olympic athletes have asthma. Some studies indicate that long-term exercise even helps control asthma and reduce hospitalization. Patients should consult their doctors before embarking on any exercise program, however. Uncontrolled asthma can be dangerous and, in rare cases, can be fatal for athletes, even some with mild asthma. Use of the inhaler is extremely important.

People who enjoy running should probably choose an indoor track to avoid pollutants. Swimming is excellent for people with asthma. Yoga practice, which uses both stretching, breathing, and meditation techniques, may have particular benefits. One study reported that two-thirds of patients who practiced yoga regularly were able to reduce or stop taking their asthma medications.

Exercise-induced asthma is a limited condition that has specific recommendations.

People with asthma have no higher rate of anxiety or depression than the general population. However, such emotions interact with the effects of asthma and its treatments in important ways:

Negative emotions can discourage compliance with medication and the ability to cope
Poor control of asthma symptoms, in turn, increases the risk for negative emotions
Stress and depression have been associated with more severe symptoms and even an increased risk of fatal asthma attacks

Some evidence suggests that stress reduction techniques, a positive attitude and relaxation techniques can be very helpful in the long-term management of asthma. [See In-Depth Report #31: Stress.]

Resources

www.lungusa.org -- The American Lung Association
www.acaai.org -- American College of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology
www.aaaai.org -- American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology
www.nhlbi.nih.gov -- National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute
http://asthma.nationaljewish.org -- National Jewish Medical and Research Center
www.aafa.org -- Asthma and Allergy Foundation of America
www.aarc.org -- American Association for Respiratory Care

References

Glassroth J. The role of long-acting ß-agonists in the management of asthma: Analysis, meta-analysis, and more analysis. Ann Intern Med 2006 Jun 20; 144:936-7.

Kiljander TO, Harding SM, Field SK, Stein MR, Nelson HS, Ekelund J, et al. Effects of esomeprazole 40 mg twice daily on asthma: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2006 May 15;173(10):1091-7.

National Asthma Education and Prevention Program Expert Panel Report: Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma Update on Selected Topics -- 2002. Rockville, MD. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, US Dept of Health and Human Services; 2003. NIH publications 02-5074.

Salpeter SR, Buckley NS, Ormiston TM, Salpeter EE. Meta-analysis: effect of long-acting beta-agonists on severe asthma exacerbations and asthma-related deaths. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jun 20;144(12):904-12.

Review Date:
3/27/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Stroke

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:08 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Prognosis
Prevention
Diagnosis
Managing a Stroke
Medications
Surgery
Recovery
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Statin Drug Approved for Stroke Prevention

In 2007, the FDA approved the cholesterol drug atorvastatin (Lipitor) to reduce the risk of stroke in patients with heart disease.
High-dose atorvastatin may help reduce the risk of recurrent stroke in patients who have had a recent stroke or transient ischemic attack, according to a New England Journal of Medicine study.

Drug Warnings

In 2006, the FDA strengthened the warning label for the anticoagulant drug warfarin (Coumadin) to emphasize its bleeding risks. However, warfarin is still the gold standard treatment for most patients with atrial fibrillation.
Evidence suggests that people at risk for stroke should avoid taking non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen (Advil) and diclofenac (Cataflam). COX-2 inhibitors should only be used as a last resort for pain relief. Try non-drug treatments (physical therapy, hot/cold compresses) first.

Aspirin

In 2007, the American Heart Association (AHA) issued new heart disease prevention guidelines for women. The AHA recommends low-dose aspirin therapy for women over age 65 who are at risk for stroke.
The combination of aspirin and dipyridamole (Aggrenox) may be better than aspirin alone in preventing major stroke in patients who have had a minor stroke, suggests a Lancet study.

Diagnosis

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is better than computed tomography (CT) in detecting whether stroke (especially ischemic stroke) has occurred, indicates an important Lancet study.

Surgery

Carotid endarterectomy appears to be superior to and safer than carotid angioplasty and stenting (CAS) for most patients with artery stenosis (narrowing) of over 60%, suggest several recent studies. Most experts recommend CAS only for patients who have severe stenosis (greater than 70%) and high surgical risk.

Rehabilitation

Constraint-induced movement therapy (CIMT) may help patients who have recently had a stroke regain use of a paralyzed arm. The technique involves repetitive motion exercises while restraining the less functional arm.

Introduction

Blood Flow Blockage. The brain receives about 25% of the body's oxygen, but it cannot store it. Brain cells require a constant supply of oxygen to stay healthy and function properly. Therefore, blood needs to be supplied continuously to the brain through two main arterial systems:

The carotid arteries come up through either side of the front of the neck. (To feel the pulse of a carotid artery, place your fingertips gently against either side of your neck, right under the jaw.)
The basilar artery forms at the base of the skull from the vertebral arteries, which run up along the spine, join, and come up through the rear of the neck.

The Circle of Willis is the joining area of several arteries at the bottom (inferior) side of the brain. At the Circle of Willis, the internal carotid arteries branch into smaller arteries that supply oxygenated blood to over 80% of the cerebrum.

A reduction of, or disruption in, blood flow to the brain is the primary cause of a stroke. Blockage for even a short period of time can be disastrous and cause brain damage or even death.

Click the icon to see an image of the brain.

A stroke is usually defined as two types:

Ischemic (caused by a blockage in an artery)
Hemorrhagic (caused by a tear in the artery's wall that produces bleeding in the brain)

The consequences of a stroke, the type of functions affected, and the severity, depend on where in the brain it has occurred and the extent of the damage.

Ischemic strokes are by far the more common type, causing over 80% of all strokes. Ischemia means the deficiency of oxygen in vital tissues. Ischemic strokes are caused by blood clots that are usually one of three types:

Thrombotic stroke
Embolic stroke
Lacunar stroke

Thrombotic or Large-Artery Stroke and Atherosclerosis. The thrombotic stroke accounts for about 60% of all strokes. It usually occurs when an artery to the brain is blocked by a thrombus (blood clot) that forms as the result of atherosclerosis (commonly known as hardening of the arteries). These strokes are also sometimes referred to as large-artery strokes. The process leading to thrombotic stroke is complex and occurs over time:

The arterial walls slowly thicken, harden, and narrow until blood flow is reduced, a condition known as stenosis.
These now abnormal arteries become vulnerable to injury. Such injuries signal the immune system to release white blood cells (particularly those called neutrophils and macrophages) at the site. This process is the first step in the inflammatory response, which may play a significant role in the stroke.
Macrophages literally "eat" foreign debris and become foamy cells that attach to smooth muscle cells of blood vessels, causing them to build up.
The immune system, sensing further harm, releases other factors called cytokines, which attract more white blood cells and perpetuate the whole cycle.

As these processes continue, blood flow slows. In addition, other events contribute to the coming stroke:

The injured inner walls fail to produce enough nitric oxide, a substance critical for maintaining blood vessel elasticity. The arteries become calcified and lose elasticity.
The arteries, now hardened and rigid, become susceptible to tearing. In this event, the thrombus (blood clot) forms.
The blood clot then blocks the already narrowed artery and shuts off oxygen to part of the brain. A stroke occurs.

Embolic Strokes and Atrial Fibrillation. An embolic stroke is usually caused by a dislodged blood clot that has traveled through the blood vessels (an embolus) until it becomes wedged in an artery. Embolic strokes account for about 25% of all strokes and may be due to various conditions:

In about 15% of embolic strokes, the blood clots originally form as a result of a rhythm disorder known as atrial fibrillation. This abnormal rhythm is a rapid quivering beat in the upper chambers of the heart (the atria). Because of the irregular pumping, some blood may remain in the heart chamber where it forms clots, which can then break off and travel to the brain as emboli.
Emboli can originate from blood clots that form at the site of artificial heart valves or as a result of heart valve disorders.
Emboli can also occur after a heart attack or in association with heart failure.
Rarely, emboli are formed from fat particles, tumor cells, or air bubbles that travel through the bloodstream.

Lacunar Strokes. Lacunar infarcts are a series of very tiny, ischemic strokes, which cause clumsiness, weakness, and emotional variability. They are actually a subtype of thrombotic stroke and constitute about 38% of this major group. In some populations, such as among Japanese, they are the most common stroke subtypes. They can also sometimes serve as warning signs for a major stroke.

Silent Brain Infarctions. Many elderly people have silent brain infarctions, small strokes that cause no apparent symptoms. They are detected in between 10 - 38% of elderly patients who undergo imaging tests for problems other than stroke. A 2002 study suggested that they double the risk for future stroke. They also may be major contributors to mental impairment in the elderly. Smokers and people with hypertension are at particular risk.

Transient ischemic attacks (TIAs) are mini-ischemic strokes, usually caused by tiny emboli (clots often formed of pieces of calcium and fatty plaque) that lodge in an artery to the brain. They typically break up quickly and dissolve but they do temporarily block the supply of blood to the brain. The mental or physical disturbances resulting from TIAs generally clear up in less than a day, with nearly all symptoms resolving in less than an hour.

However, experts now advise that a TIA should be taken very seriously and treated as aggressively as a stroke. Both stroke and TIA increase the risk for a subsequent stroke. Moreover, the risk for having another stroke can be as high as 40% within 5 years. The American Heart Association/American Stroke Association recommends these guidelines to prevent a second stroke after TIA:

Lifestyle changes.

Stop smoking
Limit alcohol
Increase exercise (30 minutes a day of moderate physical activity)
Lose excess weight (waist measurements should be no more than 35 inches for women and 40 inches for men; body mass index should be 18.5 - 24.9)

Drug treatments.

Drugs to control cholesterol, high blood pressure, and (for people with diabetes) high blood sugar levels
Antiplatelet therapy such aspirin, dipyridamole, or clopidogrel)

Surgery.

Carotid endarterectomy surgery or carotid artery stenting is recommended for patients with severe (70% or more) carotid stenosis (narrowing or blockage of one or both arteries in the neck)
Endarterectomy or stenting may also be appropriate for some patients with moderate stenosis (50 - 69%)
Endarterectomy and stents are not needed for patients with mild stenosis (less than 50%)

Over 15% of strokes occur from hemorrhage (sudden bleeding) in the brain. In a healthy brain, brain cells called neurons are protected from exposure to blood by the blood-brain barrier, a wall of tiny vessels and structural cells. In a hemorrhagic stroke, however, this barrier is broken.

Hemorrhagic strokes may be categorized by how and where they occur.

Parenchymal, or cerebral, hemorrhage strokes. These strokes occur within the brain and account for about 10% of all strokes. They are most often the result of hypertension exerting excessive pressure on arterial walls already damaged by atherosclerosis. Heart attack patients who have been given drugs to break up blood clots or blood-thinning drugs have a slightly elevated risk of this type of stroke.
Subarachnoid hemorrhagic strokes. This other major hemorrhagic stroke accounts for about 5% of all strokes. This kind of stroke occurs when a blood vessel on the surface of the brain bursts, leakign blood into the subarachnoid space, an area between the brain and the skull. They are usually caused by the rupture of an aneurysm, a weakening in the blood vessel wall, which is often an inherited trait.
Arteriovenous malformation (AVM) is an abnormal connection between arteries and veins. If it occurs in the brain and ruptures, it can also cause a hemorrhagic stroke.

Symptoms

People at risk and partners or caretakers of people at risk for stroke should be aware of the general symptoms. The stroke victim should get to the hospital as soon as possible after these warning signs appear. It is particularly important for people with migraines or frequent severe headaches to understand how to distinguish between their usual headaches and symptoms of stroke.

The American Stroke Association lists the following five warning signs of stroke. PEOPLE SHOULD IMMEDIATELY CALL FOR EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE IF THEY EXPERIENCE ANY OF THESE SYMPTOMS:

Sudden numbness or weakness of the face, arm or leg, especially on one side of the body
Sudden confusion, trouble speaking or understanding
Sudden trouble seeing in one or both eyes
Sudden trouble walking, dizziness, loss of balance or coordination
Sudden, severe headache with no known cause

Research indicates that patients receive faster treatment for stroke if they arrive by ambulance rather than coming to the emergency room on their own.

An easy way to remember the signs of stroke, and what to do, is by the acronym "F.A.S.T." If you think you or someone else is having a stroke, the National Stroke Association's F.A.S.T. test advises:

(F)ACE. Ask the person to smile. Check to see if one side of the face droops.
(A)RMS. Ask the person to raise both arms. See if one arm drifts downward.
(S)PEECH. Ask the person to repeat a simple sentence. Check to see if words are slurred and if the sentence is repeated correctly.
(T)IME. If a person shows any of these symptoms, time is essential. It is important to get to the hospital as quickly as possible. Call 9-1-1. Act FAST.

The symptoms of a transient ischemic attack (TIA) and early ischemic stroke are similar. In the case of a TIA, however, the symptoms should resolve within 24 hours. Symptoms depend on where the injury in the brain occurs. The origin of the stroke is usually either the carotid or basilar arteries.

The build-up of plaque in the internal carotid artery may lead to narrowing and irregularity of the artery's lumen, preventing proper blood flow to the brain. More commonly, as the narrowing worsens, pieces of plaque in the internal carotid artery can break free, travel to the brain, and block blood vessels that supply blood to the brain. This leads to stroke, with possible paralysis or other deficits.

Symptoms From Blockage in the Carotid Arteries. The carotid arteries stem off of the aorta (the primary artery leading from the heart) and lead up through the neck around the windpipe and on into the brain. When TIAs or stroke occur from blockage in the carotid artery, which they often do, symptoms may occur in either the retina of the eye or the cerebral hemisphere (the large top part of the brain).

Symptoms include the following:

When oxygen to the eye is reduced, people describe the visual effect as a shade being pulled down. People may develop poor night vision. About 35% of TIAs are associated with temporary lost vision in one eye. Although such events are risk factors for future stroke, they pose a lower risk for a stroke and its complications than more widespread TIA symptoms.
When the cerebral hemisphere is affected, a person can experience problems with speech and partial and temporary paralysis, drooping eyelid, tingling, and numbness, usually on one side of the body. The stroke victim may be unable to express thoughts verbally or to understand spoken words. If the stroke injuries are on the right side of the brain, the symptoms will develop on the left side of the body and vice versa.
Uncommonly, patients may experience seizures.

Symptoms From Blockage in the Basilar Artery. The other major site of trouble, the basilar artery, is formed at the base of the skull from the vertebral arteries, which run up along the spine and join at the back of the head. When stroke or TIAs occur here, both hemispheres of the brain may be affected so that symptoms occur on both sides of the body. The following symptoms may develop:

Temporarily dim, gray, blurry, or lost vision
Tingling or numbness in the mouth, cheeks, or gums
Headache, usually in the back of the head
Dizziness
Nausea and vomiting
Difficulty swallowing
Weakness in the arms and legs, sometimes causing a sudden fall

Such strokes usually occur in the brain stem, which can have profound affects on breathing, blood pressure, heart rate, and other vital functions, but does not affect thinking or language.

Speed of Symptom Onset. The speed of symptom onset of a major ischemic stroke may indicate its source:

If the stroke is caused by a large embolus (a clot that has traveled to an artery in the brain), the onset is sudden. Headache and seizures can occur within seconds of the blockage.
When thrombosis (a blood clot that has formed within the brain) causes the stroke, the onset usually occurs more gradually, over minutes to hours. On rare occasions it progresses over days to weeks.

Click the icon to see an image of carotid dissection.

Click the icon to see an image of stroke.

Cerebral Hemorrhage Symptoms. Symptoms of a cerebral, or parenchymal, hemorrhage typically begin very suddenly and evolve over several hours and include:

Headache
Nausea and vomiting
Altered mental states
Seizures

Subarachnoid Hemorrhage. When the hemorrhage is a subarachnoid type, warning signs may occur from the leaky blood vessel a few days to a month before the aneurysm fully develops and ruptures. Warning signs may include:

Abrupt headaches
Nausea and vomiting
Sensitivity to light
Various neurologic abnormalities. Seizures, for example, occur in about 8% of patients.

When the aneurysm ruptures, the stroke victim may experience:

A terrible headache
Neck stiffness
Vomiting
Altered states of consciousness
Eyes may become fixed in one direction or lose vision
Stupor, rigidity, and coma

Risk Factors

New or recurrent strokes affect about 700,000 Americans every year. Although incidence of stroke has increased, more people are surviving stroke, and the death rate is declining. While age is the major risk factor, people with stroke are likely to have more than one risk factor.

Older Adults. People most at risk for stroke are older adults, particularly those with high blood pressure, who are sedentary, overweight, smoke, or have diabetes. Older age is also linked with higher rates of post-stroke dementia.

Younger Adults. Younger people are not immune, however. About 28% of stroke victims are under age 65.

In most age groups except older adults, stroke is more common in men than in women. However, it kills more women than men, regardless of ethnic groups. It is not clear why women have a higher mortality rate from stroke. The arteries that lead to the brain may be more vulnerable to the effects of plaque build-up in women than in men.

In 2007, the American Heart Association released new heart disease prevention guidelines for women. The new guidelines recommend daily aspirin therapy (75 - 325 mg/day) to help prevent stroke in high-risk women over the age of 65. For older women with a lower stroke risk, the AHA recommends 81 mg of aspirin a day or 100 mg of aspirin every other day. Aspirin does not appear to provide much stroke protection benefit for women under the age of 65.

All minority groups, including Native Americans, Hispanics, and African-Americans, face a significantly higher risk for stroke and stroke death than Caucasians. The risk is also higher in Asian Americans, although stroke rates appear to be declining in this group. The differences in risk among all groups diminish as people age.

The greatest disparity in risk occurs in young adults. Younger African-Americans are two to three times more likely to experience a stroke than their Caucasian peers and four times more likely to die from one. They also face a higher risk for death from heart disease. African-Americans have a higher prevalence of diabetes and hypertension than other groups. However, studies suggest that socioeconomic factors also affect these differences.

People in the southeastern U.S. have had the highest risk for stroke in the country for some years; those at particular risk live in North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia. This risk may be shifting westward. High stroke rates are also occurring in the lower Mississippi valley and in Southern California. Socioeconomic differences do not fully explain these higher-risk areas.

Heart disease and stroke are closely tied for many reasons:

Patients with one condition often have risk factors for the other, such as high blood pressure, atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries), and diabetes.
The risk of stroke increases during surgical procedures involving the coronary arteries, including coronary bypass operations and angioplasty. Coronary bypass poses the greater risk -- about 2 - 5%.
Anti-clotting drugs used for treatment of heart disease and heart attacks slightly increase the risk for hemorrhagic stroke.
A heart attack itself poses a high risk for stroke, which, according to a major 2002 study, is 2.5% in the first 6 months and 5% per year thereafter. In the study, patients with a higher risk (about 4%) for stroke within 6 months of a heart attack tended to be older (over age 75), African-American, or to have a history of a previous stroke, atrial fibrillation, hypertension, diabetes, or peripheral artery disease. Most people at high risk have more than one of these problems.

High Blood Pressure (Hypertension). High blood pressure (known medically as hypertension ) contributes to 70% of all strokes. Researchers have estimated that controlling blood pressure can prevent nearly 40% of strokes.

Two numbers are used to describe blood pressure phases and may affect stroke risk separately:

The systolic pressure (the higher and first number) is measured as the heart contracts to pump out the blood. Evidence suggests that elevated systolic pressure poses a significant danger for heart and stroke emergencies when diastolic is normal, a condition called isolated systolic hypertension. The wider the spread between the systolic and diastolic measurements, the greater the danger.
The diastolic pressure (the lower and second number) is measured as the heart relaxes to allow blood to refill the heart between beats. Abnormally higher diastolic pressure is a strong predictor of heart attack and stroke in most people with hypertension.
Stroke from Low Blood Pressure (Hypotension). Uncommonly, blood pressure that is too low can reduce oxygen supply to the brain and cause a stroke. This can occur from a heart attack, a major bleeding episode, an overwhelming infection, or rarely, from surgical anesthesia or from over-treatment of high blood pressure.

Hypertension is a disorder characterized by chronically high blood pressure. It must be monitored, treated, and controlled by medication, lifestyle changes, or a combination of both.

Click the icon to see an image of the risks of untreated hypertension.

Atrial Fibrillation. About one in six strokes are due to atrial fibrillation. This is a heart rhythm disorder in which the atria (the upper chambers in the heart) beat very quickly and nonrhythmically. The blood pools instead of being pumped out, increasing the risk for formation of blood clots that break loose and travel toward the brain. Atrial fibrillation poses a six-fold increased risk for stroke and may also pose a higher risk for complications after a stroke.

Atrial fibrillation is uncommon in people under 60 years old, but about 6% of adults over age 80 have this heart rhythm disorder. In this patient group, the risk for stroke may be higher or lower with the presence of other risk factors, including having heart failure, high blood pressure, diabetes, and a previous history of stroke, TIA, or rheumatic heart disease. More women than men have AF, but risk for stroke is higher in women with this condition than in men.

Patent Foramen Ovale. Patent foramen ovale (PFO) is a flap-like opening between chambers of the heart. The foramen ovale is always open during fetal development to enhance blood flow to the fetus. It then typically closes after birth when the lungs take over. However, evidence suggests that it remains open in up to 30% of adults. In such cases, blood moves backward (right to left) through this opening when pressure in the right chamber exceeds the left. Large PFOs are a major cause of stroke, particularly in younger adults. Treatments include anti-clotting drugs and procedures for closing the opening.

Atrial Septal Aneurysm. Atrial septal aneurysm is an inborn condition in which part of the atrium (one of the heart chambers) bulges out. Studies indicate that this may pose a slight risk for stroke in young people.

People who smoke a pack a day have almost two and a half times the risk for stroke as nonsmokers. Smoking increases both hemorrhagic and ischemic stroke risk. The risk for stroke may remain elevated for as long as 14 years after quitting, so the earlier one quits the better.

Heart disease and stroke are the leading causes of death in people with diabetes. Diabetes is a strong risk factor for ischemic stroke, perhaps because of accompanying risk factors, such as obesity and high blood pressure. Diabetes does not appear to increase the risk for hemorrhagic stroke. Diabetes is second only to high blood pressure as the main risk factor for stroke. The risk is highest for adults newly diagnosed with type 2 diabetes and patients with diabetes who are younger than age 55. African-Americans with diabetes are at even higher risk for stroke at a younger age.

Studies have also implicated insulin resistance, an important disease mechanism in type 2 diabetes, as an independent factor in the development of atherosclerosis and stroke. With this condition, insulin levels are normal to high, but the body is unable to use the insulin normally to metabolize blood sugar. The body compensates by raising the level of insulin, which in turn increases the risk for blood clots and reduces HDL levels (the beneficial form of cholesterol). Some studies have also reported a worse outcome in patients whose blood sugar levels are high at the time of a stroke.

Obesity may increase the risk for both ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke independently of other risk factors that often co-exist with excess weight, including insulin resistance and diabetes, high blood pressure, and unhealthy cholesterol level. Weight that is centered around the abdomen (the so-called apple shape) has a particularly high association with stroke, as it does for heart disease, in comparison to weight distributed around hips (pear-shape).

Obesity is particularly hazardous when it is one of the components of metabolic syndrome. This syndrome is diagnosed when three of the following conditions are present: abdominal obesity, low HDL cholesterol, high triglyceride levels, high blood pressure, and insulin resistance. Because metabolic syndrome is a pre-diabetic condition that is significantly associated with heart disease, people with this syndrome are at increased risk for stroke even before diabetes develops.

Although an unhealthy balance of cholesterol and other lipids (fatty compounds) plays a major role in heart disease, its role in stroke is less clear. Different lipids may have different effects:

Ischemic Stroke. The effects of high total cholesterol and LDL levels on stroke are not clear. One study suggested that the risk for ischemic stroke increases when total cholesterol is above 280 mg/dL. HDL (the so-called good cholesterol) may protect against ischemic stroke (although statins have little effect on HDL).

Hemorrhagic Stroke. HDL may reduce the risk for hemorrhagic stroke (bleeding in the brain). People with overall cholesterol levels below 180 mg/dL, however, may be at risk for hemorrhagic stroke, particularly if they also have high blood pressure. This is a far less common stroke, however, than ischemic stroke.

In any case, reducing cholesterol is extremely important in anyone with heart disease and abnormal lipid levels.

Genetics may be responsible for many of the causes of stroke. Studies indicate that a family history of stroke, particularly in one's father, is a strong risk factor for stroke.

Genetics and Subarachnoid Hemorrhage. Genetic factors account for between 7 - 20% of cases of subarachnoid hemorrhage. Ruptured aneurysms that occur in such patients tend to happen at an earlier age, are usually smaller, and are more apt to recur than in those without an inherited condition. A study of people who had suffered subarachnoid hemorrhages found that first-degree relatives of these stroke victims had a high lifetime risk of between 2 - 5%. Some experts recommend screening for aneurysms in people with more than one close relative who suffered a hemorrhagic stroke.

Inherited Disorders that Contribute to Stroke. Some cases of atrial fibrillation may be inherited. Genetic disorders that cause connective tissue disorders are also associated with stroke from hemorrhage; they include polycystic kidney disease, Ehlers-Danlos syndrome type IV, neurofibromatosis type 1, Marfan's syndrome, and moyamoya disease.

Specific Genetic Factors Under Investigation. Specific genetic factors are under investigation. They include:

Inherited deficiencies in protein factors C and S, which inhibit blood clotting, may be responsible for certain cases of stroke in young adults.
A genetic mutation in a factor V Leiden may be related to blood clotting risks.
People who have inherited a gene called apolipoprotein (Apo) E-4 may be at increased risk of stroke. This gene is also associated with Alzheimer's disease.

Stress. One survey revealed that men who had a more intense response to stressful situations, such as waiting in line or problems at work, were more likely to have strokes than those who did not report such distress. In some people, prolonged or frequent mental stress causes an exaggerated increase in blood pressure, which in turn can increase the risk for stroke.

Depression. Depression has also been linked to higher risk for stroke and lower stroke survival rates. In one study, patients with severe depression had a 73% higher risk for stroke, and those with moderate depression had a 25% higher risk than average. The risk for stroke in African-Americans with depression was 160% higher than average.

Studies indicate that migraine or severe headache may be a risk factor for stroke in both men and women, especially before age 50. Overall, between 2 - 3% of ischemic strokes occur in people with a history of migraine. However, in patients under age 45, about 15% of all strokes (and 30 - 60% of strokes in young women) are associated with a history of migraines, particularly migraine with aura. Some evidence suggests that some strokes in these cases may be due to excessive activation of the nervous system and the dehydration from vomiting that occurs during a severe migraine with aura.

The actual risk itself for migraineurs is low, however. In one study, women with migraines had a 2.7% risk of stroke, with the greatest risk between the ages of 45 - 65. Studies suggest specific risk factors for younger women with migraines, particularly those with auras, include taking high-estrogen oral contraceptives (OCs). (Whether progesterone-alone contraceptives carry any risk is unknown.) In migraineurs who take OCs, the risk increases with high blood pressure, smoking, or both.

Inflammation that occurs with various infections has been associated with stroke. One study found that patients hospitalized for stroke were three times more likely than patients without strokes to have recently been exposed to infections, usually mild ones in the respiratory tract.

Varicella Virus. Varicella zoster virus (the virus that causes chicken pox and shingles) has been associated with cerebral vasculitis, a condition in which blood vessels in the brain become inflamed. It is a very rare cause of stroke in children. The virus has also been associated with some cases of stroke in young adults.

Chlamydia Pneumonia. Some investigators suspect that some infections may produce inflammation in the arteries that can lead to stroke over time. (Similar work is underway in heart disease.) Researchers are particularly interested in Chlamydia pneumoniae, a non-bacterial organism that causes mild pneumonia in adults. Chronic infection has been linked with a higher risk for stroke, and evidence of the organism has been observed in thickened inner vessel walls of the carotid arteries in some studies. Chlamydia has also been linked to heart disease.

Periodontal Disease. A number of studies now strongly support an association between periodontal disease and cardiovascular disorders. According to a major analysis, periodontal (gum) disease is associated with a 20% higher risk for ischemic stroke and heart disease. The added risk may be even greater in adults under 65. Recent evidence points to the inflammatory response as the common element.

Peripheral artery disease (PAD) occurs when atherosclerosis affects the extremities, particularly the feet and legs. The major risk factors for heart disease and stroke are also the most important risk factors for PAD. The occurrence of such conditions in combination with PAD often signals more severe forms of heart or circulatory disease.

In 2007, the American Heart Association (AHA) issued a scientific statement encouraging doctors to change the way they prescribe pain relief medication for patients at risk for heart disease or stroke. The AHA recommends that at-risk patients first try non-drug methods of pain relief (physical therapy, exercise, weight loss to reduce stress on joints, and heat or cold therapy). If these methods don’t work, patients should take the lowest possible dose of acetaminophen (Tylenol) or aspirin. COX-2 inhibitors, such as celecoxib (Celebrex), should be the last resort.

In 2005, the FDA warned that all NSAIDs -- with the exception of aspirin -- carry heart risks. In particular, the NSAIDs ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and diclofenac (Cataflam, Voltaren) appear to carry increased risks for heart attack and stroke.

A number of medical or physical conditions may contribute to the risk for stroke:

Sleep apnea. This common disorder, in which the throat becomes obstructed during sleep, may contribute to the narrowing of the carotid artery, appearing to increase the risk for stroke three- to six-fold.
Pregnancy. Pregnancy carries a very small risk for stroke, mostly in women with pregnancy related high blood pressure and in those with cesarean delivery. The risk appears to be higher in the postpartum (post-delivery) period, perhaps because of the sudden change in circulation and hormone levels.
Anti-phospholipid antibodies. Nearly 40% of young people with strokes and 10% of all stroke patients have components of the immune system known as anti-phospholipid antibodies that increase the chance for blood clots.
Sickle-cell anemia. People with sickle-cell anemia are at risk for stroke at a young age.
Drug abuse, particularly with cocaine and, increasingly, methamphetamine, is a major factor in the incidence of stroke in young adults. Anabolic steroids, used for body-building and sports enhancement, also increase risk.

Timing. Like heart attack and sudden cardiac death, stroke appears to be more common in the morning hours, perhaps due to a temporary rise in blood pressure at that time. Various studies point to a higher risk for stroke on weekends, Mondays, and holidays. The risk for hemorrhagic stroke may also be higher in the winter, particularly in older people with high blood pressure.

Homocysteine and Vitamin B Deficiencies. Abnormally high blood levels of the amino acid homocysteine, which occur with deficiencies of vitamin B6, B12, and folic acid, may be linked to an increased risk of coronary artery disease and stroke.

Neck Manipulation. Some studies have reported a higher risk for stroke from injury to the carotid artery after neck manipulation by a chiropractor.

Prognosis

A stroke, the third leading cause of death in the U.S., is always serious. In 2004, over 150,000 Americans died of stroke with women accounting for 61% of these stroke deaths. The mortality rates are declining, however. Over 75% of patients survive a first stroke during the first year, and over half survive beyond 5 years.

People who suffer ischemic strokes have a much better chance for survival than those who experience hemorrhagic strokes. Among the ischemic stroke categories, the greatest dangers are posed by embolic strokes, followed by thrombotic and lacunar strokes. Hemorrhagic stroke not only destroys brain cells but also poses other complications, including increased pressure on the brain or spasms in the blood vessels, both of which can be very dangerous. Studies suggest, however, that survivors of hemorrhagic stroke have a greater chance for recovering function than those who suffer ischemic stroke.

Between 50 - 70% of people recover functional independence after a stroke. However, between 15 - 30% of those who survive either an ischemic or hemorrhage stroke suffer some permanent disability. On the encouraging side, one study reported that people who survived for many years after a stroke had a chance for independent living that was about the same as for their peers who had not suffered strokes. The stroke patients even appeared to be less depressed than the comparison group.

The National Institutes of Health (NIH) have devised a scoring system that helps predict the severity and outcome of the stroke by scoring 11 factors (levels of consciousness, gaze, visual fields, facial movement, motor functions in the arm and leg, coordination, sensory loss, problems with language, inability to articulate, and attention). Up to 70% of patients with ischemic strokes who score less than 10 have a favorable outlook after a year, while only 4 - 16% of patients do well if their score is more than 20.

The risk for recurring stroke is highest within the first few weeks and months. The risk is about 14% in the first year and about 5% thereafter, so preventive measures should be instituted as soon as possible. Some specific risk factors for early recurrence include:

Older age
Evidence of blocked arteries (a history of coronary artery disease, peripheral artery disease, ischemic stroke, or TIA)
Hemorrhagic or embolic stroke
Diabetes
Alcoholism
Valvular heart disease
Atrial fibrillation

Prevention

Forty percent of patients who have had a stroke or TIA will suffer a subsequent stroke within 5 years. In 2006, the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association released guidelines for preventing a second stroke. These guidelines recommend:

Quit Smoking. Also avoid exposure to second-hand smoke.

Maintain Weight. People should aim for a BMI index of 18.5 - 24.9. In people who are obese, reducing weight to this level can reduce the risk for stroke by 15% in men and 22% in women. Waist measurements should be no more than 35 inches for women and 40 inches for men.

Exercise. Everyone in normal health should engage in at least moderate physical activity for a minimum of 30 minutes on most -- if not all -- days of the week.

Limit alcohol. No more than 2 drinks a day for men and 1 drink a day for nonpregnant women.

Healthy Diet. Everyone should aim for a diet that contains a healthy balance of fruits, vegetables, grains, fish, nuts, legumes, poultry, lean meat, and low-fat dairy items. Avoid saturated fats and trans fatty acids.

Improve Cholesterol. People with at least two risk factors and a 10-year risk for heart disease or stroke of more than 20% should aim for LDL levels of less than 100 mg/dl. Raising HDL levels is important for people at risk for stroke. Statins are now used in most cases.

Keep Blood Pressure Low. People in normal health should aim for 139/89 mm Hg or less. Patients with certain health problems, such as diabetes, should aim lower.

Control Diabetes. People with diabetes should aim for fasting blood glucose levels of less than 110 mg/dl and hemoglobin A1C of less than 7%. Blood pressure goals should be 130/80 mm Hg or less.

Take Aspirin or Other Antiplatelet Therapy. People at high risk for heart disease should take a low-dose aspirin every day, unless they have medical reasons to avoid aspirin. (As an alternative to aspirin alone, your doctor may prescribe clopidogrel alone or aspirin plus extended release dipyridamole.) Aspirin may help to prevent strokes caused by blockage in the artery (ischemic stroke), but it may slightly increase the risk of strokes caused by bleeding in the brain (hemorrhagic stroke). The American Heart Association recommends aspirin therapy for women over age 65 who are at risk for stroke.

Control Atrial Fibrillation. People with atrial fibrillation should use anticoagulants to reduce their risk of blood clots. Carotid Endarterectomy Surgery or Stenting: Recommended for most symptomatic patients with neck artery stenosis (narrowing or blockage) of more than 70% and some patients with stenosis of 50 - 69%.

A healthy diet rich in fruits and vegetables and low in salt and saturated fats may significantly lower the risk for both ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke. For diet plans, the Mediterranean diet may be a particularly good choice for reducing the risk of stroke. [See In-Depth Report #43: Heart-healthy diet.]

Fruits and Vegetables. Studies suggest that people can protect their heart and circulation by eating plenty of fruits and vegetables. Eating at least five servings a day reduces blood pressure and protects against both heart attack and stroke. Important foods include most fruits (especially potassium-rich fruits including bananas, oranges, prunes, and cantaloupes) and vegetables (especially carrots, spinach, celery, alfalfa, mushrooms, lima beans, potatoes, avocados, broccoli). Vegetables, such as broccoli and kale, may be specifically protective against a first ischemic and possibly hemorrhagic stroke. Foods such as apples and tea, which are high in food chemicals called flavonoids, may also be very beneficial.

Whole Grains and Nuts. A 2000 study reported a lower incidence in stroke in women who had a high intake of whole-grain foods. Nuts may also be protective.

Calcium, Potassium, and Magnesium. Calcium, magnesium, and potassium serve as electrolytes in the body. They are important in controlling blood pressure and may also have protective effects against stroke:

Some evidence suggests that diets rich in potassium may protect against stroke by 22 - 40%, mostly by reducing blood pressure but also possibly because of other mechanisms. Low potassium levels may increase the risk for stroke in certain people.

A major study reported that calcium intake is associated with a lower risk for stroke in women, which supports an earlier study reporting a lower risk for stroke in men who drank more milk.

Magnesium deficiencies may increase the risk for atrial fibrillation. No evidence yet exists, however, that taking magnesium supplements is protective.

Salt Restriction. Although the effects of salt restriction are not entirely clear, a 2002 study indicated that even a modest reduction in salt intake for more than a month might reduce the risk of death from stroke by 14% in people with high blood pressure and 6% in people with normal blood pressure.

Fats and Oils. The effects of fats and oils on stroke are complex. One study indicated that middle-aged men without heart disease who had the highest intake of monounsaturated or saturated fat (but not polyunsaturated oils) also had the lowest risk for stroke. Monounsaturated oils, obtained in olive and canola oils, may have protective benefits against both heart disease and stroke. Saturated fats, found in animal products, are known risk factors for heart disease. Some studies suggest, however, that low intake of animal protein and saturated fat increases the risk of hemorrhagic stroke.

Other fat compounds that may be stroke protective are omega-3 fatty acids:

Alpha-linolenic acid is found in canola oil, soybeans, and walnuts. One particular benefit against stroke is its ability to help prevent the formation of blood clots.
Omega-3 fatty acids are categorized as docosahexaenoic (DHA) or eicosapentaneoic acids (EPA). They are found in oily fish and nutritional supplements. These compounds have anti-inflammatory and anti-blood clotting effects and may be significantly beneficial to the heart and reduce the risk for stroke. However, people who have implantable defibrillators should not take fish oil supplements because they may worsen heart rhythm problems.

In any case, consuming fish two or three times a week helps the heart.

Folic Acid and B Vitamins. Deficiencies in the B vitamins folate (known also as folic acid), B6, and B12 have been associated with a higher risk for heart disease in some studies. Such deficiencies produce higher blood levels of homocysteine, an amino acid that has been associated with a higher risk for heart disease, stroke, and heart failure. Researchers have been studying whether vitamin B supplements can reduce homocysteine levels and, consequently, heart disease risks.

Several major 2006 studies indicated that while B vitamin supplements help lower homocysteine levels, they have no effect on heart disease outcomes. The studies, published in the New England Journal of Medicine, examined patients who had either recently had a heart attack or suffered from diabetes or heart disease. Results showed a similar number of heart attacks and strokes among patients who took folic acid and B6 and B12 vitamins and those who received placebo. And, the vitamins seemed to increase risks for patients who had undergone stenting. Some experts think that homocysteine may be a marker for heart disease rather than a cause of it.

Antioxidant Vitamins. The effects of antioxidant vitamins and carotenoids on stroke have been studied extensively. Most studies have found that these vitamins do not help protect against stroke. An important 2001 study reported no protection from stroke with vitamins A or E or beta carotene. A 2005 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association found that vitamin E definitely does not protect women from stroke or heart attack.

Smoking. Everyone should quit smoking.

Alcohol. Mild-to-moderate alcohol use (one to seven drinks a week) is associated with a significantly lower risk for ischemic stroke, although not hemorrhagic stroke. Heavy alcohol use, particularly a recent history of drinking, is associated with a higher risk of both ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke.

Coffee. In healthy people with normal blood pressure, drinking a couple of cups of coffee a day is unlikely to do any harm. Caffeine may actually have nerve-protecting properties that may help stroke survivors. Caffeine drinkers, however, might do better to choose tea, which may have beneficial nutrients, and people with existing hypertension should avoid caffeine altogether (since caffeine may increase the risk for stroke in this group).

Exercise helps reduce the risk of atherosclerosis, which can help reduce the risk of stroke. Experts recommend at least 30 minutes of exercise on most, if not all, days of the week.

Hypertension is a disorder characterized by chronically high blood pressure. It must be monitored, treated, and controlled by medication, lifestyle changes, or a combination of both.

Reducing blood pressure is essential in stroke prevention. Lifestyle measures such as exercise, weight loss, and healthy diets are important for everyone. Drug therapy is recommended for people with hypertension who cannot control their blood pressure through lifestyle changes. Many different types of drugs are used to control blood pressure. They include ACE inhibitors, angiotensin-receptor blockers, beta-blockers, calcium channel blockers, and diuretics. Some drugs, such as Hyzaar, combine an angiotensin receptor blocker with a diuretic to both treat high blood pressure and prevent stroke. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

In 2004, the National Cholesterol Education Program issued updated recommendations on how to control cholesterol levels. These guidelines emphasize that patients should lower their LDL (“bad”) cholesterol and recommend that more people take LDL-lowering medication. Lowering LDL cholesterol and raising HDL (“good”) cholesterol can significantly reduce the risks of heart disease, including stroke.

Statins have become the most important LDL-lowering drugs. Brands include lovastatin (Mevacor), pravastatin (Pravachol), simvastatin (Zocor), fluvastatin (Lescol), atorvastatin (Lipitor), and rosuvastatin (Crestor). Research increasingly suggests that lowering LDL levels as much as possible is critical for preventing stroke and other heart disease problems. A major analysis of over 200 studies found that statins reduced the risk for heart problems by 60% and stroke by 17%. Another study of over 20,000 people with cerebrovascular disease found that patients who took statin therapy for 2 years reduced their risk of ischemic stroke by 25%.

Statins are proven to reduce the risk of stroke in people at increased risk for heart disease. Research suggests that they may also prevent stroke in patients without heart disease. However, current guidelines recommend that statins should be prescribed to patients without heart disease and with normal LDL levels only if diabetes and several heart disease risk factors are also present.

Researchers are also investigating whether statins might be beneficial in preventing a second stroke in patients who have suffered a stroke or transient ischemic attack (TIA). A study published in 2006 in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that high-dose atorvastatin (Lipitor) therapy may help reduce the risk of stroke recurrence and other heart events for patients who have had a prior stroke or TIA. In 2006, the FDA expanded atorvastatin’s indications to include reducing the risk of fatal and non-fatal strokes in patients with heart disease

[See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Influenza vaccinations may protect patients with a history of heart attack or heart events. A 2002 study further suggested that flu shots might protect against stroke, although possibly not in patients older than age 75.

Treatment for atrial fibrillation always includes drugs (aspirin or warfarin) to prevent clots from forming. In addition to anticoagulants (blood thinners), other approaches may include:

Restoring or maintaining normal heart rhythm. This is accomplished with anti-arrhythmic drug, cardioversion procedures, or surgery to remove the defective area.
Controlling heart rate. Specific drugs are used for this approach.

Important studies report that controlling heart rate may be the preferable approach. In several studies, rhythm control offered no survival advantages and did not protect against ischemic stroke. Therapies aimed at controlling heart rate, furthermore, had fewer complications.

Drugs to Prevent Blood Clots

After a diagnosis of atrial fibrillation, warfarin (an anticoagulant) or aspirin (an antiplatelet) are essential to prevent blood clots. These drugs can reduce the risk for stroke by over 60% in patients with atrial fibrillation.

Warfarin (Coumadin) is the main anticoagulant (“blood thinner”) drug used to prevent strokes in high-risk patients with atrial fibrillation. Warfarin carries a risk for bleeding, but for most patients, warfarin’s benefits far outweigh its risks. The risk for bleeding is highest when warfarin therapy is first started, with higher doses, and with long periods of treatment. Patients at risk for bleeding are usually older and have a history of stomach bleeding and high blood pressure. It is important that patients who take warfarin have their blood checked regularly to make sure that it does not become “too thin.” Blood that is too thin increases the risk for bleeding, while blood that is “too thick” increases the risk for blood clots and stroke. Prothrombin time (PT) and international normalized ratio (INR) tests are used to monitor blood coagulation.
Aspirin is less effective than warfarin, but has a lower risk for bleeding. It is the preferred treatment for younger people with atrial fibrillation and for people who do not have other risk factors for stroke, such as high blood pressure or diabetes. Aspirin is also prescribed for higher risk patients who cannot tolerate anticoagulation therapy.
Researchers are investigating other drugs for preventing stroke and heart problems in patients with atrial fibrillation. These drugs include the antiplatelet medication clopidogrel (Plavix) and the angiotensin receptor blocker irbesartan (Avapro). Recent research indicates that anticoagulants such as warfarin (Coumadin) work better for atrial fibrillation patients than the combination of clopidogrel plus aspirin. Clinical trials are continuing to investigate whether clopidogrel alone is better than aspirin alone.

Restoring and Controlling Heart Rhythm

To initially restore heart rhythm, anti-arrhythmic drugs are usually tried first. If they fail to restore normal rhythm, cardioversion is often effective. (Some experts suggest trying cardioversion first to avoid side effects of the drugs.) Long-term maintenance therapy using anti-arrhythmic drugs may be required.

Electrical Cardioversion. Electrical cardioversion is mild shock therapy and is the current standard treatment used to restore normal heart rhythm. It is conducted as follows:

Anticoagulants (drugs used to prevent blood clotting) should be administered, if possible, at least 3 weeks before the procedure.
During the procedure, the patient must be conscious and, although sedated, can experience some pain from the procedure.

Although the stabilizing effect is usually only temporary, some evidence suggests that a series of cardioversion may succeed in maintaining normal rhythm in young healthy patients without the need for antiarrhythmic medications.

Low-energy implanted cardioverters (Atrioverter, Jewel AF) are being investigated for maintenance. Studies are promising.

Drugs Used for Maintaining Normal Heart Rhythm. For maintaining a stable rhythm, the following drugs may be used. The specific choices typically depend on whether or not the patient has existing heart disease:

For patients with no heart disease, the first choices include sotalol, flecainide, or propafenone, which are often used sequentially. If these fail, then amiodarone or a newer drug dofetilide (Tikosyn) may be tried. Others include ibutilide (Covert) and azimilide. If these drugs are not effective, other drugs tried include quinidine, procainamide, and disopyramide.
In patients with heart disease, amiodarone, dofetilide, or sotalol are commonly used depending on the cause of heart disease.

Amiodarone is more effective than most others and has been thought to be safer than many other similar drugs. Even in low doses, however, there is a high incidence of side effects, including thyroid disorders, neurologic, skin, and eye problems, and abnormally slow heart beats. Many of these drugs carry a small but significant increased risk, however, for a life-threatening arrhythmia called torsades de pointes. People with certain heart conditions should avoid these drugs.

Surgical Procedures for Complex AF. In some difficult cases, surgery may be recommended. The options and candidates depend on other complicating factors. The following are some examples:

AV node ablation involves severing the communication between the atria (the two upper chambers of the heart) and the ventricles (the two lower chambers). A pacemaker is then implanted just under the skin with electrodes leading to the ventricles. This approach is very effective, but it is irreversible and lifelong. Radiofrequency ablation may be an option in some patients.
A more aggressive procedure uses open chest surgery, in which a maze of cuts is made in the atria. As they heal, the scar tissue prevents the heart circuitry from misfiring. This technique controls atrial fibrillation in more than 90% of appropriate candidates. A new procedure is similar but less invasive.

Controlling Heart Rate

Drugs Used to Control Heart Rate. Beta-blockers or calcium channel blockers are used to control heart rate at the onset of atrial fibrillation. Digitalis, an older drug, is not used as often but can be effective in combination with the other drugs.

Diagnosis

Preventing a major stroke in people who experience transient ischemic attacks or small strokes requires determining the source of such attacks. A complete blood count, chest x-ray, and electrocardiogram are usually performed. Discouragingly, a 2001 study reported that over 30% of patients with TIA who called their primary care doctor were neither evaluated nor sent to the hospital within the month after a first event.

Examining the Carotid Artery. The doctor examines the carotid artery to determine if it is severely narrowed. If so, the patient is in danger of a major stroke. (The thickness of the carotid artery is also an important indicator for long-term risks for stroke, as well as heart disease and mortality rates in general.)

The doctor may use a number of approaches to determine the thickness of the artery:

An important clue to a blocked carotid artery is a bruit. This is a whooshing sound caused by blood flow turbulence in the narrowed artery. A doctor may be able to hear a bruit using a stethoscope. Occasionally, even a patient can hear the sound. The presence of a bruit, however, is not necessarily a sign of an impending stroke, nor does the absence of a bruit indicate an unblocked artery.
Carotid ultrasound is a very valuable tool for measuring the width of the artery. At this time, ultrasound is most useful in people between the ages of 40 and 60 years. Severely blocked carotid arteries may distort some measurements, so other tests may be required to confirm the results.
Measuring blood pressure to the eye may also be important in identifying problems in the carotid artery. If blood flow to the eye is reduced, it is likely that the carotid artery is severely narrowed.

Carotid duplex is an ultrasound procedure performed to assess blood flow through the carotid artery to the brain. High-frequency sound waves are directed from a hand-held transducer probe to the area. These waves "echo" off the arterial structures and produce a two-dimensional image on a monitor, which will make obstructions or narrowing of the arteries visible.

Imaging Techniques for TIAs. Several imaging techniques may identify small clots or other indicators of risk in the brain.

Identifying a Stroke Quickly. To save a patient's life, a fast diagnosis of both the presence and type of stroke is critical. Health professionals have devised different tests to help emergency workers quickly identify a person with stroke even before they reach the hospital. For example, an assessment tool called Face, Arms, Speech, Time (FAST) is highly accurate. It involves watching for the following signs:

(F)ACE. Ask the person to smile. Check to see if one side of the face droops.
(A)RMS. Ask the person to raise both arms. See if one arm drifts downward.
(S)PEECH. Ask the person to repeat a simple sentence. Check to see if words are slurred and if the sentence is repeated correctly.
(T)IME. If a person shows any of these symptoms, time is essential. It is important to get to the hospital as quickly as possible. Call 9-1-1. Act FAST.

Determining Ischemia Versus Hemorrhagic Stroke. Once a stroke has been identified, the next important step is to determine as quickly as possible whether it is hemorrhagic or ischemic. Clot-busting drug therapies can be life-saving for ischemic stroke patients, but they are effective only in the first 3 hours. In addition, they cause bleeding and can be lethal if the stroke is caused by a hemorrhage.

A computed tomography (CT) scan is essential for identifying or ruling out hemorrhagic strokes. The goal is to complete the CT examination and obtain and interpret the results within 45 minutes of arrival at the hospital. (An ultrasound technique called transcranial duplex sonography may be sensitive enough to differentiate between hemorrhagic and ischemic strokes if CT scans are not available.)

Certain factors suggest a hemorrhagic rather than ischemic stroke. They include specific symptoms (coma, vomiting, and severe headache), taking anticoagulants, very high systolic blood pressure, or high blood sugar levels in nondiabetics. However, such findings are not conclusive, and a CT scan or MRI is always needed.

Ruling Out Other Disorders. In most cases of stroke, the diagnosis is evident although a number of conditions may cause similar symptoms. These include seizures, infections that cause mental confusion, syncope (fainting), hypoglycemia, and brain tumors.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). MRI uses a magnetic field to provide 3-dimensional images of the brain. In 2007, an important Lancet study of emergency room patients clearly indicated that MRI is superior to computed tomography (CT) in assessing whether a stroke has occurred. The MRI appears to work especially well for detecting ischemic stroke (stroke caused by blood clot). In the study, MRI accurately detected presence or absence of acute stroke in 80% of patients compared to 58% for CT. (Acute stroke included both ischemic and hemorrhagic types.) MRI detected acute ischemic stroke in 40% of patients compared to 10% for CT. In addition, MRI detected ischemic stroke within 3 hours of symptom onset (an important timeframe for delivering clotbuster drugs) in 46% of patients compared to only 7% for CT. Both MRI and CT performed similarly for detecting hemorrhagic stroke.

Computed Tomography. A computed tomography (CT) test uses x-ray images to take pictures of the skull and brain. Sometimes a dye is injected into a patient’s veins to enhance image contrast. Although research indicates that MRI is better in determining ischemic stroke, CT still may be useful in diagnosing hemorrhagic strokes.

Ultrasound. Ultrasound may be used in different circumstances. This imaging technique is painless and noninvasive.

Carotid ultrasound (also called Doppler or duplex sonography) can determine blockage in the carotid arteries that could lead to or be causing a stroke.
Transcranial duplex sonography can identify blockage in large arteries in stroke patients and to monitor the effects of thrombolytic therapy.

Cerebral Angiography. Cerebral angiography is an invasive procedure that may be used for patients with TIAs who require surgery. It can also detect aneurysms and monitor thrombolytic therapy. It requires the insertion of a catheter into the groin, which is then threaded up through the arteries to the base of the carotid artery. At this point a dye is injected, and x-rays, CTs, or MRI scans determine the location and extent of the narrowing, or stenosis, of the artery. In people with TIAs the risk of stroke itself increases using this technique, particularly in elderly people with diabetes.

Other Techniques. Other imaging tests, including positron-emission tomography (PET) and single photon-emission computed tomography (SPECT), may also help the doctor identify injuries caused by the stroke.

Electrocardiogram (ECG). A heart evaluation using an electrocardiogram (ECG) is important in any patient with a stroke or suspected stroke. An ECG records the electrical current in the heart muscle.

Echocardiogram. An echocardiogram uses ultrasound to view the chambers and valves of the heart. It is generally useful for stroke patients to identify blood clots or risk factors for blood clots that can travel to the brain and cause stroke. There two are types:

Transthoracic echocardiograms (TTE) view the heart through the chest. It is noninvasive and is the standard approach.
Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) examines the heart using an ultrasound tube that the patient literally swallows and passes down the throat. It is uncomfortable and requires sedation. It is typically used to obtain more accurate images of the heart if a TTE has suggested abnormalities, such as atrial fibrillation or patent foramen ovale (PFO).

Patients who have a TIA are at increased risk for a major stroke in the days and weeks that follow. The ABCD² score is a tool that helps doctors predict short-term stroke risk following a TIA. The ABCD² score assigns points for various factors:

Age (over 60 years)
Blood pressure (greater or equal to 140/90 mm Hg)
Clinical features (weakness on one side of the body; speech impairment without weakness
Duration of TIA symptoms (at least 60 minutes)
Diabetes

Based on the number of points, a doctor can identify whether a patient is at low, moderate, or high risk of having a subsequent stroke within 2 days after a TIA. Several 2006 and 2007 studies indicated that the ABCD² score works well in predicting stroke, and can help doctors better decide which patients require hospitalization and emergency care.

Blood Tests. Several blood tests may help predict the risk for a stroke and determine the severity and complications of an existing stroke.

Specific blood tests are important to determine clotting times, to check electrolytes (potassium, calcium, sodium), and to measure factors indicating liver or kidney problems. Kidney tests measure blood proteins that are filtered through the kidneys. These proteins include creatinine and blood urea nitrogen (BUN). A more recent type of kidney test measures the protein cystatin C. Recent research suggests that the cystatin C kidney test may be better at predicting cardiovascular risks in elderly patients.
Blood sugar (glucose) levels are measured. Hyperglycemia (high levels) may indicate a worse outcome for some strokes (although not hemorrhagic or lacunar strokes). Hypoglycemia (low levels) is a common complication of diabetes treatments, and its symptoms may mimic those of a stroke.
A new blood test, the PLAC test, was approved in 2005 to help diagnose people at increased risk for ischemic stroke. The PLAC test measures an enzyme called lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2 (Lp-PLA2). Patients with high levels of this protein have twice the risk for ischemic stroke as patients with normal levels.

Examination of Spinal Fluid. If the CT scan is negative but the doctor still suspects a subarachnoid hemorrhagic stroke, a spinal tap may be performed. Spinal fluid containing significant amounts of blood will usually confirm a hemorrhagic stroke.

Managing a Stroke

Until recently, the treatment of stroke was restricted to basic life support at the time of the stroke and rehabilitation later. Now, however, treatments can be dramatically beneficial when administered as soon as possible after the onset of the stroke. It is critical to get to the hospital and be diagnosed as soon as possible. There are several steps in the initial assessment and management of a person with a stroke.

If significant symptoms appear in people at risk for stroke, calling 911 is critical (as opposed to calling the family doctor or trying to get the patient to the hospital by car). One study reported that patients who went to the emergency room in an ambulance had a much shorter delay in getting treatment than those who went on their own. Receiving treatment early is critical in reducing the damage from a stroke.

Important diagnostic and evaluation steps are needed for the optimal treatment of a stroke patient:

Determine Whether the Stroke Is Ischemic or Hemorrhagic. As soon as the patient enters the hospital, diagnostic tests, particularly a CT scan, should occur to determine whether the stroke is ischemic or hemorrhagic.

Determine The Need for Thrombolytic Drugs. If the stroke is ischemic, the next step is to determine if the patient would benefit from blood clot-busting drugs (called thrombolytics). The following factors can assist in making this decision:

Estimate the time of onset of the stroke. Time is critical in the decision-making process. Clot-buster drugs do not generally help if given more than 3 hours after stroke onset. Onset is when the patient first experiences any symptoms, even minor impairment. If the patient had a previous TIA that completely resolved before the stroke, however, onset is dated from when the more recent symptoms developed.
Tell the doctor if the patient has been taking any blood-thinning drugs.
Give the doctor a thorough history of any accompanying medical or physical condition and any recent event, such as surgery or injury, which might contribute to the condition.
CT scans will indicate if there are extensive early injuries, which might affect the decision to use these drugs.

The patient should receive treatment to support basic life functions and to reduce stress, pain, and agitation. The following steps are also very important:

Maintain Adequate Delivery of Oxygen. It is very important to maintain oxygen levels. In some cases, airway ventilation may be required. Supplemental oxygen may also be necessary for patients when tests suggest low blood levels of oxygen. Hyperbaric oxygen (which is oxygen administered under pressure) may help specific stroke patients, although it is not recommended for most patients, since there is some risk of significant adverse effects using this approach.

Managing Fever and Lowering Body Temperature (Hypothermia). Fever should be aggressively treated, since strong evidence suggests that its presence predicts a poorer outlook. Some evidence suggests that hypothermia -- reducing body temperature -- might protect nerve cells in stroke patients. Cooling is done through special cooling blankets, ventilators, or infusion of cool fluids. Unfortunately, severe side effects occur with even moderate hypothermia (86°F, 30°C), which can include pneumonia, blood clotting disorders, heart rhythm disturbances, and others.

Maintain Electrolytes. Maintaining a healthy electrolyte balance (the ratio of sodium, calcium, and potassium in the body's fluids) is critical.

Managing Blood Pressure. Managing blood pressure is essential and complicated. Patients with stroke and pressures above 220 (systolic) or 120 (diastolic) should be treated. Lowering blood pressure too quickly can be dangerous, however, in patients with both ischemic and hemorrhagic strokes. In general, experts do not advise aggressively lowering elevated pressures below 220/120 mm Hg in patients unless they have other conditions, such as a heart attack, that require pressure-lowering treatments. In patients who require thrombolytic drugs, blood pressure should cautiously be lowered to 185/110 mm Hg. In most cases, blood pressure declines when these patients become stabilized.

Managing Increased Brain Pressure. Hospital staff should watch carefully for increased pressure on the brain, which is a frequent complication of hemorrhagic strokes. It can also occur a few days after ischemic strokes. Early symptoms of increased brain pressure are drowsiness, confusion, lethargy, weakness, and headache. Medications such as mannitol may be given during a stroke to reduce pressure or the risk for it.

Keeping the top of the body higher than the lower part, such as by elevating the head of the bed, can reduce pressure in the brain and is standard practice for patients with ischemic stroke. However, this practice also lowers blood pressure in general, which may be dangerous for patients with massive stroke.

Monitoring the Heart. Heart attack and arrhythmias are potential complications of ischemic stroke. Patients must be monitored using electrocardiographic tracings.

Controlling Glucose Levels. Elevated blood sugar (glucose) levels can occur with severe stroke and may be a marker of serious trouble. In general, it is advisable to lower glucose levels that are about 300 mg/dL, usually with insulin. It is not clear, however, if glucose-lowering treatments offer any advantage. Excessive lowering of glucose levels can have damaging effects on the brain. Studies are underway to determine the best approach.

Medications

Intravenous Thrombolytics. Clot-busting (thrombolytic) drugs break up existing blood clots. They are among the important treatments for heart attacks, and are now also used for ischemic (not hemorrhagic) stroke. While research has confirmed that early treatment with thrombolytics can greatly increase a stroke patient's chances for recovery, their use has been limited due to the short treatment window (within 3 hours of onset of stroke symptoms). The standard thrombolytic drugs are tissue plasminogen activators (t-PAs). They include alteplase (Activase) and reteplase (Retavase).

The following steps are critical before administering these clot-buster drugs:

Before the thrombolytic is given, a CT scan must first confirm that the stroke is not hemorrhagic. If the stroke is ischemic, a CT scan can also suggest if injuries are very extensive, which might affect the use of thrombolytics.
Thrombolytics must be administered within 3 hours of a stroke to have any effect. According to a 2004 review of clinical trials, best results are achieved if patients are treated with 90 minutes of a stroke. Unfortunately, most stroke patients arrive at the hospital more than 3 hours after an attack and therefore are not eligible for treatment. There is some evidence that t-PA administered with 4 hours may also be effective, but more research needs to be conducted. These findings underscore the critical need for people to go to a hospital immediately if a stroke is suspected.

Thrombolytics carry a risk for hemorrhage, so they may not be appropriate for patients with existing risk factors for bleeding. They should not be used in patients who are experiencing seizures. The drug may be appropriate in more patients than previously thought, however, including older people, those with a history of stroke, and those with high blood pressure. Although older studies cited concern over the safety and effectiveness of t-PA, a 2004 review of clinical trial data found that patients who received t-PA were two times more likely to experience a favorable outcome than those who did not receive this treatment.

Intra-Arterial Thrombolytics. Researchers are investigating thrombolytics injected directly into an artery in the brain. Early studies suggest this approach may allow effective treatment up to 6 hours after a stroke and improve recovery in more patients. The risk for bleeding and hemorrhagic stroke is significantly increased, however.

Fibrin-Depleting Drugs. These drugs deplete the amount of fibrinogen in blood, which in turn reduces the "stickiness" in blood. Such drugs include ancrod and batroxobin (Defibrase), both derived from the venom of poisonous snakes. Some experts believe these drugs might be a possible alternative to thrombolytics. Studies suggest they may modestly reduce the risks for death and disability if given early on. As with all anti-clotting drugs, there is a higher risk for hemorrhage, but it appears to be slight.

Medications that prevent blood from clotting are used to prevent a recurring or second stroke. Anticlotting drugs include antiplatelets and anticoagulants.

Antiplatelet Drugs.Blood platelets are involved in blood clotting. Antiplatelets prevent clotting by blocking the accumulation of platelets. An antiplatelet drug -- most often aspirin -- is given within 48 hours of an ischemic stroke and continued in low doses as maintenance therapy. Studies suggest that antiplatelet therapy can reduce the risk for a second stroke by 25%.

Aspirin. Aspirin is recommended within 48 hours of a first ischemic stroke in doses of 50 - 325 mg. Daily low-dose aspirin may also help prevent a second ischemic stroke. Experts also recommend aspirin combined with the antiplatelet drug dipyridamole (Aggrenox). A 2006 study indicated that aspirin plus dipyridamole may be better than aspirin alone in preventing a heart attack or major stroke in patients who have had a minor ischemic stroke. Patients should not be given an aspirin until a diagnosis of ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke has been determined. Aspirin increases the risk for bleeding in patients with hemorrhagic stroke and can be dangerous.
Thienopyridines. Clopidogrel (Plavix) and ticlopidine (Ticlid) are antiplatelet drugs known as thienopyridines. (Clopidogrel is preferred over ticlopidine because of its better safety record.) Evidence suggests that clopidogrel plus aspirin is better than aspirin alone in reducing blood clots in patients who have carotid artery blockage (carotid stenosis). Other studies indicate that clopidogrel alone may be sufficient for patients who have had a recent ischemic stroke or TIA. A study of over 7,000 of these patients found that adding aspirin to clopidogrel therapy provided no additional benefit and increased the risk of bleeding; therefore, aspirin plus clopidogrel is not usually recommended for most patients who have had an ischemic stroke or TIA. Clopidogrel alone may also be better than aspirin alone in preventing a third stroke or heart attack in high-risk patients.
Glycoprotein IIB/IIIa Inhibitors. Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa (GPIIb/IIIa) inhibitors are sometimes administered intravenously in the hospital and include abciximab (ReoPro, Centocor), eptifibatide (Integrilin), tirofiban (Aggrastat), lotrafiban, and lamifiban. They are being investigated alone or as additions to thrombolytic (clot-busting) drugs.

Anticoagulants.Anticoagulants thin blood and may be useful under certain circumstances.

Warfarin. The anticoagulant warfarin (Coumadin) may not work as well as aspirin in preventing a second stroke in people who have partial artery blockage in the brain (intracranial stenosis). Warfarin is, however, very important in high-risk patients with atrial fibrillation. It may be useful in other situations, such as patients with patent foramen ovale (PFO), those whose stroke followed a heart attack, or in high-risk patients who cannot take antiplatelet drugs.
Heparin. Intravenous heparin, a potent anti-platelet drug, has been used for ischemic stroke since 1941. Although many doctors continue to use it, five out of six major studies have reported no clear protective benefits compared to aspirin with the use of standard heparin or any heparin-like drugs. They also pose a much higher risk for hemorrhagic stroke. Experts now recommend heparins only for preventing thromboembolism in stroke patients at risk for this condition.
Direct Thrombin Inhibitors (DTIs). Direct thrombin inhibitors are a more recent group of anti-coagulants. The first DTI is hirudin, a natural substance derived from the saliva of leeches. New forms include argatroban (Novastan), bivalirudin (Angiomax), danaparoid (Orgaran), lepirudin (Refludan), desirudin (Revasc), inogatran, and efegatran. Ximelagatran (Exanta) is new oral drug that is showing great promise for protection against stroke in patients with atrial fibrillation while posing a low risk for bleeding.

All anti-clotting drugs carry a risk for bleeding and a slightly increased risk for hemorrhagic stroke.

It is important that patients control their high blood pressure and LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels. Various drugs, such as statins, diuretics, and ACE inhibitors, can manage these conditions. People with diabetes should also maintain tight control of their blood sugar levels.

Calcium Channel Blockers. Early administration of calcium channel blockers, such as nimodipine (Nimotop), can improve functional outcome. One of the most common and serious dangers after a subarachnoid hemorrhagic stroke is spasm of the blood vessels near the ruptured site, which closes off oxygen to the brain. Calcium causes contraction of the smooth muscles of the blood vessels; calcium channel blockers are drugs that relax the blood vessels. The drugs work best if they are administered within 6 hours of the stroke. Calcium channel blockers are not useful for ischemic strokes, although they can be used in combinations with blood pressure lowering drugs to prevent them.

Nerve-Protecting Drugs. More than 50 medications have been studied in clinical trials aimed at slowing or preventing the cascading process that destroys nerve cells after a stroke. Many investigative drugs are targeting the excitatory amino acids, such as glycine and glutamate, which are known to destroy nerve cells after a stroke. Although none to date have proven to have any significant benefits, some are showing promise. They include magnesium sulfate, citicoline, ebselen, piracetam, edaravone, albumin, erythropoietin, and NXY-059.

Investigative Drugs for Nerve Regeneration. Scientists used to think that when cells in the brain were destroyed, new ones could not grow to replace them. Researchers have now observed, however, that nerve regrowth (neurogenesis) can occur in the adult human brain. This exciting discovery opens the way for new drugs that might in the future stimulate nerve growth and repair damage done by many neurologic diseases, including stroke. For example, a 2002 study reported nerve regeneration in animals whose brains were treated with the drug inosine. More research is underway.

Surgery

Carotid endarterectomy is a surgical procedure that cleans out and opens up the narrowed carotid artery. It is used in patients at high risk for thrombotic ischemic strokes, which are caused by blockages in the internal carotid artery. It is also sometimes used after a stroke. In such cases, patients have reported improvements in vision, speech, swallowing, functioning of arms and legs, and general quality of life.

There is a risk of a heart attack or stroke from the procedure. Anyone undergoing this procedure should be sure their surgeon is experienced in recent techniques and that the medical center has complication rates of less than 6%. A 2000 study reported that older surgeons had a worse record than younger ones, possibly because they relied on residents or were less likely to adopt new procedures.

Procedure Description. The procedure generally is as follows:

The patient is usually given general anesthesia, although it has been reported that using local anesthetic is just as safe and reduces the cost of the procedure.
A bypass tube is put in place to transport blood around the blocked area during the procedure.
The surgeon scrapes away the plaque on the arterial wall.
The artery is sewn back together, and blood flow is restored.
The patient generally stays in the hospital for about 2 days. There is often a slight aching in the neck for about 2 weeks, and the patient should refrain as much as possible from turning the head during this period.

Endarterectomy is a surgical procedure removing plaque material from the lining of an artery.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing surgery for unblocking carotid arteries.

Determining Who Should Have Surgery. Evidence strongly suggests that most patients with severe stenosis (over 70% of the carotid artery is obstructed) can benefit from either carotid endarterectomy or carotid artery stenting. An experienced surgeon with a good track record is essential. Patients with mild stenosis (less than 50% obstruction) should not have endarterectomy; these patients do better with medications even if they have symptoms. For patients with moderate stenosis (50 - 69%), the decision to perform surgery needs to be determined on an individual basis. When a carotid endarterectomy procedure is recommended, it should be performed within 2 weeks.

Carotid angioplasty and stenting (CAS) is being investigated as a less-invasive alternative to carotid endarterectomy. It is based on the same principles as angiography done for heart disease.

An extremely thin catheter tube is inserted into an artery in the groin.
It is threaded through the circulatory system until it reaches the blocked area in the carotid artery.
The doctor either breaks up the clot or inflates a tiny balloon against the blood vessel walls (angioplasty).
After temporarily inflating the balloon, the doctor typically leaves a circular wire mesh (stent) inside the vessel to keep it open.

This procedure carries a risk for an embolic stroke and other complications. At this time, it is being used in some centers as an alternative to endarterectomy in patients who cannot undergo endarterectomy, especially for patients with severe stenosis (blockage greater than 70%) and high surgical risk. Several studies published in 2006 suggested that CAS should be used only for patients with these types of conditions. One of these trials, EVA-3S, was stopped early because results clearly indicated a higher 30-day risk of death and stroke in patients who underwent CAS. Experts are waiting for results of further trials comparing stenting and endarterectomy.

Hemicraniectomy is surgical removal of a bone patch from the skull to relieve pressure. The bone is stored under sterile conditions and reimplanted a few months latter. It may have be a life-saving option for some patients with severe stroke that has resulted in swelling and injury to a large area in the brain. Studies are showing some benefits for high-risk patients, but more information is needed to determine specific conditions that will respond to this treatment.

Extracranial-intracranial (EC-IC) bypass has been under investigation for decades for ischemic stroke, but has had very mixed results, some extremely negative. With this procedure, a healthy artery in the scalp is rerouted to an area of the brain that was deprived of blood because of a blocked artery. This procedure is now sometimes used for patients with aneurysms. Some experts hope, however, that, in specific cases chosen via careful imaging and using the latest surgical techniques, EC-IC may prove to be helpful for some stroke patients.

Surgical Intervention of the Ruptured Aneurysms. In patients with subarachnoid hemorrhagic stroke, surgery to block off the aneurysm is usually recommended within a few days of the stroke. The standard procedure is to clip the aneurysm and stop bleeding. Alternative approaches are promising.

Surgical Intervention of Unruptured Aneurysms. If an unruptured aneurysm is detected, patients should discuss all options with their doctor, including surgical repair. Unruptured aneurysms occur in between 1 - 8% of the general population, however, and controversy exists over when to operate and on which patients.

In general, the decision rests on the size of the aneurysm, but uncertainty still exists. In one study, for example, the risk of rupture for aneurysms between 10 - 25 mm was quite low -- slightly less than 1% per year for both groups. Aneurysms over 25 mm, however, had a 6% chance of rupturing within a year. Studies have reported that in general, the risk for rupture is between .05 - 2% a year, but recent evidence suggests that the risks may be even less. In one study, even people with a history of subarachnoid hemorrhage had only a 0.5% annual risk for recurrence when aneurysms were small.

Aneurysms can often cause symptoms, however, even if they do not rupture. Patients should discuss their particular risk factors carefully with their doctors. Individuals with arteriovenous malformation, a condition caused by abnormal associations between arteries and veins, should be monitored for the development of an aneurysm.

Clipping the Aneurysm. The standard surgical procedure for treating a ruptured aneurysm is to place a clip across the neck of the aneurysm, which blocks off bleeding. It is usually performed within the first 3 days. Getting to the aneurysm is often extremely difficult. Deep cooling of the body to stop circulation may be used to allow more time for the operation. Procedures that remove large portions of the bone in the skull are being developed to allow fast access. There is a relatively high risk for newly formed aneurysms, particularly after 9 years. Patients may want to discuss follow-up angiography to detect any new aneurysms 9 - 10 years after the procedure.

Transcatheter Embolization for Sealing off the Aneurysm. Transcatheter embolization is a new technique for ruptured and unruptured aneurysms that is proving to be effective, although it is still investigational. The surgeon threads a thin tube through the artery leading to the aneurysm through which materials are passed to plug or obstruct the aneurysm. In one version of this procedure, the following occurs:

A tiny platinum coil is inserted through the tube and positioned into the aneurysm.
An electric charge is passed through the coil to form blood clots.
In this case, blood clots benefit the patient by using the coil as a scaffold and sealing off the aneurysm.

A 2002 study suggested it could be attempted safely in over 95% of patients with unruptured aneurysms. In the study, the procedure eliminated the aneurysm in nearly 90% of the patients. In small trials using the coil with a ruptured aneurysm, only 3.7% of patients suffered a second stroke after 7 months compared to the usual re-rupture rate of 30 - 40%.

Emergency Surgery for Hemorrhagic Strokes. Emergency surgery for a hemorrhagic stroke involves locating and removing large blood clots. In the past, such procedures had little effect on survival. Advances, however, are improving outcomes when surgery is performed very early.

Recovery

After a stroke, patients should take all necessary measures, including medications and lifestyle changes, to prevent another stroke. For those whose stroke was ischemic, aspirin, warfarin, or both will usually be prescribed.

Having a neurologist as the primary doctor after a stroke, rather than some other specialist or primary care doctor, significantly increases the chance for survival. Patients or their families should be persistent in requesting the best care possible during this important early period.

Receiving initial treatment at a stroke unit, instead of a general ward, plays a strong role for better long-term quality of life. Rehabilitation services aimed at patients living at home are also very effective in improving independence. Patients or their families should seek patient advocates or support associations to ensure they receive the right care.

In addition to problems brought on by neurologic damage, stroke patients are also at risk for other serious problems that reduce their chances for survival. They include:

Blood clots in the legs (deep vein thrombosis)
Pulmonary embolism (a blood clot that travels to the lungs)
Pneumonia
Widespread infection
Heart problems
Urinary tract infections (a catheter is sometimes used in the first 48 hours after stroke to help with urinary retention, but if it is left in longer it can cause urinary tract infections)

Measures should be taken to monitor and treat patients for these important problems.

In all, 90% of stroke survivors experience varying degrees of improvement after rehabilitation. The current cost-cutting climate generates pressure to send elderly patients who have had a stroke directly to a nursing home rather than a rehabilitation first. Not all patients, however, need or benefit from formal rehabilitation:

If the stroke is severe, intensive training would not be helpful.
If the stroke is mild, patients often improve on their own.

Positive factors that help predict good candidates for rehabilitation:

A patient should be able to sit up for at least an hour.
The patient should be able to learn and be aware.
Spasticity may be a good sign, because it indicates live nerve action.
Patients who are able to move their shoulders or fingers within the first 3 weeks after having a stroke are more likely to recover the use of their hands than patients who cannot perform these movements. The ability to feel light pressure on the affected hand, however, makes no difference for future hand movement.
Family members or close friends are available to be active participants in the rehabilitation process.

Factors that predict a poor response to rehabilitation:

Dysphagia (the inability to swallow) is associated with a higher mortality rate, possibly because of increased risk for infection and malnutrition. Dysphagic patients are given nutrition using a stomach tube or a feeding tube inserted down through the nose.
Incontinence.
The inability to recognize nonspeech sounds that occur right after a stroke.
A poor hand grip that is still present after 3 weeks is an indicator of severe problems.
Having had very severe seizures after the stroke.

Factors that do not rule out rehabilitation:

About 30% of patients experience aphasia (an impaired ability to speak). However, this disability does not necessarily affect the ability to think. Aphasia can also be temporary.
Although confusion is common among people who have had strokes, partial or even complete recovery is very possible.

Physical therapy should be started as soon as the patient is stable, as early as 2 days after the stroke. Some patients will experience the fastest recovery in the first few days, but many will continue to improve for about 6 months or longer. Because stroke affects different parts of the brain, specific approaches to managing rehabilitation vary widely among individual patients:

Exercise program. Recent guidelines from the Veteran’s Administration recommend that patients get back on their feet as soon as possible to prevent deep vein thrombosis. Patients should try to walk at least 50 feet a day. Assisted devices or bracing are sometimes used to help support the legs. Treadmill exercises can be very helpful for patients with mild-to-moderate dysfunction. Exercise should be tailored to the stroke survivor's physical condition and can include aerobic, strength, flexibility, and neuromuscular (coordination and balance) activities.
Retraining muscles. Stretching and range-of-motion exercises are used to help treat spastic muscles. They can also help patients regain function in a paralyzed arm. There are several approaches. The Bilateral Arm Training with Rhythmic Auditory Cueing (BATRAC) technique involves moving a bar with both arms in a sustained rhythmic pattern. A 2004 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) reported that BATRAC helped patients get back use of their paralyzed arm. Patients had a stroke at least 4 years before participating in the BATRAC study. Another technique, constraint-induced movement therapy (CIMT), involves doing a series of repetitive exercises while the less functional arm is restrained. Research published in 2006 in JAMA indicated that 2 weeks of CIMT can help patients regain arm function. Patients in the CIMT study had experienced a stroke within the prior 3 - 9 months.
Speech therapy and sign language. People who have had a stroke often have aphasia, a brain condition that makes it difficult to speak and understand language. Aphasia can come in many different forms. A person may be unable to speak at all, or just have difficulty saying the right word. Intense speech therapy after a stroke is important for recovery. Some experts recommend 9 hours a week of therapy for 3 months. A 2005 study indicated that a shorter period (3 hours a week for 10 days) also works well. Language skills improve the most when family and friends help reinforce the speech therapy lessons.
Biofeedback techniques combined with physical therapy. This combination has been beneficial in certain cases. Electrical stimulation of the throat, for example, may help patients with dysphagia recover their ability to swallow faster. Stimulation of the wrist and finger is also showing promise for improving motor capabilities.
Swallowing exercise. A promising study reported that swallowing improved when patients performed a simple exercise 3 times a day for 6 weeks. They lay flat and raised their heads three times, holding them up for 1 minute with a 1 minute rest in between. This was followed by 30 consecutive head lifts.
Attention training. Problems with attention are very common after strokes. Direct retraining teaches patients to perform specific tasks using repetitive drills in response to certain stimuli. (For example, they are told to press a buzzer each time they hear a specific number.) A variant of this approach trains patients to relearn real-life skills, such as driving, carrying on a conversation, or other daily tasks.
Occupational training. Occupational therapy is important and improves daily living activities and social participation.

Drug therapy can sometimes help relieve specific effects of stroke:

Dantrolene (Dantrium), tizanidine (Zanaflex), and baclofen (Lioresel) are used to treat spasticity.
Heparin, a blood-thinning drug, is used to prevent blood clots from forming in the veins of the legs (thrombosis).
Some patients experience constant hiccups, which can be very serious. Among the drugs used for this condition are chlorpromazine or baclofen.
Studies have reported that dextroamphetamine or methylphenidate (Ritalin), an amphetamine used in attention deficit disorder, may help patients recover speech and motor skills when combined with physical therapy.

Certain drugs commonly taken for conditions associated with stroke may actually slow recovery. They include drugs used for high blood pressure, including clonidine and prazosin, anticonvulsant drugs, the antipsychotic drug haloperidol, and anti-anxiety drugs such as benzodiazepines.

The Emotional State of the Patients. Strong motivation with the goal of independence after rehabilitation is important for recovery. Unfortunately, depression is very common after a stroke, both as a direct and indirect result of the stroke:

Strokes that affect the right hemisphere in the brain increase the risk for depression.
Patients can become depressed by the changes in their ability to function.
A peculiar stroke-induced condition, known as post-stroke crying or neurologic emotionalism, is a neurologic not a psychologic disorder.

If depression is prolonged, it can interfere with recovery. One study showed that people who suffered strokes and became depressed were three times more likely to die within 10 years than stroke victims who were not depressed. There is a significantly increased risk of suicide in patients with stroke, especially in women and those under age 60.

Antidepressants, particularly fluoxetine (Prozac) and similar so-called SSRI drugs, have been beneficial in relieving post-stroke crying as well as improving recovery in general and mood in particular. Antidepressants may also help restore mental abilities.

Some doctors also recommend tricyclic antidepressants, which include amitriptyline (Elavil) and nortriptyline (Pamelor). In one study nortriptyline (Pamelor) not only improved mood but also had positive effects on mental functioning, suggesting perhaps that some dementia associated with stroke may actually be due to depression. Tricyclics may also be useful for neurologic emotionalism.

Anxiety disorder is also common and debilitating. Some research indicates that many patients suffer from feelings identical to post-traumatic stress syndrome. The two disorders often overlap, but drug treatments for each differ and may offset the other.

Many drugs for psychologic disorders affect the central nervous system and can delay rehabilitation. Skilled professional help is needed to determine the most effective and safest treatments.

The Emotional State of the Caregiver. The caregiver's emotions and responses to the patient are critical. Patients do worse when caregivers are depressed, overprotective, or not knowledgeable about the stroke. Unfortunately, in one study, over half of the caregivers themselves were depressed, particularly if the stroke victims were left with dementia or abnormal behavior.

Resources

www.strokeassociation.org -- American Stroke Association
www.americanheart.org -- American Heart Association
www.stroke.org -- National Stroke Association
www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www.aphasia.org -- National Aphasia Association
www.aan.com -- American Academy of Neurology
www.strokecenter.org/trials -- Stroke Trials Directory

References

ACTIVE Writing Group on behalf of the ACTIVE Investigators; Connolly S, Pogue J, Hart R, Pfeffer M, Hohnloser S, et al. Clopidogrel plus aspirin versus oral anticoagulation for atrial fibrillation in the Atrial fibrillation Clopidogrel Trial with Irbesartan for prevention of Vascular Events (ACTIVE W): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2006 Jun 10;367(9526):1903-12.

Amarenco P, Bogousslavsky J, Callahan A 3rd, Goldstein LB, Hennerici M, Rudolph AE, et al. High-dose atorvastatin after stroke or transient ischemic attack. N Engl J Med. 2006 Aug 10;355(6):549-59.

Antman EM, Bennett JS, Daugherty A, Furberg C, Roberts H, Taubert KA. Use of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs: an update for clinicians: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2007 Mar 27;115(12):1634-42. Epub 2007 Feb 26.

Chalela JA, Kidwell CS, Nentwich LM, Luby M, Butman JA, Demchuk AM, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography in emergency assessment of patients with suspected acute stroke: a prospective comparison. Lancet. 2007 Jan 27;369(9558):293-8.

ESPRIT Study Group; Halkes PH, van Gijn J, Kappelle LJ, Koudstaal PJ, Algra A. Aspirin plus dipyridamole versus aspirin alone after cerebral ischaemia of arterial origin (ESPRIT): randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2006 May 20;367(9523):1665-73.

Johnston SC, Rothwell PM, Nguyen-Huynh MN, Giles MF, Elkins JS, Bernstein AL, et al. Validation and refinement of scores to predict very early stroke risk after transient ischaemic attack. Lancet. 2007 Jan 27;369(9558):283-92.

Kurth T, Gaziano JM, Cook NR, Logroscino G, Diener HC, Buring JE. Migraine and risk of cardiovascular disease in women. JAMA. 2006 Jul 19;296(3):283-91.

Mas JL, Chatellier G, Beyssen B, Branchereau A, Moulin T, Becquemin JP, et al. Endarterectomy versus stenting in patients with symptomatic severe carotidstenosis. N Engl J Med. 2006 Oct 19;355(16):1660-71.

Mosca L, Banka CL, Benjamin EJ, Berra K, Bushnell C, Dolor RJ, et al. Evidence-based guidelines for cardiovascular disease prevention in women: 2007 update. Circulation. 2007 Mar 20;115(11):1481-501.

Rosamond W, Flegal K, Friday G, Furie K, Go A, Greenlund K, et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics -- 2007 update: a report from the American Heart Association Statistics Committee and Stroke Statistics Subcommittee. Circulation. 2007 Feb 6;115(5):e69-171. Epub 2006 Dec 28.

SPACE Collaborative Group; Ringleb PA, Allenberg J, Bruckmann H, Eckstein HH, Fraedrich G, et al. 30 day results from the SPACE trial of stent-protected angioplasty versus carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients: a randomised non-inferiority trial. Lancet. 2006 Oct 7;368(9543):1239-47.

Thavendiranathan P, Bagai A, Brookhart MA, Choudhry NK. Primary prevention of cardiovascular diseases with statin therapy: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Nov 27;166(21):2307-13.

Tsivgoulis G, Spengos K, Manta P, Karandreas N, Zambelis T, Zakopoulos N, et al. Validation of the ABCD score in identifying individuals at high early risk of stroke after a transient ischemic attack: a hospital-based case series study. Stroke. 2006 Dec;37(12):2892-7. Epub 2006 Oct 19.

Wolf SL, Winstein CJ, Miller JP, Taub E, Uswatte G, Morris D, et al. Effect of constraint-induced movement therapy on upper extremity function 3 to 9months after stroke: the EXCITE randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2006 Nov 1;296(17):2095-104.

Review Date:
4/16/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Weight control and diet

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:58 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Biological and Medical Caus...
Cultural and Emotional Caus...
Risk Factors
Complications
Weight Loss and Maintenance...
Weight Management
Medications
Other Treatments
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Cancer and Weight Control:

Cancer prevention guidelines from the American Cancer Society stress the importance of maintaining a healthy weight throughout life. A healthy weight is even more important than eating specific healthy foods, when it comes to cancer prevention.

Drug Warning:

The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is warning consumers not to buy a product known as the "Brazilian diet pill." This product is labeled as a dietary supplement, but contains several chemicals found in powerful prescription drugs. The products are also known as Emagrece Sim and Herbathin dietary supplements.

New Over-the-Counter Medication:

In February 2007, the FDA approved the first over-the-counter (OTC) weight-loss drug. Orlistat, previously available only by prescription as Xenical, will be available OTC at half its prescription strength. It will be sold under the name alli. Those eager to use the new pill should consider its cost and modest benefits compared with its side effects, most commonly oily diarrhea. This pill, which prevents fat absorption from food, also increases the risk of not absorbing important nutrients from food while using it. The FDA recommends taking a daily multivitamin supplement when using alli.

Research News:

A small study in Norway found that a diet low in fat and high in carbohydrates ("carbs") increases symptoms of psychological distress, such as depression and anger. The study compared three different diets with varying amounts of fat and carbohydrates.
A study released in March 2007 found that obesity in young girls results in early puberty -- as early as age 9.

Effects of Obesity on the Body:

Obesity is associated with certain problems related to infertility, such as uterine fibroids or menstrual irregularities. In men, obesity can contribute to reduced testosterone levels.
People who are obese are at higher risk for carpal tunnel syndrome and other problems involving nerves in their wrists and hands.
The Pickwickian syndrome, named for an overweight character in a Dickens novel, occurs in severe obesity when lack of oxygen produces intense and chronic sleepiness and, eventually, heart failure.

Introduction

A stable weight depends on a good balance between the energy you get from food and the energy you use. You use energy during the day in three ways:

As energy expended during rest (basal metabolism)
As energy used to break down food (thermogenesis)
As energy used during physical activity

Basal metabolism accounts for about two-thirds of spent energy. Your body generally uses this energy to keep your body temperature steady and keep the muscles of your heart and intestine working. Thermogenesis accounts for about 10% of spent energy.

When a person consumes more calories than the energy they use, the body stores the extra calories in fat cells. Fat cells function as energy reservoirs. They enlarge or shrink depending on how people use energy. If people do not balance energy input and output by eating right and exercising, fat can build up. This can lead to weight gain.

When energy input is equal to energy output, there is no expansion of fat cells (lipocytes) to accommodate excess. It is only when more calories are taken in than used that the extra fat is stored in the lipocytes and the person begins to accumulate fat.

Obesity is determined by measuring body fat, not just body weight. People might be over the weight limit for normal standards, but if they are very muscular with low body fat, they are not obese. Others might be normal or underweight, but still have excessive body fat. The following measurements and factors are used to determine whether or not a person is overweight to a degree that threatens their health:

Body mass index (BMI) (a measure of body fat)
Waist circumference (size around the waist)
Waist-hip ratio
Skin fold measurement (anthropometry)
The presence or absence of other disease risk factors (e.g., smoking, high blood pressure, unhealthy cholesterol levels, diabetes, relatives with heart disease)

A person's disease risk factors plus BMI may be the most important components in determining health risks with weight.

The Body Mass Index (BMI). The current standard measurement for obesity is the body mass index (BMI). In general, a BMI of 25 - 29.9 means you are overweight. Obesity is a BMI of 30 and above. Obesity is then classified into three categories:

Class 1: BMI of 30 - 34.9
Class II: BMI 35 - 39.9
Class III: BMI of 40 and greater

These guidelines are very important for people at risk for diabetes, heart disease, or certain cancers. It is also used to determine treatment approaches such as when surgery may be appropriate. The higher the BMI, the greater the risk for significant health problems.

Calculating Body Mass Index (BMI). One's body mass index (BMI) is calculated by multiplying a person's weight in pounds by 703, dividing by the height in inches, and then dividing that number by the height in inches. The steps are as follows:

Multiply one's weight in pounds by 703
Divide that answer by height in inches
Divide that answer again by height in inches

For example, a woman who weighs 150 pounds and is five feet eight inches (or 68 inches) tall has a BMI of 22.8.

Waist Circumference and Waist-Hip Ratio. The extent of abdominal fat can also be used in assessing risk of disease. Some studies suggest that:

Women whose waistlines are over 31.5 inches and men whose waists measure over 37 inches should watch their weight.
A waist size greater than 35 inches in women and 40 inches in men is associated with a higher risk for heart disease, diabetes, and impaired functioning.

Evidence strongly suggests that more body fat around the abdomen and hips (the apple-shape) is a more consistent predictor of heart problems and health risks than BMI.

The distribution of fat can be evaluated by dividing waist size by hip size. For example, a woman with a 30-inch waist and 40-inch hip circumference would have a ratio of 0.75; one with a 41-inch waist and 39-inch hips would have a ratio of 1.05. The lower the ratio the better. The risk of heart disease rises sharply for women with ratios above 0.8 and for men with ratios above 1.0.

Click the icon to see a depiction of the waist-to-hip ratio.

Anthropometry. Anthropometry is the measurement of skin fold thickness in different areas, particularly around the triceps, shoulder blades, and hips. This measurement is useful in determining how much weight is due to muscle or fat.

Biological and Medical Causes

Obesity results when a person consumes more calories than they need for the energy they use. Several different factors may influence weight gain.

About 90% of people who lose weight through dieting gain every pound back regardless of their weight-loss method.

Some evidence suggests that every person has an inherited weight. This range varies by only about 10% either up or down from some set point. For instance, a man whose "genetically-determined" weight is 200 pounds would tend to swing from 180 - 220 pounds. He would be unlikely to lose or gain more than this.

Genetic factors may play some part in 70 - 80% of obesity cases.

Appetite is determined by processes that occur both in the brain and gastrointestinal tract. Eating patterns are controlled by areas in the hypothalamus and pituitary glands (in the brain). The body produces a number of molecules that increases or decreases appetite. In some cases, the following factors may produce imbalances in this process:

Insulin. Insulin is a hormone that helps change blood sugar (glucose) into energy. During digestion, carbohydrates from our diet break down into different types of sugar molecules (including glucose). Proteins from our diet break down into smaller molecules called amino acids. Immediately after eating, blood glucose levels rise. This triggers the release of insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Insulin pushes the glucose and amino acids into cells and muscles. Insulin and other hormones determine which nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. The inability to use insulin efficiently (insulin resistance) has been associated with both obesity and diabetes.
Leptin. Leptin is a hormone that is released by fat cells. A number of scientists think this hormone may also be released by cells in the stomach. Leptin appears to play an important role in insulin resistance and fat storage in the body, but its role in obesity is unclear. The most likely scenario is that leptin levels rise as the cells store more fat. This increase in leptin levels decreases appetite. Falling levels of leptin make you feel hungry. In people who have genetically lower levels of leptin, however, the brain may be tricked into thinking that it is always starving because there is no leptin to decrease appetite. This can lead to weight gain.
Resistin. Resistin is a hormone produced by fat cells. It makes the body resistant to insulin activity. Some experts believe it may help explain the role of obesity in diabetes type 2.
Intestinal Chemicals. Ghrelin is a chemical produced in the stomach. It appears to be important in triggering the desire to eat. Peptide YY3–36 (PYY) is a substance secreted in the intestines after a meal. The level of PYY is proportionate to the number of calories a person eats. PYY tells the brain that you feel full. Deficiencies in ghrelin and PYY may contribute to some cases of obesity. Researchers are hoping that blocking ghrelin or infusing PYY may be possible treatments for obesity.
Other Chemicals. Many brain chemicals are being studied for their role in appetite stimulation and weight gain. Among them are neuropeptide Y, melanocortins, agouti-related protein, and melanocyte stimulating hormone. Pain-relieving chemicals called endorphins may be critical in reducing appetite and regulating energy use. Cholecystokinin, a hormone released in the upper intestine that stimulates digestive juices, may work to control meal size.

Insulin is a hormone produced by the pancreas that is necessary for cells to be able to use blood sugar.

Genetics may directly contribute to severe obesity in people with family histories of the problem. Genetic factors such as slow metabolisms may also make people more likely to be overweight. At least seven genetic mutations have been associated with specific and uncommon cases of severe obesity. Some are outlined below.

HOB1 (human obesity 1) is a gene that is linked to a high BMI in women.
Leptin gene variants have been linked to leptin deficiencies and obesity.
Melanocortin-4 receptor is a gene that helps turn off the urge to eat. It may not work properly in those with a family history of obesity.
Researchers have also identified a mutation in a gene for a protein called proopiomelanocortin, which results in a syndrome of obesity, red hair, and deficiencies in stress hormones.
A protein called agouti-related protein increases hunger. About 5% of severely obese people have mutations that over-respond to agouti-related protein.

Genetics also determine the number of fat cells a person has. Some people are simply born with more. It should be noted that even when genetic factors are present, a person can still control their diet.

The Thrifty Gene. Some experts think the existence of a so-called "thrifty" gene regulates changes in hormone levels, to accommodate seasonal changes. Theoretically, it works in the following manner:

In certain populations, hormones are released during seasons when food supplies have traditionally been low. This leads to insulin resistance and increased fat storage.
The process is reversed in seasons when food is readily available.
Because modern industrialization has made high carbohydrate and fatty foods available all year long, the gene no longer serves a useful function. Fat, originally stored for famine situations, is not used.

This theory could explain why the previously nomadic Native American tribes who now have Western dietary habits have such high rates of Type 2 diabetes and obesity. In the past, the traditional low-fat, high-fiber foods tribe members ate may have protected them from obesity and type 2 diabetes. Today, these tribes' diet consists of more Western foods, which are higher in fat. Furthermore, these foods are readily available year-round, and many members of the tribe are sedentary. The result is a very high incidence of Type 2 diabetes and obesity. Although genetic abnormalities may make it harder or easier to lose weight, the occurrence of obesity has dramatically increased over the past two decades, and genes cannot have changed within that short amount of time. Our ability to use the food that we eat evolved so that our body could conserve energy and store fat during times of famine. Most cases of obesity now occur in people with normal body function who live in industrialized nations, where there is more than enough food.

A number of medical conditions may contribute to being overweight, but rarely are they a primary cause of obesity.

Hypothyroidism is sometimes associated with weight gain. But, patients with an underactive thyroid generally show only a moderate weight increase of five to 10 pounds.
Very rare genetic disorders, including Froehlich's syndrome in boys, Laurence-Moon-Biedl, and the Prader-Willi syndromes, cause obesity.
Abnormalities or injury to the hypothalamus gland can cause hypothalamic obesity.
Cushing's disease is a rare condition caused by high levels of steroid hormones. It results in obesity, a moon-shaped face, and muscle wasting.
Obesity is also linked to polycystic ovarian syndrome, a hormonal disorder in women.

Click the icon to see an image of polycystic ovaries.

Some prescription medications contribute to weight gain, usually by increasing appetite. Such drugs include the following:

Corticosteroids
Female hormone treatments, including some oral birth control pills (effect is usually temporary), and certain progestins (such as Megestrol) used to treat cancer
Antidepressants and anti-psychotic drugs, including lithium and valproate
Insulin and insulin-stimulating drugs used to treat diabetes often lead to weight gain, a particularly unfortunate conflict of interest for obese individuals with type 2 diabetes

You should not stop taking any medications without your doctor's knowledge.

Cultural and Emotional Causes

Enough food is produced in the US to supply 3,800 calories every day to each man, woman, and child in the country, far more than the average person needs to sustain life. In a 2002 study, participants carefully recorded everything they ate and drank, and all activities and psychological factors surrounding the eating events. The people who gained weight ate more and their portions were larger than those who did not. This may be an obvious conclusion, but the public press often plays up biologic factors involved with obesity and overlooks the simple notion that Americans eat too much and exercise too little.

Obesity is dramatically increasing not only in American children and adults, but also in every country that has adopted similar cultural habits. The World Health Organization now considers obesity to be a global epidemic and a public health problem as more nations become "Westernized." In spite of the proven health risks of obesity, the government, insurance companies, and the medical profession do not spend nearly enough money to balance the commercial and cultural pressures that are producing millions of overweight people.

In 2007, the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation sounded a positive note with the announcement of a $500 million initiative, aimed at “reversing the childhood obesity epidemic by 2015.” The money will be used for research, education, and activities that promote healthy eating among America’s children.

Perhaps the primary reason for the dramatic rise in obesity is the sedentary (inactive) lives led by most Americans, including children and young people. In a 2003 study comparing modern life to the past, researchers found that labor saving devices had reduced a person's energy use by 111 calories a day -- adding up to an extra 11 pounds a year. Half the difference in energy use was due to less walking. At the same time, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, between 1970 and 2000 the typical American man increased his caloric intake by 168 calories a day (good for 17 pounds a year) while the average woman added 335 calories a day.

Regular television watching has been singled as the most hazardous pastime. According to a major 2003 study, for every 2 hours a person spends in front of the TV each day, the risk for obesity increases by 23% and for type 2 diabetes by 14%. In the study, TV watching produced the lowest metabolic rates compared to sewing, playing board games, reading, writing, and driving a car. Just the act of watching TV encourages unhealthy snacks and eating patterns. In addition, the advertising on the television complicates the problem by promoting fast foods, cereal, and snack products that are high in salt, fats, and carbohydrates. Even worse, much of these advertisements are directed at children -- the most vulnerable group.

People are not only eating more food than they did 20 years ago, they are also replacing home cooking with packaged foods, fast food, and dining out. This behavior, according to studies, places people at higher risk for obesity. Fast foods may be more harmful than restaurant cooking. These foods tend to be served in larger portions. They generally contain more calories and unhealthy fats, and less nutritious ingredients, than homemade or restaurant meals. Snack foods and sweet beverages, including juice and soft drinks, are specific problems that add to the increasing rates of obesity. Frequent small, healthy meals (instead of two or three large daily meals) have been associated with lower weights.

People react differently to stress. Some overeat and gain weight and others stop eating and lose weight. People who gain weight in response to stress often overeat foods high in sugar, fats, and salt. A 2003 study on rats suggested that stress hormones increase the pleasure of eating such so-called "comfort foods." Furthermore, the study supported previous research showing that stress-related eating was connected to the unhealthy accumulation of abdominal fat.

Risk Factors

Where you live plays a role in your risk for obesity. Simply living in the United States makes a person more susceptible to obesity. The prevalence of obesity in America has risen dramatically over the past few years and continues to increase.

According to the latest figures available, 32.2% of American adults (aged 20 and older) are obese (BMI over 30) -- up from about 23% in the early 1990s.
The number of Americans aged 20 - 74 who were overweight also increased -- from about 44.8% in 1960 to 65.2% in 2002.
The rate of extreme obesity (BMI > 40) increased from 0.8% in 1960 to 4.9% in 2002.
Obesity has increased in every state, in both men and women, across all age groups, and in every ethnic group, although some groups may face slightly higher risks than others.

Fat tends to settle in certain regions, depending on gender. Women gain fat predominantly in the stomach, hips and thighs, while men tend to gain fat in the belly and waist.

Risk by Age. People of any age are at risk for obesity. More children and adolescents are overweight in America than ever before. Gaining some weight is inevitable with age and adding about 10 pounds to a normal base weight over time is not harmful. The current weight gain in American adults over 50, however, is significant. By age 55, the average American has added nearly 40 pounds of fat during the course of adulthood. This condition is made worse by the fact that muscle and bone mass decrease with age.

Risk by Gender. In men, BMI tends to increase until age 50 and then it levels off. In women, weight tends to increase until age 70 before it plateaus. A 2000 study found that there are three high-risk periods for weight gain in women.

The first is at the onset of menstruation, particularly if it is early. In fact, a study released in March 2007 found that obesity in young girls results in early puberty -- as early as age 9. This, in turn, increases the risk for more weight gain as girls enter puberty.
The second is after pregnancy, with higher risk for women who are already overweight.
Finally, many women gain weight after menopause.

These findings are significant because they may allow women to target high-risk times, and consequently prevent unnecessary weight gain.

Risk by Economic Group. Obesity is more prevalent in lower economic groups. One 2002 study reported that women who reported that they did not have enough food were more likely to be overweight than those who said they had sufficient food. Researchers discovered that the low-income women tended to have fewer fruits and vegetables but were actually taking in more calories a day than higher-income women. However, obesity is increasing in young adults with college education as well as in other groups.

Ethnic Groups. Among ethnic groups in general, African-American women are more overweight than Caucasian women but African-American men are less obese than Caucasian men. (Currently, 80% of African-American women are overweight.) Hispanic men and women tend to weigh more than Caucasians.

US Regions. Regionally, the prevalence of obesity is lowest in the Western states and highest in the South.

A number of dietary habits put people at risk for becoming overweight:

Night-Eating Syndrome. Night-eating syndrome is defined as having no appetite in the morning, insomnia, and consuming more than half of daily food intake after 6:00 PM. It is associated with obesity and is difficult to treat. Stress reduction and relaxation techniques may be helpful.
Binge Eating and Eating Disorders. About 30% of people who are obese are binge eaters who typically consume 5,000 - 15,000 calories in one sitting. To be diagnosed as a binge eater, a person has to binge at least twice a week for 6 months. Many experts believe that binge-eating carbohydrates causes an increase in a natural opiate leading to dependence on carbohydrates. Therefore, this condition should be treated as an addiction. Other eating disorders are bulimia and anorexia. Bulimia is binge eating followed by purging in order to lose weight. Anorexia nervosa is a mental illness in which the person refuses to maintain weight at the normal level. The patient with anorexia has a terrible fear of getting fat, and an abnormal perception of what his or her body looks like. Both conditions pose risks for serious medical problems, and anorexia nervosa can be life-threatening. A combined approach using behavioral therapy and antidepressants may help these individuals. [See In-Depth Report #49: Eating disorders.]
Restrained Eating. Some people, mostly middle-aged women who have normal weight, have a pattern referred to as restrained eating. This pattern requires a high level of conscious control and usually maintains a lower weight. However, such restraint places these individuals at higher risk for loss of control and subsequent overeating.
Infrequent Eating. There is some evidence to suggest that eating small frequent meals uses more calories than infrequent large meals. It should be strongly noted, however, that packaged snack foods add calories and some do not produce a feeling of being full, so that people simply eat more than they should.

Anyone with Sedentary Lifestyles. Office workers, drivers, and anyone whose lifestyle involves sitting for long periods are at higher risk for obesity.

Ex-Smokers. The trend toward weight increase has followed the trend for quitting smoking. Nicotine increases the metabolic rate, and quitting, even without eating more, can cause weight gain, which may be considerable. It is important to note that weight control is not a valid reason to smoke. People in previous centuries did not smoke cigarettes, nor were they usually obese.

Shift-Workers. A recent study found that individuals who work late shifts (between 4 p.m. and 8 a.m.) tend to eat more and take longer naps than day workers and are more likely to gain excess weight.

People with Disabilities. Obesity rates are higher than average in people with physical or mental disabilities. Those with disabilities in the lower part of the body, such as the legs, are at highest risk.

Overweight in children and adolescents is rising at an alarming rate. In 2004, 19% of young children aged 6 - 11 were overweight, an increase of 8% from 1994. Among children aged 25, 13.9% were overweight in 2004, up from 7.2% 10 years earlier.

Definition of Overweight in Children

Children and adolescents are considered to be overweight if their BMI is above 95% of the children in their age and sex categories. Ethnic variations, timing of growth spurts, and higher normal fat levels around puberty can affect these measurements.

Causes and Risk Factors for Overweight in Children

Lifestyle Factors. Without educational or parental guidance, children are extremely vulnerable to the intense cultural pressures that are largely responsible for the obesity epidemic. The following are some specific problems created by the culture:

Excessive television watching plays a critical role in obesity in children. Not only is it a sedentary activity, but television also offers innumerable temptations with its advertisements for fast foods, sugar cereals, and unhealthy snacks. In one study obesity rates were lowest in children who watched television 1 hour or less a day and highest in those who watched 4 or more hours.
Sugar, particularly from soda, other sweetened beverages, and fruit juice, may be the major contributor to childhood obesity. One study reported that drinking soda regularly increases a child's risk for obesity by 60%. The average American adolescent consumes 15 - 20 extra teaspoons of sugar a day just from soda and sugary drinks. (Juice, while better than soda, is still filled with sugar.)
Less physical exercise and greater sedentary activities play another significant role in obesity in children. A high level of physical activity -- not just using up energy -- is important for weight control in young people. Unfortunately, according to one study, the annual distance walked by children has fallen by nearly 30% since 1972, partially because more parents are driving their children to school out of fear of abduction, molestation, and traffic accidents. Schools are also offering fewer opportunities for daily physical activities than in the past.

Neither the media nor the educational system has strong well-financed programs that encourage healthy alternatives, including exercise and healthy foods.

Family History. Parental obesity more than doubles the risk that a young child, whether thin or overweight, will become obese as an adult. In older children and teenagers, obesity in parents starts to count less as a predictor for body weight than their own weight. The risk for obesity may be due to environmental or genetic factors, or both.

Ethnic and Socioeconomic Factors. As in adult populations, children from lower socioeconomic groups and minority populations are at higher risk for obesity. For example, among young Mexican Americans and African-Americans, there has been an increase in overweight prevalence of about 13% to over 23%.

Factors Surrounding Birth. The following factors surrounding birth are associated with a child's weight:

Low birth weight is a risk factor for later obesity and diabetes. One theory is that humans have a "thrifty gene" that produces metabolic changes in infants with low birth weight. Such changes affect insulin and fat accumulation, in order to produce a "catch-up" weight in these young children as quickly as possible. This rapid weight gain in infancy increases the risk for obesity in children and young adults.
In a study of African-American children, having an overweight pregnant mother increased the risk for later weight gain, but low birth weight did not.

Although some small studies have reported protection against obesity from breastfeeding, evidence is weak. In a 2003 study, for example, children who were breast fed for 3 - 5 months had a lower risk for obesity, but prolonged breastfeeding had no effect. Nevertheless, given the healthful effects of breast feeding and the possibility that it may have even a slight impact on childhood obesity, it is highly recommended.

Biological Effect of Childhood Overweight on Adult Weight

Achieving a healthy weight becomes more difficult as children get older. The odds of obesity persisting into adulthood ranges from 20% in 4 year olds to 80% in teenagers. One reason for the persistence is biological. The fat cells change in number or mass depending on a person's age:

Fat cells themselves multiply during two growth periods: early childhood and adolescence. Overeating during those times increases the number of fat cells. Some people are also just born with more fat cells.
After adolescence, fat cells tend to increase in mass rather than quantity, so that adults who overeat and gain weight tend to have larger fat cells, not more of them. This growth in mass may be responsible for the greater risk of persistent obesity among teenagers compared to small children who are overweight. Losing weight after adolescence reduces the size of the fat cells but not their number, so weight loss becomes much more difficult.

Health Consequences of Childhood Overweight

Children and adolescents who are overweight have poorer health than other children. Studies are reporting unhealthy cholesterol levels and high blood pressure in overweight children and adolescents. Of great concern is the dramatic increase in type 2 diabetes in young people, which is largely due to the increase in overweight children. Overweight in children is also linked to asthma, gallbladder problems, sleep apnea, and liver abnormalities. Overweight girls are more likely to enter puberty early, according to a new study, and subsequently be at higher risk for breast cancer.

It is not clear yet how many of these childhood problems persist in people who achieve normal weight as adults. Staying overweight into adulthood certainly carries health risks.

Managing Overweight Children

Childhood obesity is best treated by a non-drug, multidisciplinary approach including diet, behavior modification, and exercise. Evidence suggests that reducing calories by only 200 - 260 per day would prevent weight gain in most overweight children. Here some tips for children who are overweight:

Limit (or avoid, if possible) take out, fast foods, high-sugar snacks, commercial packaged snacks, soda, and sugar-sweetened beverages (including too much juice).
Let children snack but make sure the snacks are healthy. Eating small frequent healthy meals (instead of two or three large ones) has been associated with being thinner and having a better cholesterol profile.
Let children choose their own food portions. One study indicated that children naturally ate 25% less when they chose their own portion size. When they were given larger portions their bite sizes were larger and they ate more.
Do not criticize a child for being overweight. It does not help and such attitudes could put children at risk for eating disorders, which are equal or even greater dangers to their health.
Limit television, video games, and computer use to a few hours a week. This can contribute significantly to weight control, regardless of diet and physical activity.
For young children, try the traffic-light diet. Food is designated with stoplight colors depending on their high caloric content: Green for go (low calories); yellow for "eat with caution" (medium calories); red for "stop" (high calories).
Try a low glycemic index diet. This may be as beneficial, and possibly more, than a standard reduced-fat diet in overweight children. Such a diet focuses on certain carbohydrates (for example, dried beans and soy), which raise blood sugar more slowly than other types of carbohydrates. This diet is sometimes used in diabetes, and as a dietary approach in overweight adults. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Click the icon to see an image about TV watching.

Click the icon to see an image of childhood overweight.

Complications

General Adverse Effects of Obesity. Obesity, defined as a BMI of 30 or over, accounts for nearly 300,000 deaths in the U.S. each year. It is associated with more chronic health problems than smoking, heavy drinking, or poverty. Furthermore, given the current increase in obesity, it will surpass smoking as the most important preventable cause of death in America.

Some studies indicate the following health risks by body mass:

The lowest risks for heart disease, diabetes, and some cancers are in people with BMI values of 21 - 25.
The risks increase slightly when BMI values are between 25 - 27.
The risks are significant in BMIs between 27 - 30.
The same risks are dramatic at BMIs over 30.

Anyone with chronic health problems such as heart or lung disease, stroke, or arthritis, should be concerned about extra weight. This same concern also applies to people with known risk factors for such conditions.

Metabolic Changes. As fat stores increase, the fat cells themselves enlarge and produce chemicals that increase the risk for several diseases. Such diseases may include diabetes, high blood pressure, gallbladder disease, and some cancers.
Increased Mass. The increased body weight itself causes problems that result in injury and diseases, including osteoarthritis and sleep apnea.
Harmful Fat Cell Types. Weight concentrated around the abdomen and in the upper part of the body (the apple shape) poses a higher health risk than fat that settles around the hips and flank (the pear shape). Fat cells in the upper part of the body appear to have different qualities from those found in the lower parts. In fact, studies suggest a higher risk for diabetes in people with the "apple shape" and lower risk in those who are "pear shaped."

Weight gain in the area of and above the waist (apple type) is more dangerous than weight gained around the hips and flank area (pear type). Fat cells in the upper body have different qualities than those found in hips and thighs.

General Adverse Effects of Being Overweight (Not Obese). It is still not clear if being overweight (a BMI of 25 - 29.9) hurts healthy people with no risk factors for serious illnesses.

According to one 2001 study, just being overweight increased the risk for developing diabetes, gallstones, hypertension, heart disease, stroke, and colon cancer. The risk rose according to how much the individuals were overweight. In any case, adults who are overweight in middle age face a poor quality of life as they age, with the quality declining the greater the weight. One study suggested, however, that being over 65 and overweight (but not obese) is not associated with higher mortality rates.

Some experts argue, in fact, that in anyone who is not severely obese, it is the unhealthy diet and sedentary lifestyle that causes harm -- not weight per se. In support of this argument, a British study found that overweight fit individuals had half the death rate of unfit trim individuals.

Being somewhat overweight may also have some benefits under specific circumstances:

In older women, some excess fat may produce extra estrogen that helps slow down bone loss, and insulates bones from fall-related injuries. It should be strongly noted, however, that when older overweight women lose weight they report less pain, improved vitality, and improved physical function. The same positive effect of overweight does not appear to hold in older men.
Conditioned athletes may have high BMIs because of very dense muscle tissue. Being fit in general may protect many overweight people.
Some evidence suggests that Caucasians have the lowest mortality with BMIs of 24.3 - 24.7 while African-Americans are better off in the range of 26.8 - 27.1.
Children may have higher normal fat levels during growth spurts and around puberty.

Individuals with a BMI of at least 30 have a 10 - 50% increased rate of death from all causes, compared with individuals with a BMI of 20 - 25. Mortality rates from many causes are higher in obese people, but heart disease is the primary cause of death. People who are obese have almost three times the risk for heart disease as people with normal weights. Being physically unfit adds to the risk.

Weight concentrated around the abdomen and in the upper part of the body (apple shape) is particularly associated with insulin resistance and diabetes, heart disease, high blood pressure, stroke, and unhealthy cholesterol levels. Fat that settles in a pear shape around the hips and lower body appears to have a lower association with these conditions.

Obesity poses many dangers to the heart and circulatory system.

Damage in the Blood Vessels. As people age, changes in body fat (particularly increasing abdominal fat) seem to cause stiffness in the aorta, the major blood vessel leading from the heart. Studies are finding higher levels of a factor called C-reactive protein (CRP) in people with obesity and abdominal fat. CRP is now considered to be a marker for inflammation and damage in the arteries. (Losing weight reduces CRP levels.)

High Blood Pressure. High blood pressure is the health problem most commonly associated with obesity, and the greater the weight, the greater the risk. High blood pressure carries serious risks of stroke, heart attack, and heart failure. The link between obesity and high blood pressure is complex, and may be a combination of genetic, population, and biological factors. Many studies have reported that modest weight loss is beneficial for reducing existing high blood pressure. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Heart Failure. An important 2002 study reported that obesity might account for 11% of heart failure cases in men and 14% in women. This link existed independently of other risk factors, such as high blood pressure, sleep apnea, and diabetes, which are also associated with obesity. The biologic mechanisms involved in obesity that lead specifically to heart failure are not clear. [See In-Depth Report #13: Heart failure.]

Unhealthy Cholesterol Levels and Lipid Levels. The effect of obesity on cholesterol levels is complex. Although obesity does not appear to be strongly associated with overall cholesterol levels, among obese individuals triglyceride levels (the major form of fat storage in the body) are usually high, while HDL levels (the "good" cholesterol) tend to be low. Both conditions are risk factors for heart disease. [See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Click the icon to see an image of coronary artery disease.

Stroke. Obesity is also associated with a higher risk for stroke. [See In-Depth Report #45: Stroke.]

Type 2 Diabetes and Insulin Resistance. Most people with type 2 diabetes are obese and, in fact, studies strongly suggest that weight loss may be the key in controlling the current epidemic of type 2 diabetes. The common factor appears to be insulin resistance. Insulin is a critical hormone in the use of sugar. In type 2 diabetes, different factors cause the body to become insulin resistant -- that is, the body can no longer respond properly to insulin. This has the effect of increasing sugar levels in the blood, the hallmark of diabetes. Both obesity and insulin resistance, at different phases, are marked by high levels of certain chemicals. It is not known yet if the higher levels are simply a product of obesity, or play some role in causing diabetes.

Insulin resistance is also associated with high blood pressure and abnormalities in blood clotting. Some research indicates that obesity, in fact, is the one common element linking insulin resistance, diabetes type 2, and high blood pressure. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

Metabolic Syndrome. Metabolic syndrome (also called syndrome X) is a pre-diabetic condition that is significantly associated with heart disease and higher mortality rates from all causes. The syndrome consists of obesity marked by abdominal fat, unhealthy cholesterol levels, high blood pressure, and insulin resistance. A 2002 study estimated that nearly a quarter of the U.S. population now has this condition. Even worse, according to a 2003 study, nearly a million American teenagers have this syndrome. A combination of weight loss and exercise is an effective treatment for this syndrome.

The American Cancer Society released new cancer prevention guidelines in September 2006. The guidelines stress the importance of keeping a healthy weight throughout life. The Society indicates that healthy weight is even more important than eating specific healthy foods, when it comes to cancer prevention.

Obesity has been associated with a higher risk for cancer in general and specific cancers in particular. Studies have also suggested that restricting calories reduces the risk for cancer. Some experts believe that effective weight control for children and adults could reduce cancer rates by 30 - 40%. One way obesity may increase the risk for cancer is its association with high levels of hormones called growth factors, which can trigger rapid cell production leading to cancer.

Uterine Cancers. The risk of uterine cancer in obese women appears to be two or three times higher than in thinner women.

Prostate Cancer. New studies from 2005 and 2006 report that obesity is associated with an increase in prostate cancer mortality, although not with the risk for less aggressive forms of prostate cancer.

Click the icon to see an image of prostate cancer.

Breast Cancer. Studies are mixed on the association between obesity and breast cancer. A number of studies have linked obesity to breast cancer in postmenopausal women, particularly in women who begin to gain weight after age 18.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing a breast cancer surgery (mastectomy).

Gallbladder Cancer. Obese women are at higher risk for gallbladder cancer.

Gastrointestinal Cancers. A number of cancers in the gastrointestinal tract have been associated with obesity:

Cancer of the esophagus may be due to a higher incidence of gastroesophageal reflux disorder (heartburn) in people who are overweight.
Colon cancer has been linked to increased body mass in both men and women.
Pancreatic cancer and obesity have been weakly linked, with one study reporting a lower risk in overweight people who are physically active.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing a colon cancer surgery.

Muscles and Bones

Obesity places stress on bones and muscles. Studies report that the incidence of osteoarthritis is significantly increased in people who are overweight. People who are obese are also at higher risk for carpal tunnel syndrome and other problems involving nerves in their wrists and hands. It should be noted that some weight may be protective against osteoporosis (loss of bone thickness).

Obesity increases the risk for the following mouth and eye disorders:

Gum disease
Cataracts
Maculopathy, an eye disease related to aging

Infertility. Abnormal amounts of body fat, either 10 - 15% too high or too low, can contribute to infertility in women. Obesity is specially related to certain infertility problems, such as uterine fibroids or menstrual irregularities. In men, obesity can contribute to reduced testosterone levels.

Effect on Pregnancy. Obesity has many dangerous effects on pregnancy. These include high blood pressure, gestational diabetes (diabetes, usually temporary, that occurs during pregnancy), urinary tract infections, blood clots, prolonged labor, and higher fetal death rate in late stages of pregnancy. Obesity is also associated with increased rates of cesarean delivery. Infants of women who are obese are also at higher risk for neural tube birth defects, which affect the brain or spine. Folic acid supplements, ordinarily effective in preventing these conditions, may not be as protective in overweight women.

Obesity is thought to be a risk factor for symptoms of adult-onset asthma. Though there is evidence that obesity causes wheezing and shortness of breath, it does not appear to be strongly associated with the disease mechanisms in the lungs that cause true asthma.

Obesity also puts people at risk for hypoxia, a condition in which there is not enough oxygen to meet the body's needs. Obese people need to work harder to breathe. They tend to have breathing muscles and lungs that do not work as well as those in thinner people.

The Pickwickian syndrome, named for an overweight character in a Dickens novel, occurs in severe obesity when lack of oxygen produces intense and chronic sleepiness and, eventually, heart failure.

Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease. People with obesity, particularly if they also have type 2 diabetes, are at higher risk for a condition called nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, also called nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). This condition causes liver damage that is similar to liver injury seen in alcoholism. In some cases, it can be very serious and require liver transplantation. It occurs in about half of people with diabetes, and 20 - 50% of obese people, depending on how severe their obesity is. NASH can also occur in overweight children.

Gallstones. The incidence of gallstones is significantly higher in obese women and men. The risk for stone formation is also high if a person loses weight too quickly. In people on ultra-low calorie diets, gallstones may be prevented by taking ursodeoxycholic acid (Actigall).

Click the icon to see an image of gallstones.

People who are obese and nap tend to fall asleep faster and sleep longer during the day. At night, however, it takes them longer to fall asleep, and they sleep less than people with normal weights. In an apparent vicious circle, studies have suggested that obesity not only interferes with sleep but that sleep problems may actually contribute to obesity.

Sleep Apnea. Obesity, particularly the apple shape, is strongly associated with sleep apnea, which occurs when the upper throat relaxes and collapses from time to time during sleep. This collapse temporarily blocks the passage of air. Sleep apnea is increasingly being viewed as a potentially serious health problem, which may lead to complications such as heart disease and stroke. Some studies suggest that among overweight people, those who have sleep apnea have a greater risk of heart disease than those without it. In one study, the more obese a person with sleep apnea was, the higher the pressure on the airway, and therefore the greater the obstruction of the airway. Obstructive sleep apnea may also add to obesity, however, as sleepy people tend to be sedentary. Some studies indicate that treating sleep apnea may help people lose abdominal fat.

Narcolepsy. A small European study found a link between narcolepsy (a sleep disorder characterized by excessive daytime sleepiness with frequent daily sleep attacks) and high BMI.

Depression. A number of studies have reported an association between depression and obesity, particularly in obese women. There may be a number of factors to explain the link. In some cases of atypical depression, people overeat and may gain weight. Overweight people may also become depressed because of social problems and a poor self-image. In these cases, depression usually disappears when people lose weight.

There is evidence, however, that obesity itself may impair levels of tryptophan -- a chemical needed to make serotonin, a brain chemical associated with mental well-being. In one study, even after people lost weight, tryptophan levels were lower than normal.

There does not appear to be any association between depression and obesity in men.

Social Problems. One long-term study reported that overweight young women completed fewer years of school, were 20% less likely to be married, and had 10% higher rates of household poverty than their thinner peer. Obese young men were also less likely to be married, and their incomes were lower than their thinner peers. Nevertheless, studies consistently show that overweight males (both boys and men) are not as severely emotionally affected as females of any age. Women and girls tend to blame themselves for being heavy, while males tend to blame being overweight on outside factors.

Weight Loss and Maintenance

Even modest weight loss can reduce the risk factors for heart disease and diabetes. The simplest (but still difficult) approach to weight loss is reducing calories and exercising at least 150 minutes a week. Behavioral and mental changes in eating habits, physical activity, and attitudes about food and weight are also essential to weight management. For people who are very overweight and cannot lose weight through lifestyle changes, a number of effective weight-loss medications are available. For those with severe obesity, surgical procedures are proving to be very beneficial.

Some Tips for Losing Weight. The following are some general suggestions for dieters:

Start with realistic goals. Diet failure is extremely common, and the odds of significant weight loss are low, particularly in people with the highest weights. People who are able to restrict calories, engage in an exercise program, and get help in making behavioral changes can expect to lose between 5 - 10% of their current body weight. That is generally all that is needed to achieve meaningful health changes. Certainly, the distorted image of a super-thin female shape should not be anyone's goal.
Maintain a regular exercise program, assuming you have no health problems that will stop you. Choose a program that you enjoy. Check with your doctor about any health considerations. [See In-Depth Report #29: Exercise.]
Do not use hunger pangs as cues to eat. A stomach that has been stretched by large meals will continue to signal hunger for large amounts of food until its size reduces over time with smaller meals.
Be honest about how much you eat and start by recording all calories in writing. Studies suggest that when many people report their own calories intake they significantly underestimate their consumption of high-calorie and over-estimate the low-calorie foods. People who do not carefully note everything they eat tend to take in too many calories when they believe they are dieting.
Observe weekend eating. People tend to eat more on the weekends. If it is difficult to monitor all meals during the week, it be may be useful to at least track eating habits during the weekends.
Once the pounds are lost, do your best to keep the healthier weight. Make daily, even hourly, conscious decisions about eating and exercising activities. Such thinking, in many cases, can become automatic and not painful.
Don't give up, even after repeated weight loss failures. Most studies indicate that yo-yo dieting or weight cycling have no bad psychological or physical effects. Repeated dieting also does not harm the body's ability to burn calories efficiently.
Weight loss, in any case, should not be the only or even the primary goal for people concerned about their health. The success of weight loss efforts should be evaluated according to improvements in disease risk factors or symptoms, and by the adoption of healthy lifestyle habits, not just by the number of pounds lost.


Lifestyle	Reduce rate of eating. Keep food records. Eliminate environmental triggers to eating. Identify high-risk situations for overeating. Separate eating from other activities.
Exercise	Face up to emotional barriers to exercise. Understand the link between exercise and weight control. Establish reasonable exercise goals. Develop a plan for regular activity. Add increased activity into daily lifestyle.
Attitudes	Develop reasonable weight-loss goals. Avoid "all or none" thinking. Focus attention away from the scale and toward behavior. Uncouple weight from self-esteem. If you "fall off the wagon," take steps to ensure the situation does not repeat (recover from lapses with constructive action).
Relationships	Understand the key role of social support to health. Identify supportive others. Match personal style to support-seeking activities. Be specific in making support requests. Be assertive but reinforcing in drawing help from others.
Nutrition	Resist the temptation of popular fad diets. Eat with your health in mind; do not concentrate on what should be "off-limits." Eat with moderation in mind. Maximize fiber. Develop a tailored plan.
From Brownell KD. The LEARN Program for Weight Control. 7th ed. Dallas, Tex: American Health Publishing Company; 1998.

Weight Management

There are many approaches to dieting and many claims for great success with various fad diets. To date, although many diets achieve effective immediate weight loss, none has emerged as an effective tool for maintaining healthy weight. The only definite recommendation that can be made about any diet plan is to be sure it includes an exercise program, assuming there are no health problems to forbid it.

The original food pyramid, with four food groups, has been replaced with an updated food guide called "My Pyramid." This illustrates the relative proportions of different foods that make up a nutritious, well-balanced diet and includes exercise.

Calorie restriction has been the cornerstone of obesity treatment. The standard dietary recommendations for losing weight are the following:

As a rough rule of thumb, one pound of fat equals about 3,500 calories. A person could lose a pound a week by reducing daily caloric intake by about 500 calories a day. Naturally, the more severe the daily calorie restriction, the faster the weight loss. Very-low calorie diets have also been associated with better success, but extreme diets can have some serious health consequences.
To determine your daily calories requirements, multiply the number of pounds of ideal weight by 12 - 15 calories. The number of calories per pound depends on gender, age, and activity levels. For instance, a 50-year old woman who wants to maintain a weight of 135 pounds and is mildly active might require only 12 calories per pound (1,620 calories a day). A 25-year old female athlete who wants to maintain the same weight might require 25 calories per pound 2,025 (calories a day).
Fat intake should be no more than 30% of total calories. Most fats should be in the form of monounsaturated fats (such as olive oil). Saturated fats (found in animal products) should be avoided.

Extreme diets of less than 1,100 calories carry health risks. They are also often followed by bingeing or overeating, and a return to the obese state. Such diets often do not have enough vitamins and minerals, which must then be taken as supplements. Most of the initial weight loss is in fluids. Later, fat is lost, but so is muscle, which can account for more than 30% of the weight loss. No one should be on severe diets for longer than 16 weeks, or fast for more than 2 or 3 days. Severe dieting has unpleasant side effects including fatigue, intolerance to cold, hair loss, gallstone formation, and menstrual irregularities. There have been rare reports of death from heart arrhythmias when liquid formulas did not have sufficient nutrients. Pregnant women who excessively diet during the first trimester put their unborn children at risk for birth defects. Of note, those whose diets include a high intake of fluids and much reduced protein and sodium are at risk for hyponatremia, which can cause fatigue, confusion, dizziness, and in extreme cases, coma and death.

This dietary approach requires counting only grams of fat with the goal of achieving 30% or fewer calories from fat. One gram of fat contains nine calories, while one gram of carbohydrates or protein has only four calories. Fat in your diet converts more readily to fat in the body, compared with carbohydrates or proteins. Simply switching to low-fat or skimmed dairy products may be enough for some people.

There are possible drawbacks to this approach:

Some people who reduce their fat intake may not get enough basic nutrients, including vitamins A and E, folic acid, calcium, iron, and zinc. People on low-fat diets should eat a wide variety of foods and take a multivitamin supplement, if appropriate. Calcium deficiencies may be particularly harmful in women at risk for osteoporosis.
Many people start eating foods with too many carbohydrates, believing that they are not adding calories. No one should use a low-fat diet as an excuse for eating too many carbohydrates, particularly starchy foods and sugar. A high-calorie diet from any source will add pounds.
A small study in Norway found that a diet low in fat and high in carbohydrates ("carbs") increases symptoms of psychological distress, such as depression and anger. The study compared three different diets that had varying amounts of fat and carbohydrates in each. The diets contained the same amount of calories, but differed in the percentage and type of fat. People on the low-fat, high-carbohydrate diet reported more anger and depression compared with the other two diets.
Replacing fatty foods, such as cakes, cookies, and chips, with their commercial "low-fat" counterparts does not constitute a low-fat diet. These foods generally contain more sugar and hence calories, not to mention other ingredients, which have virtually no nutritional value. In fact, a 2002 study suggested that increasing sugar may, over time, reduce levels of HDL ("good") cholesterol.
Very low-fat diets may increase the risk for stroke from hemorrhage in the brain.

Some fat in a diet is essential. It should come from plant oils and fish, however, and not from animal products or hardened oils, such as margarine. Trans-fatty acids, found in hardened oils, are actually more of a risk factor for obesity than saturated fats from animal products, although both should be avoided.

Fiber and Complex Carbohydrates. In all cases, complex carbohydrates found in whole grains and vegetables are preferred over those found in starch-heavy foods, such as pastas, white-flour products, and potatoes. Fiber is an important component of many complex carbohydrates. Fiber is almost always found only in plants, particularly vegetables, fruits, whole grains, nuts, and legumes (beans and peas). One exception is chitosan, a dietary fiber made from shellfish skeletons. Fiber cannot be digested but passes through the intestines, drawing water with it, and is eliminated as part of feces content. The following are specific advantages from high-fiber diets (up to 55 grams a day):

Insoluble fiber (found in wheat bran, whole grains, seeds, nuts, and fruit and vegetable peels) has been associated with weight loss. Studies also suggest that diets rich in fiber from whole grains reduce the risk for type 2 diabetes.
Soluble fiber (found in dried beans, oat bran, barley, apples, citrus fruits, and potatoes) has important benefits for the heart, particularly for achieving healthy cholesterol levels and possibly benefiting blood pressure as well. Simply adding breakfast cereal to a diet appears to reduce cholesterol levels. People who increase their levels of soluble fiber should also increase water and fluid intake.

High-protein, low carbohydrate diets, such as the Atkins and South Beach diets, have been touted as effective ways to produce short-term weight loss. Because of their emphasis on fats and proteins, many experts are concerned about long-term health problems. A report in the March 2006 Lancet linked the Atkins diet to life-threatening complications that caused the death of one woman. The 40-year-old woman had a deadly buildup of acids called ketones in her blood, a condition called ketoacidosis. Ketoacidosis can cause coma and death. Ketones are a known by-product of high protein, low carbohydrate diets. At low levels they can cause nausea, lightheadedness, and bad breath.

The long-term effects of these diets are still unknown. For example, the Atkins diet restricts some vegetables and most fruits, which are known to protect against serious diseases such as heart problems and cancer. The diet may also cause too much calcium to build up in the urine. This can increase the risk for kidney stones and osteoporosis. In addition, high-protein intake, particularly from meat, can be harmful in people with kidney problems. Individuals at risk for kidney stones, or those who have other kidney problems, should not go on high-protein diets without talking to their doctor first. Unfortunately, many people with diabetes are at risk of kidney problems, which could reverse any possible benefits a high-protein diet may bring them. Eating a lot of meat has also been associated with certain common cancers, notably prostate and colon cancers. A 2002 study suggested that such diets during pregnancy may increase the risk for high blood pressure in the child.

Still, significant studies say that such diets improve cholesterol and blood sugar levels. Studies in 2002 and 2003 have indicated that these diets lower blood glucose levels, which can be important in people who are diabetic. The diets also reduce triglyceride levels (unhealthy fat molecules) and increases HDL (" good") cholesterol levels. High triglyceride and low HDL levels are important risk factors for heart disease, and are common in people with type 2 diabetes. Studies are mixed on whether this type of diet reduces overall cholesterol or LDL ("bad") cholesterol levels.

Experts that promote the low carbohydrate approach argue that heart problems from obesity are due to insulin disturbances from sugar imbalances. Therefore, they believe that restricting carbohydrates is the best approach for obesity -- especially for overweight people with diabetes. More research is needed, however, to determine the long-term impact of such diets on health.

High-protein, low-carbohydrate diets include Atkins, Protein Power, Sugar Busters, and Dr. Stillman. The Atkins diet is one of the most popular and has a four-phase program:

Induction. For the first 2 weeks, individuals consume no more than 20 grams of carbohydrates a day. The diet consists of pure protein and fats. There is no fruit, bread, grains, starchy vegetables, or dairy products other than cheese, cream, or butter. This phase is not suitable for children, pregnant women, or anyone with kidney disease.
On-going Weight Loss. After the first phase, individuals continue to lose weight while they increase carbohydrate levels by five grams each day.
Premaintenance. When individuals get close to their weight goal, they add another 10 grams of carbohydrates per day as long as they do not begin to gain weight. Weight loss is very slow at this time, but the individual is now getting used to maintenance.
Maintenance. Lifetime maintenance is usually between 40 and 100 grams of carbohydrates a day, depending on steady weight level.

Anyone who chooses this diet should prefer fish or soy products to meat as protein sources. Fish may reduce leptin, a hormone associated with fat storage and heart diseases, and would be the best protein source. People on this diet should also choose monounsaturated fats (as in olive oil) over saturated fats or trans-fatty acids fat. Patients often need supplements, at least a multivitamin and possibly calcium, chromium, omega-3 fatty acids (found in fish oil), and other supplements.

The South Beach and Zone diets encourage healthy fats. They also allow certain carbohydrates. For example the Zone uses healthy carbohydrates (vegetables and dried beans) and unsaturated fats. The South Beach diet uses carbohydrates that have a lower impact on blood sugar levels. This is called a low-glycemic index. Low-glycemic foods include barley, dried bean and peas, milk, strawberries, and apples. High-glycemic foods include refined grains, white bread, white potatoes, and bananas and other tropical fruits. The glycemic index was developed for use in diabetes -- not for weight loss. Nevertheless, there is some evidence that foods with low glycemic indexes may produce a feeling of fullness and so discourage further eating. As with any high-protein diets, people at risk for kidney stones, or those who have other kidney problems, should avoid these plans.

Replacing fats and sugars with substitutes may help many people who have trouble maintaining weight. In fact, in one 2003 study, people with type 2 diabetes used the artificial sweetener sucralose and a beta-glucan fat substitute (derived from oats) as part of a low-calorie diet. At the end of the 4 weeks, they achieved better weight, glucose control, and HDL levels than those on a standard diabetic diet.

Fat Substitutes. Fat substitutes added to commercial foods or used in baking deliver some of the desirable qualities of fat, but do not add as many calories. It should be stressed that eliminating all fats from a diet can be harmful to general health.

Fat substitutes include the following:

Stanols. Stanols are plant compounds used in margarines (Benecol, Take Control). Benecol is derived from pine bark and Take Control from soybeans. Two servings a day of either brand, as part of a low-fat, diet can lower LDL and total cholesterol by impairing its absorption in the intestinal tract. Some studies have reported that the use of stanols can allow lower doses of statins (cholesterol lowering medications). Stanols do not appear to block absorption of fat-soluble nutrients or vitamins, as olestra does.
Olestra (Olean) passes through the body without leaving behind any calories from fat. Studies suggest that it improves cholesterol levels and helps people lose weight when it is used to replace a third of normal dietary fats. (Note that simply adding snacks containing olestra does not appear to have any effect on cholesterol or weight loss.) Early reports of cramps and diarrhea after eating food containing olestra have not proven to be significant. Of greater concern is the fact that even small amounts of olestra deplete the body of certain vitamins and nutrients that may help protect against serious diseases, including cancer. The FDA requires that the missing vitamins be added back to olestra products, but not other nutrients. The side health effects, if any, are unknown.
Beta-glucan is a soluble fiber found in oats and barley. Products using this substance (e.g., Nu-Trim) may reduce cholesterol and have additional health benefits.

A number of other fat-substitutes are also available. Although studies to date are not showing any significant side effects, these products' effect on weight control is uncertain, since many of the products containing them may be high in sugar.

Artificial Sweeteners. Many artificial or low-calories sweeteners are available. A 2002 study confirmed that people who consumed artificial sweeteners and reduced their sugar intake weighed less over time than those who took in similar types and amounts of drinks and food containing sugar. It should be noted that using these artificial sweeteners should not give dieters a license to increase their fat intake. Studies indicate that consuming some sugar is not a significant contributor to weight gain, as long as the total amount of calories in the diet is under control. There is some public concern about chemicals used to produce many of these sweeteners, and the side effects seen in studies using rats. Natural low-calories sweeteners are available that may be more acceptable to many people.

Saccharin (Sugar Twin, Sweet n' Low, Sucaryl, and Featherweight). Saccharin has been used for years. Some studies found that large amounts of saccharin cause bladder cancer in rats. However, the rats were fed huge amounts that do not apply to human diets. Currently there is no evidence that saccharin causes cancer in humans.
Aspartame (Nutra-Sweet, Equal, NutraTase). Aspartame has come under scrutiny because of rare reports of nervous system disorders, including headaches or dizziness, associated with its use. People with phenylketonuria (PKU), a genetic condition, should not use it. Studies have not reported any serious health dangers, but some people may be sensitive to it.
Sucralose (Splenda). Sucralose has no bitter aftertaste and works well in baking, unlike other artificial sweeteners. It is made from real sugar by replacing part of the sugar with chlorine. Some people are concerned because chlorinated molecules used in major industrial chemicals have been associated with cancer and birth defects. Over 100 studies have been conducted on sucralose over a 20-year period, with no reports of such risks.
Acesulfame-potassium (Sweet One, SwissSweet, Sunette). It has been used in the U.S. since 1988 with no reported side effects.
Neotame (Neotame). Neotame is a synthetic variation of aspartame, but was developed to avoid its side effects. The association with aspartame has raised some concerns. Studies to date have reported no effects that would cause alarm, and it appears to be safe for general consumption.
D-tagatose (Tagatose). This reduced-calorie sweetener is made from lactose, which is the sugar found in dairy products and other foods. It may be especially beneficial for people with type 2 diabetes. It may also have additional benefits that help the intestinal tract.
Alitame (Aclame) is formed from amino acids, the building blocks of proteins. It has the potential to be used in all products that contain sugar, including baked goods.
Stevioside (Stevia). This is a natural sweetener derived from a South American plant. It is available in health food stores. People with diabetes should avoid alcohol-based forms. It has not been carefully tested.

Other sugar substitutes being investigated include glycyrrhizin (derived from licorice) and dihycrochalcone (derived from citrus fruits).

Some studies have reported good success with meal replacement beverages (Slim-Fast, Sweet Success). They contain major nutrients needed for daily requirements. Each serving typically contains between 200 - 250 calories and replaces one meal. (Note: Using them for all meals reduces calories to a severe extent and can be harmful.)

One study reported that most subjects who had undergone a 12-week weight loss program and then used Ultra Slim Fast supplements as directed for maintenance kept off more than half their weight loss after more than 3 years. A quarter of the subjects were still losing weight.

Medical evidence suggests that a diet rich in magnesium could reduce a person's risk of metabolic syndrome, a cluster of problems including obesity, high blood pressure, and high cholesterol. Metabolic syndrome can lead to diabetes and heart disease. A long-term study of thousands of Americans found that the risk for metabolic syndrome decreased in those who consumed the most magnesium from meals. The findings were published in the journal Circulation.

Commercial and Non-Profit Support Programs for Weight Loss. There are many different types of weight-loss program. (This report cannot address all of the many commercial and nonprofit weight-loss programs currently available, nor can it assess their claims.)

Taking off Pounds Sensibly (TOPS), a nonprofit support organization with many local chapters, is one of the least expensive programs, costing $20 a year.

Most of the commercial programs such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig, and NutriSystem offer individual or group support, lifestyle changes and packaged meals. These programs tend to be expensive. There are few well-conducted studies on these programs. One 2003 study reported modest weight loss over 2 years with Weight Watchers compared to a self-help program. There were no differences in heart risk factors.

Cognitive Behavioral Approaches. Most support programs use some form of cognitive-behavioral methods to change the daily patterns associated with eating. They are very useful for preventing relapse after initial weight loss. The following is a typical approach:

The patient first records in a diary all activity related to eating patterns, including the times of day, length of meal, emotional states, companions, and, of course, the kind and amounts of food eaten. Most people -- even professional dieticians, according to one study -- tend to underreport their daily calorie intake. However, writing it down is still a good method for increasing a person's awareness of eating patterns. (One patient said that recording circumstances surrounding relapses was a particularly valuable guide for understanding the stresses leading to her own eating behaviors.)
The patient reviews the diary with a therapist or group to set realistic goals and identify patterns that the patient can change. For instance, if food is normally eaten while watching television, then the patient may be advised to eat in another room instead.
Good eating habits are reinforced by rewards. These rewards are other pleasures that substitute the high calorie consumption and sedentary activities.

Behavioral modification has been shown to be helpful particularly for people who have an overly strong response to the taste, smell, and appearance of food. It also may be useful for binge eaters.

Stress-Reduction Techniques. Stress reduction and relaxation techniques may be helpful for some people with obesity, such as those whose weight is related to night-eating syndrome. [See In-Depth Report #31: Stress.]

Changing Sedentary Habits. Making even small changes in physical activity can expend energy. For example, simply getting up to turn the TV on and off instead of using the remote, and standing (instead of sitting) while talking on the phone may help a person lose up to five pounds a year. Other suggestions include cooking one's own food (instead of eating take-out or fast food), walking to as many places as possible, using stairs instead of escalators or elevators, and gardening. Even fidgeting may be helpful in keeping pounds off, and, in one study, chewing gum increased energy expenditure.

No one should rely on such mild activities, however, for serious weight loss. Only high levels of physical activity -- not just using up energy -- help prevent obesity.

Approach to Exercise. Exercise, which replaces fat with muscle, is the critical companion for any weight control program. In a one-year study, women who regularly averaged 3.5 days (176 minutes) of exercise each week lost significantly more weight than women who did not exercise regularly. Women who exercised more than 195 minutes a week lost nearly 7% of their abdominal fat.

People who exercise are more apt to stay on a diet plan. Exercise improves psychological well-being and replaces sedentary habits that usually lead to snacking. Exercise may even act as a mild appetite suppressant. Moreover, exercise improves overall health even with modest weight loss. In support of this, a British study found that overweight fit individuals had half the death rate of unfit trim individuals.

Be aware, however, that the pounds won't melt off magically. Losing significant weight requires both intensive exercise and calorie restriction. In addition, if a person exercises but doesn't diet, any actual pounds lost may be minimal, because denser and heavier muscle mass replaces fat. Nonetheless, regardless of weight loss, a fit body will look more toned and be healthier. In addition, exercise benefits the heart even with modest weight loss.

The following are some suggestions and observations on exercise and weight loss:

The more strenuous the exercise, the better the chances for short-term and long-term success. With intense exercise, the metabolism continues to burn calories before returning to its resting level. This state of elevated metabolism can last for as little as a few minutes after light exercise to as long as several hours after prolonged or heavy exercise.
Of the standard aerobic machines, the treadmill burns the most calories. It may be particularly effective when used in short multiple bouts during the day. In fact, frequent exercise sessions as short as 10 minutes in duration (about four times a day) may be the most successful exercise program for obese people.
Resistance, or strength, training is excellent for replacing fat with muscles. It should be performed two or three times a week.
As people slim down, their initial level of physical activity becomes easier and they burn fewer calories per mile of walking or jogging. The rate of weight loss slows down, sometimes discouragingly so, after an initial dramatic head start using diet and exercise combinations. People should be aware of this phenomenon and keep adding to their daily exercise program.
As people age, they also need to exercise more to keep off the same amount of weight.
Changes in fat and muscle distribution may differ between men and women as they exercise. Men tend to lose abdominal fat (which lowers their risk for heart disease faster than reducing general body fat). Exercise, however, does not appear to have the same effect on weight distribution in women. In one interesting study, women in aerobic and strength training programs lost fat in their arms and trunk, but did not gain muscle tissue in these regions.

Warning Note. Because obesity is one of the risk factors for heart disease and diabetes, anyone who is overweight must discuss their exercise program with a doctor before starting. Sudden demanding exercise, in such cases, can be very dangerous. [See In-Depth Report #29: Exercise.]

Medications

There are several different drugs used for weight loss. Unless specifically instructed by a doctor, people should use non-drug methods for losing weight. Except under rare circumstances, pregnant or nursing women should never take diet medications of any sort, including herbal and over-the-counter remedies.

A 2001 study reported that 7% of American adults use nonprescription weight-loss products. People must be cautious when using any weight-loss medications, including over-the counter diet pills and herbal or so-called natural remedies. Buying unverified products over the Internet can be particularly dangerous.

Green tea. Perhaps the best alternative advice for people who are overweight is to drink tea. Studies have indicated that regular tea drinking is associated with lower weight, particularly in people who drink it for years. Green tea specifically has been associated with increased energy expenditure. One study reported that people who took a green tea extract (Exolise) lost weight and reduced their waist size. Better evidence is needed to confirm the results on this supplement.

Thermogenic Approach to Weight Loss. An approach to weight loss called thermogenic (also hepatothermic) therapy is based on the idea that certain natural compounds have properties that enable the liver to increase energy in the cells and stimulate the metabolism. Theoretically, the result would be fat loss. Among the natural substances used in such products are EPA-rich fish oil, sesamin, hydroxycitrate, pantethine, L-carnitine, pyruvate, aloe vera, aspartate, chromium, coenzyme Q10, green tea polyphenols, aloe vera, DHEA derivatives, cilostazol, diazoxide, and fibrate drugs.

Nearly all the current over-the-counter dietary aids contain some combination of these ingredients. There is no evidence that any of these ingredients can produce weight loss, and some may even have harmful effects.

Chromium is a common ingredient in many diet supplements (e.g., Xenadrine, Dexatrim, Acutrim Natural, Twinlab Diet Fuel). It is claimed to specifically promote fat loss, rather than lean muscle loss. Some evidence suggests that niacin-bound chromium may improve insulin sensitivity. On the negative side, animal studies have suggested that chromium may have damaging effects on genetic materials in cells. This could cause sterility.

Ephedra, Ephedrine, and Ma Huang. The FDA does not allow the sale of drugs that contain ephedrine. In May 2004, the FDA banned the sale of dietary supplements that contain ephedra (also called Ma Huang). Ephedra has been linked to serious side effects, including strokes and heart attacks.

Brazilian Diet Pill. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is warning consumers not to buy a product known as the "Brazilian diet pill." This product is labeled as a dietary supplement, but contains several chemicals found in powerful prescription drugs. The products are also known as Emagrece Sim and Herbathin dietary supplements.

Conjugated Linoleic Acid (CLA). Conjugated linoleic acid is found in many dietary products (e.g., Biosculpt Liquid, Body Success, GNC Optibolic Body Answers Dietary Formula). There is no evidence that it produces weight loss. Furthermore, there is some concern that CLA might increase insulin resistance and a dangerous inflammatory response in people with obesity.

Tiratricol. Over-the-counter products containing tiratricol, a thyroid hormone, have been sold for weight loss. Such products may increase the risk for thyroid disorders, heart attack, and stroke.

Laxative Actions in Natural Substances. Many dietary herbal teas contain laxatives, which can cause gastrointestinal distress, and, if overused, may lead to chronic pain, constipation, and dependency. In rare cases, dehydration and death have occurred. Some laxative substances found in teas include senna, aloe, buckthorn, rhubarb root, cascara, and castor oil.

Guar Gum. Some fiber supplements containing guar gum have also caused obstruction of the gastrointestinal tract.

Chitosan. Chitosan, a dietary fiber from shellfish, prevents a small amount of fat from being absorbed in the intestine. Well-conducted studies, however, have not found it to be effective. Products containing it include Cheat & Lean Fat Blocker, Natrol, Chroma Slim, and Enforma. People who are allergic to shellfish should not take these supplements.

Plantain. Dietary remedies that list the ingredient plantain may contain digitalis, a powerful chemical that affects the heart. NOTE: This substance should not be confused with the harmless banana-like plant also called plantain.

Orlistat (Xenical) can help about one-third of obese patients with modest weight loss, and can assist in long-term maintenance of weight loss. It works by slowing the absorption of fat (by about 30%) in the intestine. Studies indicate that between 50 - 80% of patients can achieve weight loss of 5% or greater, depending on other lifestyle changes. However, many people regain a significant portion of this weight back within 2 years. It does not work for all patients, however. In one survey of patients who took it, 10% gained weight or did not lose any, and 43% lost less than 5%. Nevertheless, orlistat may delay or even prevent the onset or progression of diabetes and improve cholesterol levels, regardless of weight loss.

The drug can cause gastrointestinal problems and may interfere with absorption of the fat-soluble vitamins A, D, and E and other important nutrients. The most unpleasant side effect is oily leakage of feces from the anus. Restricting fats can reduce this effect. People with bowel disease should probably avoid it. In spite of these side effects, most patients are able to tolerate this agent.

In February 2007, the FDA approved an over-the-counter (OTC) version of orlistat. It will be sold under the name alli, and will be available at half the prescription strength of Xenical. Those eager to use the new pill should consider its cost and modest benefits compared with its side effects, most commonly oily diarrhea. This pill, which prevents fat absorption from food, also increases the risk of not absorbing important nutrients from food while using it. The FDA recommends taking a daily multivitamin supplement when using alli.

Sibutramine (Meridia) helps balance the brain chemicals serotonin and norepinephrine. This helps increase metabolism, causes a feeling of fullness, and increases energy levels. It may be particularly useful for binge-eaters. Studies indicate that sibutramine is effective in achieving weight loss, although the weight loss slows considerably after the first 3 months. The drug also appears to improve cholesterol and lipid (fat) levels, and may have other effects that benefit the heart.

Side effects of sibutramine are common. They include dry mouth, constipation, and insomnia. In one study, almost half the patients dropped out as a result of these side effects. There have been reports of increases in heart rate and blood pressure while taking this medication, although a 2001 study indicates that blood pressure stabilizes over time.

At this time, people who have a history of high blood pressure, stroke, heart disease, or arrhythmias should not take this drug. People taking decongestants, bronchodilators (such as for asthma), monoamine oxidase inhibitors, or serotonin reuptake inhibitors should also avoid sibutramine.

Phentermine and Other Sympathomimetics. Sympathomimetics are drugs that act like the stress hormone (and chemical messenger) norepinephrine. These medications act as stimulants in the brain. Some are approved for treating obesity, but only for short-term use. They include:

Phentermine (Ionamin, Adipex-P, Fastin)
Benzphetamine (Didrex)
Phendimetrazine (Adipost, Bontril, Melfiat, Plegine, Prelu-2, Statobex)

Phentermine is the most commonly prescribed appetite suppressant, and is less expensive than orlistat or sibutramine. Its effects are not long lasting, however. It can also raise blood pressure. In addition, phentermine is associated with depression, which is already a problem in many cases of obesity. A combination (Phen-Pro) containing phentermine and the antidepressant fluoxetine (Prozac) is being investigated to help reduce this problem. Note: Neither phentermine nor such combinations are associated with the heart problems linked to the previous phentermine combination known as Fen-Phen (phentermine and fenfluramine).

Amphetamines. The amphetamines dextroamphetamine (Dexedrine), methamphetamine (Desoxyn), and phenmetrazine (Pleudin) are powerful stimulants. They were used most often in the past but are no longer prescribed for weight loss. These drugs improve mood and produce some modest weight loss over the short term, but carry serious risks of addiction, agitation, and insomnia.

Rimonabant. Rimonabant (Accompli) belongs to a new class of drugs called selective CB1 blockers. The drug is designed to block receptors in the brain associated with the regulation of eating. Rimonabant also targets receptors in fat tissue. The Rimonabant in Obesity-Lipids (RIO-Lipids) study looked at how rimonabant affected metabolic risk factors in high-risk overweight or obese patients with blood fat disorders. The study involved more than 1,000 participants. The findings, published in the November 2005 New England Journal of Medicine, said that people who took the drug significantly reduced their body weight and size of their waist.

Earlier studies involving the drug reported that obese patients treated with 20 mg of rimonabant lost significantly more weight and inches from their waist than patients who received placebo. The drug also appeared to have beneficial effects on raising HDL ("good") cholesterol levels.

Note: Fake rimonabant has been found for sale on several web sites. Patients should be aware that this drug is still experimental, and rimonabant is not available for sale. Buying and taking counterfeit drugs can have serious health consequences. In addition, an FDA advisory panel in April 2007 rejected the drug, citing fears it may cause psychiatric problems and seizures in some patients.

Axokine. Axokine is a type of drug called a ciliary neurotrophic factor. It signals the brain to suppress one's appetite. It is proving to be effective in achieving weight loss, and also improves cholesterol, lipid, and glucose levels regardless of food intake. It could be particularly helpful for people with type 2 diabetes. Early study results found that severely obese patient who took the drug lost more weight than those who took a dummy pill (placebo). Nearly half (46%) of patients who took the drug lost at least 10 pounds, compared to 5% of those who received the placebo. Study participants tolerated the drug well. There were no reports of serious side effects.

Zonisamide. Zonisamide (Zonegran) is an anti-seizure medication that is also being investigated for weight loss. In one study, patients who took it lost more weight than those on placebo. Zonisamide increases the risk for kidney stones, which can be reduced with increased fluid intake and citrate. It has also been associated with reduced sweating and a sudden rise in body temperature, especially in hot weather. Other side effects include dizziness, forgetfulness, headache, and nausea.

Topiramate. Topiramate (Topamax) is another anti-seizure medication being investigated for weight reduction. Three clinical trials have reported that patients given topiramate lost more weight than those receiving placebo. Weight loss was sustained for up to 1 year. The drug is also being studied for binge-eating disorders associated with obesity.

Other Treatments

Surgical procedures for obesity may be appropriate for some dangerously obese people, and may reduce heart problems and many of the risks associated with obesity. These risks include high blood pressure, sleep apnea, and diabetes. In fact, some evidence suggests that surgery may provide much greater control of weight and diabetes than nonsurgical weight-loss methods. Studies are reporting significant reductions in diabetes, and the need for diabetic medications, after surgery. Other medical conditions that often improve after surgery include heartburn, arthritis, and other joint and circulation problems.

Bariatric surgeries produce weight loss through one of two approaches:

Restrictive Banding Procedures. These procedures restrict the amount of food by closing off parts of the stomach with bands.
Malabsorptive Bypass Procedures. This approach restricts the amount of food and also reduces absorption by using a bypass of parts of the intestine.

The malabsorptive procedures are more successful in achieving weight loss than the banding approach, but they carry a greater risk for nutritional deficiencies.

Most people who have bariatric surgery lose about two-thirds of excess weight within 2 years. In addition, diseases associated with obesity (such as diabetes, high blood pressure, sleep apnea, joint pain, and incontinence) often improve.

Researchers at the Mayo Clinic looked at records from patients who had the surgery between 1990 and 2003. They found that those who had bariatric surgery reduced their risk of cardiovascular events such as a heart attack much more than those who lost weight without surgery. The findings were published in the September 2005 Mayo Clinic Proceedings.

Other studies have shown that even though most patients maintain significant weight loss, the majority regain about to 10% of their weight. Patients must still develop a healthy life style and be calorie conscious after the operation. Follow-up must be life-long.

Any surgical candidate must have failed consistently in losing weight through less invasive methods. Experts recommend bariatric surgery only for the following:

Those whose BMI is above 40 (about 100 pounds overweight)
Those with BMIs of over 35 who have type 2 diabetes or serious obesity-related medical problems
Those with severe obesity that interfered with employment, normal physical activity (e.g., walking), and important relationship

About a third of people who undergo these procedures achieve normal weight, and 80% experience some weigh loss. They are less successful than the bypass procedures, but carry a lower risk of nutritional deficiencies.

Vertical Banded Gastroplasty. Vertical banded gastroplasty (VBG) was the most common restrictive procedure. It involves creating a hole through both stomach walls and sealing the edges with a staple. This narrows the stomach, similar to a funnel, and allows only small amounts of food to pass through.

Laparoscopic Gastric Banding. Laparoscopic gastric banding (the Lap-Band) usually does not require a major incision and avoids some of the major complications of gastric bypass:

It employs an adjustable silicone band that is placed around the upper part of the stomach.
A small balloon-like reservoir attached to the band under the abdominal skin contains saline, which can be added or removed to tighten or loosen the band.
The procedure restricts the amount of food a person can eat and gives the feeling of fullness.

The band is removable, if necessary. Studies to date indicate that the intestinal tract returns to normal afterward. Studies, including those done in the elderly, have reported significant weight loss and improved quality of life with the procedure.

Malabsorptive procedures produce greater weight loss than restrictive procedures. Patients generally achieve about two-thirds of their weight loss within 2 years. Furthermore, in a 2003 study, after standard bypass surgery, 83% of patients with type 2 diabetes experienced normal blood glucose levels and the rest had significant reductions.

Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass Procedure. This is the most common and successful malabsorptive surgery in the United States. It involves creating a small stomach pouch that serves as a reservoir and restricts food intake. The pouch eventually holds up to 3 ounces of food and has a small outlet that delays emptying and causes a feeling of fullness. Then the surgeon creates a Y-shaped section in the small intestine that attaches to the pouch. This section allows food to bypass the lower stomach and upper part of the intestine. One 2003 study reported that this procedure was associated with significant weight loss, and 80% of patients with type 2 diabetes were able to reduce their medications. A more recent study, published in the March 14, 2006, issue of Archives of Surgery, found that gastric bypass surgery also helps lower the blood pressure of very obese patients.

The procedure produces greater and more sustained weight loss than banding procedures, but it is also more complicated, and carries a higher risk of nutritional deficiencies. Laparoscopy techniques, which are less invasive, are now preferred over open surgery. They achieve equally good results with fewer complications.

Biliopancreatic Diversion. This procedure is more complicated and removes portions of the stomach. The pouch that is created attaches directly to the lower part of the small intestine. It poses a higher risk for nutritional deficiencies than other procedures and is not used as often.

Click the icon to see an image of gastric bypass surgery.

General Side Effects and Complications. Side effects and complications of bariatric procedures are common, and up to 25% of patients require corrective or repeat procedures. After any of these procedures people must chew all their food carefully, and they cannot eat large amounts of food at one time. If patients do not follow these guidelines, they will experience nausea, abdominal distress, or both.

Complications from any bariatric procedure includes the following:

Vomiting: This is the most common complication, and it is most common with banding procedures.
Nutritional deficiencies: There is a strong risk of nutritional deficiencies, particularly with malabsorptive operations. This complication can lead to anemia and increase the risk of bone loss and osteoporosis. Taking enough mineral and vitamin supplements is important after bariatric surgery.
Deep-vein thrombosis: There is a significant risk for deep-vein thrombosis (blood clots in the veins).
Abdominal hernia: This is another common complication. Newer, laparoscopic techniques do not carry this risk, but not all individuals are candidates for this less-invasive approach.
Rapid weight loss after surgery: This complication puts people at high risk for gallstones.
Women who wish to be pregnant should wait until their weight has stabilized. Rapid weight loss and nutritional deficiencies can harm the fetus.

People at highest risk for complications are those with heart or lung problems, severe obesity, and a history of abdominal surgeries. The mortality rate from bariatric surgeries is 0.2%, which is lower than the morality rates from severe obesity itself. Other surgical variations and less invasive techniques using laparoscopy have been developed.

Specific Complications of Restrictive Banding Procedures. Nausea, vomiting, or both occurs in half the patients, and severe heartburn occurs in a third. Device-related complications include band slippage, pouch dilation (widening), or both in nearly a quarter of patients, and obstruction in 12% of patients. Very serious complications are rare, but include blood clots, bleeding, infection, pneumonia, and perforation (tearing) of the stomach.

Specific Complications of Malabsorptive Bypass Procedures. Vomiting often occurs. Nutritional deficiencies occur more often in these procedures. The so-called dumping syndrome is a common unpleasant side effect, which occurs when food waste moves too quickly through the intestine. Symptoms include nausea, weakness, sweating, and faintness (particularly after eating sweets).

Spot Exercising. Anyone seeking to lose weight must expect that the results may not be as cosmetically satisfying as one would wish. Spot exercising (training particular areas of the body) is ineffective in reducing fat in specific locations because exercise draws on fat stores throughout the body. Gimmicky devices such as bust developers, vacuum pants, and exercise belts do absolutely nothing to reduce fat or add bulk in specific locations. Electrical pads wrapped around the waist, arms, or thighs were reported to cause burns and fires.

Cellulite-Removal Creams. Many women try to reduce fat in their thighs (cellulite) with creams that contain aminophylline (Skinny Dip, Thermojetics Body Toning Cream, Smooth Contours). Studies provide no evidence that these creams are effective. Their apparent effect on fat may simply be from narrowing blood vessels and forcing water from the skin, which could be dangerous for people with blood flow problems.

Endermologie. Endermologie uses motorized rollers and regulated suction to smooth out cellulite. In one study, about 28.6% of patients reported improved appearance after using it.

Liposuction. Liposuction eliminates fat in specific areas, such as the abdomen, thighs, buttocks, or knees. Special instruments are inserted through the skin into the pockets and suction is used to move the fat, break it up, and remove it. Small tubes may be used to drain blood and fluid during the first few days. The pain after the operation can be severe and often the skin does not contract, resulting in a flabby look. Complications can include burns from the vibrators, bruising, blood clots, and bleeding. Weight gain generally tends to develop in other locations after the operation. Some doctors are using this procedure in overweight people with diabetes to remove abdominal fat. Although there is no proof that it has an effect on diabetes, some experts believe the procedure deserves attention.

Liposuction is not recommended for major weight loss.

Resources

www.healthierus.gov/dietaryguidelines -- Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2005
www.naaso.org -- North American Association for the Study of Obesity
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.nutrition.gov. -- Nutrition.gov
www.asbs.org -- American Society for Bariatric Surgery
www.cnpp.usda.gov -- Center for Nutrition Policy and Promotion
http://fnic.nal.usda.gov -- Food and Nutrition Information Center
www.americanheart.org -- American Heart Association
www.nationaleatingdisorders.org -- National Eating Disorders Organization
www.aabt.org -- Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy
www.fda.gov -- Food and Drug Administration
http://win.niddk.nih.gov -- Weight-Control Information Network

References

US Food and Drug Administration FDA Approves Orlistat for Over-the-Counter Use. Rockville, MD: National Press Office; February 7, 2007.

Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Curtin LR, McDowell MA, Tabak CJ, Flegal KM. Prevalence of overweight and obesity in the United States, 1999-2004. Journal of the American Medical Association. 2006; 295:1549-1555.

National Center for Health Statistics. Chartbook on Trends in the Health of Americans. Health, United States, 2005. Hyattsville, MD: Public Health Service. 2005

National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases - Weight-control Information Network. Statistics Related to Overweight and Obesity. Available online.

National Center for Health Statistics. Prevalence of Overweight Among Children and Adolescents: United States, 2003-2004.

Morino M, Toppino M, Bonnet G, Rosa R, et al. Laparoscopic vertical banded gastroplasty for morbid obesity. Assessment of efficacy. Surg Endosc. 2002 Nov;16(11):1566-72.

Brethauer SA, Schauer PR, Chand B. Risks and benefits of bariatric surgery: Current evidence. Cleveland Clinic Journal Of Medicine. 2006 Nov; 73(11): 993-1007.

Rosenthal RJ, Szomstein S, Kennedy CI, et al. Laparoscopic surgery for morbid obesity: 1,001 consecutive bariatric operations performed at The Bariatric Institute, Cleveland Clinic Florida. Obes Surg. 2006 Feb;16(2):119-24.

He K, Liu K, Daviglus ML, et al. Magnesium Intake and Incidence of Metabolic Syndrome Among Young Adults. Circulation. 2006: Published online before print. March 27, 2006.

Chen TY, Smith W, Rosenstock JL, Lessnau KD. A life-threatening complication of Atkins diet. Lancet. 2006 Mar 18;367(9514):958.

Lopez-Jimenez F, Bhatia S, Collazo-Clavell ML, Sarr MG, Somers VK. Safety and efficacy of bariatric surgery in patients with coronary artery disease. Mayo Clin Proc. 2005 Sep;80(9):1157-62.

Sidhaye A, Cheskin LJ. Pharmacologic treatment of obesity. Adv Psychosom Med. 2006;27:42-52.

Fernstrom JD, Courcoulas AP, Houck PR, Fernstrom MH. Long-term changes in blood pressure in extremely obese patients who have undergone bariatric surgery. Arch Surg. 2006 Mar;141(3):276-83.

Despres JP, Golay A, Sjostrom L; Rimonabant in Obesity-Lipids Study Group. Effects of rimonabant on metabolic risk factors in overweight patients with dyslipidemia. N Engl J Med. 2005 Nov 17;353(20):2121-34.

Lanningham-Foster L, Nysse LJ, Levine JA. Labor saved, calories lost: the energetic impact of domestic labor-saving devices. Obes Res. 2003 Oct;11(10):1178-81.

Review Date:
6/14/2007
Reviewed By:
A.D.A.M. Editorial Team: Greg Juhn, M.T.P.W., David R. Eltz, Kelli A. Stacy. Previously reviewed by Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital (4/30/2007).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Stroke

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:11 -0700

Overview

Signs and Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Preventive Care
Treatment
Supporting Research

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

A stroke occurs when the blood supply to part of the brain is suddenly interrupted due to the presence of a blood clot (ischemic stroke) or when a blood vessel in the brain bursts, spilling blood into the spaces surrounding brain cells (hemorrhagic stroke). Brain cells die when they no longer receive oxygen and nutrients from the blood or when they are damaged by sudden bleeding into or around the brain. This results in temporary or permanent neurologic impairment. Ischemic stroke, also known as cerebral infarction, accounts for 80 - 85% of all strokes, while hemorrhagic stroke accounts for the other 15 - 20%. Prior to a stroke, some people suffer transient ischemic attacks (TIAs), mini-strokes that generally last only 5 - 20 minutes but can linger for up to 24 hours before the symptoms go away completely. Many times, a TIA is a warning of an impending stroke. An estimated 700,000 people in the United States suffer a stroke each year, making this one of the most serious of all health problems. Half of stroke sufferers are left disabled, with many undergoing years of rehabilitation.

Signs and Symptoms

Symptoms of a stroke depend on which area of the brain is affected and, in turn, what functions in the body that area controls. Many of the warning signs of a possible stroke (like a TIA) and symptoms of an actual stroke are the same. If any of these symptoms occur, therefore, medical attention should be sought right away and appropriate treatment started as quickly as possible. The faster that treatment is started, the more likely it is that brain function will be preserved.

Symptoms and warning signs include:

Sudden weakness or numbness of the face, arm, and leg on one side of the body
Sudden loss of vision or dimmed vision, particularly in one eye
Loss of speech, or trouble talking or understanding speech
Sudden, severe headaches with no apparent cause
Unexplained dizziness, unsteadiness, or sudden falls, especially if accompanied by any of the previous symptoms

Causes

Ischemic stroke results from the following causes:

A clot (embolus) forms in a part of the body other than the brain, travels through blood vessels, and becomes wedged in a brain artery.
A blood clot (thrombus) forms in a brain artery and stays attached to the artery wall until it grows large enough to block blood flow.

Hemorrhagic stroke results from the following causes:

A bleeding aneurysm -- a weak or thin spot on an artery wall that, over time, has stretched or ballooned out under pressure from blood flow. The wall ruptures and blood spills into the space surrounding brain cells.
Artery walls lose their elasticity and become brittle and thin, prone to cracking.
Arteriovenous malformation (AVM) -- a tangle of defective blood vessels and capillaries within the brain that have thin walls that can rupture.

Free radical damage may make someone susceptible to stroke and other brain disorders. Free radicals are waste products created when the body turns food into energy (metabolism). Even though they are created naturally by normal metabolic processes (called oxidation), free radicals cause harmful chemical reactions that can damage cells in the body. There are also many environmental sources of free radicals like ultraviolet rays, radiation, and toxic chemicals in cigarette smoke, car exhaust, and pesticides.

Ways to help protect yourself include:

Avoid extra exposure to oxidative stress and its subsequent free radicals by staying away from environmental sources.
Take antioxidants (see Nutrition and Dietary Supplements).

Risk Factors

Anybody can have a stroke, but certain factors place you at higher risk. Some factors that increase the risk of stroke cannot be changed, while others are linked to lifestyle and are, therefore, under your control.

Risk factors that cannot be changed:

Age -- The older a person gets, the greater the risk of stroke.
Sex -- Men are more likely to have a stroke than women. But after menopause, a woman's risk of stroke rises significantly.
Family history -- Having a parent, grandparent, or sibling who has had a stroke, puts you at greater risk yourself.
Race -- African-Americans have a greater risk of stroke than Caucasians. This is related to an increased risk of high blood pressure, obesity, and diabetes in African-Americans.
Heart attack – If you have had a heart attack in the past, you are more likely to have a stroke than someone who has not had a heart attack.
A history of migraine headaches -- Recent studies indicate that people who experience migraines may be at higher risk for ischemic stroke.
A prior stroke -- If you have had a stroke, you are at increased risk for another.
Sickle cell anemia -- people with this condition are at risk for stroke at a younger age.
Berry aneurysms -- These are small, sac-like areas within the wall of an artery in the brain with which some people are born. They occur most often at the junctures of vessels at the base of the brain. Berry aneurysms may rupture without warning, causing bleeding within the brain.

Risk factors that can be changed with medical treatment:

High blood pressure -- High blood pressure has no symptoms, so regular blood pressure checks are important. The condition can be easily and successfully controlled with medication.
High blood cholesterol levels -- Studies have shown that lowering cholesterol levels by changing your lifestyle and taking medication can reduce the risk of stroke by as much as 30%. Keeping cholesterol low can reduce the risk of blood clots and plaque buildup within the walls of arteries in the brain.
TIAs, or "mini-strokes" -- A surprising number of people ignore the symptoms of TIAs, which are warning signs that a stroke may be about to happen. In fact, 50% of people who have had a TIA suffer a stroke within one year. It is very important to seek medical attention for these symptoms because if you have had a TIA, there are definite steps you can take to help prevent a major stroke. Doctors prescribe blood thinners such as aspirin, warfarin (Coumadin), or other drugs to prevent blood clots if you have had a TIA.
Cardiovascular disease -- Certain disorders of the heart or blood vessels, such as atherosclerosis (plaque build up in artery walls) and atrial fibrillation (an abnormal heart rhythm), can produce blood clots that may break loose and travel to the brain. These conditions are also treated with blood thinners to reduce risk of stroke.
Diabetes -- People with diabetes mellitus are more at risk. It is important to note that type 2 diabetes (often called adult onset) is highly influenced by certain lifestyle factors, particularly diet and excess weight.
Blood clotting disorders -- people who form blood clots more easily, called hypercoagulable conditions, are at greater risk for stroke. Hypercoagulable states are also treated with blood thinners such as warfarin (Coumadin) in order to try to prevent stroke and other complications.
Sleep apnea -- people with sleep apnea have three to six times the risk of stroke compared to people who do not have this disorder. This condition, defined as cessation of breathing many times throughout the night, is generally treatable by losing weight and/or using a special device called a CPAP machine.

Risk factors that can be changed by lifestyle modifications:

Cigarette smoking -- Cigarette smoking has been linked to heart attacks, strokes, artery disease in the legs, and lung cancer. Nicotine raises blood pressure, carbon monoxide reduces the amount of oxygen the blood can carry to the brain, and cigarette smoke makes the blood thicker and more likely to clot. It is never too late to give up smoking.
Smoking and birth control pills -- Research has proven that smoking and taking birth control pills significantly increases a woman's risk for stroke. Together, they can cause blood clots to form. Women who take birth control pills should not smoke.
Drinking large amounts of alcohol -- Frequent intoxication can make a person more likely to experience bleeding in the brain. Also, alcohol in large amounts can raise blood pressure.
Obesity -- Being overweight increases your risk of having a stroke, along with other health problems.
Lack of exercise -- Moderate exercise can help keep blood pressure and cholesterol levels within normal ranges.
Poor diet -- A diet high in fat can cause conditions within the body, such as obesity, type 2 diabetes, and high cholesterol, that contribute to a greater risk of stroke.
Stress -- Ongoing stress can raise blood pressure. Plus, not dealing well with stress can contribute to unhealthy habits such as smoking and overeating. Finding healthy ways to handle stress is important.

Other factors that may put you at increased risk for stroke include pregnancy, infection or inflammation, gum disease, and high homocysteine levels. Homocysteine is an amino acid that rises in the body if you have low levels of vitamins B6, B12, B9 (folic acid), and betaine.

Diagnosis

If you or someone you know experiences symptoms associated with stroke, call 911 or your local emergency number immediately. There are now effective therapies for stroke that must be administered at a hospital within the first 3 hours after stroke symptoms appear. At the hospital, a health care provider will make a diagnosis and guide you in determining which treatment or combination of therapies will work best for you. The health care provider will do a complete neurological exam and run a battery of tests, such as blood tests, an electrocardiogram, and a test to measure the severity of the stroke. Imaging techniques, such as CT scans, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and magnetic resonance angiography (MRA), may be used to reveal the cause of the stroke and pinpoint blockages or reveal malformations.

Preventive Care

The best way to prevent stroke is to reduce your risk factors and take control of your own health:

If you smoke, stop smoking -- many excellent smoking cessation programs are available today; your doctor can advise you about tools to use, such as the nicotine patch as well as exercise and other behavioral modifications.
Keep your weight within normal limits.
Get a moderate amount of exercise, preferably 5 days a week.
Eat a healthy diet that is rich in fruits and vegetables. Green leafy vegetables may be particularly important as well as whole grains, nuts (especially walnuts), and fish.
If you have heart disease or an abnormal heart rhythm, work with your doctor to treat it. Certain types of problems with the heart and blood vessels, such as atherosclerosis and atrial fibrillation can cause blood clots to form. These clots can travel through the bloodstream and block an artery in the brain, causing a stroke (or can block a blood vessel in the heart and cause a heart attack).
If you have high blood pressure, take your medication regularly.
Lower your cholesterol level if it is elevated -- some people can do this by modifying diet; others need to take medication. Lowering cholesterol levels has been proven to reduce the risk of stroke.
If you have diabetes, keep it under good control.
Know the warning signs of TIAs and strokes, and get help right away if you experience them.

Medications for prevention

Certain medications have been shown to reduce the risk of stroke. These drugs, which aim to prevent the formation of dangerous blood clots, fall under two major categories:

Antiplatelet agents -- These include aspirin and stronger prescription drugs like ticlopidine (Ticlid) and clopidogrel (Plavix). These drugs help keep tiny blood cells called "platelets" from clumping together in the bloodstream. When a blood vessel is damaged or injured, platelets will migrate to the area to begin a healing process. However, large numbers of platelets can clump together and form a clot that plugs up an artery. Antiplatelet agents help prevent this clumping.
Anticoagulants -- These drugs also prevent clots, but are much stronger than antiplatelet agents. Common anticoagulants are warfarin (Coumadin)and heparin (generally given at the hospital through injection into a vein).

Treatment

A stroke is a medical emergency, regardless of whether it is a major stroke or a short-lasting TIA.

A person suffering symptoms consistent with a stroke should be taken immediately to a hospital emergency department.

The ability to quickly pinpoint the type of stroke is critically important in treatment decisions. A stroke caused by a blocked artery is treated in an entirely different way than a stroke caused by bleeding within the brain.

The key to survival and recovery is prompt medical treatment.

Lifestyle

Rehabilitation -- learning certain skills that you might have lost is crucial following a stroke and can consist of one or more of the following:

Physical therapy -- Teaches walking, sitting, and lying down, switching from one type of movement to another.
Occupational therapy -- To relearn eating, drinking, swallowing, dressing, bathing, cooking, reading, writing, toileting.
Speech therapy -- To relearn language and communication skills. Often, non-verbal alternatives are encouraged until speech returns.
Psychological/psychiatric therapy -- To help relieve some mental and emotional stresses (such as depression) that often accompany a stroke. These feelings may be due to the location of the brain damage itself or may be a reaction to the stroke.

In addition, learning yoga may help you recover function after a stroke, even months later. If you have had a stroke and are considering yoga, first talk to your doctor. Then, find a qualified teacher in your area who has worked a lot with stroke victims; this is very important because there are certain yoga postures that you should NOT do if you have high blood pressure, narrowed carotid arteries (the main arteries in your neck supplying blood to the brain), or history of stroke. Check with your physical therapist for a referral.

Medications

If the stroke is caused by a blockage in an artery, medications called thrombolytics can be used. The only drug in this class approved by the Food and Drug Administration for treatment of stroke is tissue plasminogen activator (tPA). Popularly referred to as clot-busting, this medication has been used for years to treat heart attacks and only more recently has been used as part of the treatment of stroke.

Not all hospitals have the ability to give tPA to people having a stroke. Before this drug can be given, doctors must be certain that the stroke is the result of a blockage in the artery and not due to bleeding from an artery. This is determined through imaging procedures such as a computed tomography (CT) scan or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). But not all hospitals have around-the-clock imaging services. If the stroke is due to bleeding, this powerful blood thinner can worsen the hemorrhage.

If tPA cannot be used (for example, too much time has passed since the stroke symptoms began), another less potent blood thinner called heparin may be considered for use instead.

Once the acute phase of the stroke has resolved, other less potent blood thinners called antiplatelet agents (such as aspirin and ticlopidine) or anticoagulants (such as warfarin) may be used to prevent future strokes due to blood clots (See "Preventing Future Strokes").

If a stroke is caused by bleeding, medication (such as mannitol) can be given to reduce swelling of brain tissue.

Following the acute treatment of a stroke, while in recovery, medications to control risk factors for stroke like high blood pressure and high cholesterol will be started or adjusted if you are already taking. Daily aspirin is also recommended for those who have had a stroke or a TIA.

Surgery and Other Procedures

If the stroke or TIA is caused by a blockage, a procedure called carotid endarterectomy can be used to remove the buildup of plaque from inside the effected carotid artery, one of the major vessels supplying blood to the head and neck.

This surgical procedure is best for those who have had symptoms and have a blockage of 70% or more of one of their carotid arteries. If the narrowing of the vessel is less than 50%, medication (not surgery) is the most appropriate treatment to prevent future strokes.

Unfortunately, carotid endarterectomy may actually cause a stroke. Therefore, the risks and benefits of this procedure must be carefully weighed with your doctor.

If the stroke is caused by bleeding, an artery within the brain can sometimes be "clipped" to prevent further bleeding. Emergency surgery for a bleeding stroke may involve locating and surgically evacuating (removing) blood that has pooled in the brain tissue (called a hematoma). A brain specialist, called a neurosurgeon, will determine if this procedure is appropriate or not.

Interventional radiologists, if this specialized service is available at your hospital, may be trained to perform carotid angioplasty. This procedure begins with carotid angiography, as described earlier, to locate the blockage in this main artery supplying blood to the brain. Once located, a tiny balloon is threaded up to the blocked area and then inflated to break up the clot or plaque responsible for the narrowing in the vessel. The specialist may leave a wire mesh (stent) inside the vessel to keep it open. This procedure is quite risky, however, and may even cause a stroke.

If an aneurysm is present but has not bled, your doctor will discuss the possibility of removing it surgically. The decision is based primarily on the size of the aneurysm.

Nutrition and Dietary Supplements

Potentially beneficial nutritional supplements include the following:

Alpha-lipoic acid. Alpha-lipoic acid works together with other antioxidants, such as vitamins C and E. It is important for growth, helps to prevent cell damage, and helps the body rid itself of harmful substances. Because alpha-lipoic acid can pass easily into the brain, it has protective effects on brain and nerve tissue and shows promise as a treatment for stroke and other brain disorders involving free radical damage. Animals treated with alpha-lipoic acid, for example, suffered less brain damage and had a four times greater survival rate after a stroke than the animals who did not receive this supplement, especially when alpha-lipoic acid is combined with vitamin E. While animal studies are encouraging, more research is needed to understand whether this benefit applies to people as well.

Calcium. In a population based study (one in which large groups of people are followed over time), women who take in more calcium, both through the diet and with added supplements, were less likely to have a stroke over a 14 year time course. More research is needed to fully assess the strength of the connection between calcium and risk of stroke.

Folic Acid, Vitamin B6, Vitamin B12, Betaine. Many clinical studies indicate that patients with elevated levels of the amino acid homocysteine are as much as 2.5 times more likely to suffer from a stroke than those with normal levels. Homocysteine levels are strongly influenced by dietary factors, particularly vitamin B9 (folic acid), vitamin B6, vitamin B12, and betaine. These substances help break down homocysteine in the body. Some studies have even shown that healthy individuals who consume higher amounts of folic acid and vitamin B6 are less likely to develop atherosclerosis than those who consume lower amounts of these substances. Despite these findings, the American Heart Association (AHA) reports that there is insufficient evidence to suggest that supplementation with betaine and B vitamins reduce the risk of atherosclerosis or that taking these supplements prevents the development or recurrence of heart disease. The AHA does not currently recommend population-wide homocysteine screening, and suggests that folic acid, as well as vitamin B6, B12, and betaine requirements be met through diet alone. Individuals at high risk for developing atherosclerosis, however, should be screened for blood levels of homocysteine. If elevated levels are detected, a health care provider may recommend supplementation.

Magnesium. Population based information suggests that people with low magnesium in their diet may be at greater risk for stroke. Some preliminary scientific evidence suggests that magnesium sulfate may be helpful in the treatment of a stroke or transient ischemic attack. More research is needed to know for certain if use of this mineral following a stroke or TIA is helpful.

Omega-3 Fatty Acids. Strong evidence from population-based studies suggests that omega-3 fatty acid intake (primarily from fish), helps protect against stroke caused by plaque buildup and blood clots in the arteries that lead to the brain. In fact, eating at least two servings of fish per week can reduce the risk of stroke by as much as 50%. However, people who eat more than 3 grams of omega-3 fatty acids per day (equivalent to 3 servings of fish per day) may be at an increased risk for hemorrhagic stroke, a potentially fatal type of stroke in which an artery in the brain leaks or ruptures. Omega-3 fatty acids may increase the chances of bleeding, especially in those taking anticoagulant medications such as warfarin (Coumadin) or even aspirin.

Pregnant women and women of childbearing age, who may become pregnant, however, are advised by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), to limit their consumption of shark, tuna, and swordfish to no more than once a month. These fish have much higher levels of methyl mercury than other commonly consumed fish. Since the fetus may be more susceptible than the mother to the adverse effects of methyl mercury, FDA experts say that it is prudent to minimize the consumption of fish that have higher levels of methyl mercury, like shark, tuna, and swordfish.

Potassium. Although low levels of potassium in the blood may be associated with stroke, taking potassium supplements does not seem to reduce the risk of having a stroke.

Vitamin C. Having low levels of vitamin C contributes to the development of atherosclerosis and other damage to blood vessels and the consequences such as stroke. Vitamin C supplements may also improve cognitive function if you have suffered from multiple strokes.

Vitamin E. Eating plenty of foods rich in vitamin E, along with other antioxidants like vitamin C, selenium, and carotenoids, reduces your risk for stroke. In addition, low levels of vitamin E in the blood may be associated with risk of dementia (memory impairment) following stroke. Animal studies also suggest that vitamin E supplements, possibly in combination with alpha-lipoic acid, may reduce the amount of brain damaged if taken prior to the actual stroke. Researchers suggest testing this theory in people who are at high risk for stroke. Thus far, however, some large and well-designed studies of people suggest that it is safest and best to obtain this antioxidant via food sources and that supplements do not bring about any added benefit.

Others. Additional supplements that require further research but may be useful as part of the treatment or prevention of stroke include:

Coenzyme Q10 -- works as an antioxidant and may reduce damage following a stroke.
Selenium -- low levels can worsen atherosclerosis and its consequences. However, it is not known if taking selenium supplements will help.

Herbs

The use of herbs is a time-honored approach to strengthening the body and treating disease. Herbs, however, contain active substances that can trigger side effects and interact with other herbs, supplements, or medications. For these reasons, herbs should be taken with care and only under the supervision of a practitioner knowledgeable in the field.

Bilberry (Vaccinium myrtillus). A close relative of the cranberry, bilberry fruits contain flavonoid compounds called anthocyanidins. Flavonoids are plant pigments that have excellent antioxidant properties. This means that they scavenge damaging particles in the body known as free radicals and may help prevent a number of long-term illnesses, such as heart disease.

Garlic (Allium sativum). Clinical studies suggest that fresh garlic and garlic supplements may prevent blood clots and destroy plaque. Blood clots and plaque block blood flow and contribute to the development of heart attack and stroke. Garlic may also be beneficial for reducing risk factors for heart disease and stroke like high blood pressure, high cholesterol, and diabetes. Homocysteine, similar to cholesterol, may contribute to increasing amounts of blood clots and plaque in blood vessels. If you take aspirin or other blood thinners [like warfarin (Coumadin)}, ACE inhibitors (a class of blood pressure medications), sulfonylureas for diabetes, or statins for high cholesterol, talk to your doctor before using garlic supplements.

Ginkgo (Ginkgo biloba). Gingko may reduce the likelihood of dementia following multiple strokes (often called multi-infarct dementia). The protection from ginkgo may be related to the prevention of platelet adhesion which can help prevent blood clot formation. Ginkgo may also decrease the amount of brain damage following a stroke. While animal studies support these possible benefits of ginkgo, more research in people is needed. Also, ginkgo should not be used with the blood thinner warfarin (Coumadin) unless specifically instructed by your health care provider.

Ginseng (Panax ginseng). Asian ginseng may decrease endothelial cell dysfunction. Endothelial cells line the inside of blood vessels. When these cells are disturbed, referred to as dysfunction, it may lead to a heart attack or stroke. The potential for ginseng to quiet down the blood vessels may prove to be protective against these conditions. Much more research is needed before this use can be recommended. Ginseng may also thin your blood and, therefore, should be used only under the supervision of a doctor if you are taking blood-thinning medication warfarin (Coumadin).

Turmeric (Curcuma longa). Early studies suggest that turmeric may prove helpful in preventing heart attack or stroke in one of two ways. First, in animal studies an extract of turmeric lowered cholesterol levels and inhibited the oxidation of LDL ("bad") cholesterol. Oxidized LDL deposits in the walls of blood vessels and contributes to the formation of atherosclerotic plaque and other damage to the vessels. Turmeric may also prevent platelet build up along the walls of an injured blood vessel. Platelets collecting at the site of a damaged blood vessel cause blood clots to form and blockage of the artery as well. Clinical studies of the use of turmeric to prevent or treat stroke in people would be interesting in terms of determining if these mechanisms discovered in animals apply to people at risk for this condition.

Homeopathy

Although an experienced homeopath might prescribe a regimen for treating stroke that includes one of the remedies listed below, the scientific evidence to date does not confirm the value of homeopathy for this purpose.

Acontitum napellus for numbness or paralysis after a cerebral accident
Belladonna for stroke that leaves person very sensitive to any motion, with vertigo and trembling
Kali bromatum for stroke resulting in restlessness, wringing of the hands or other repeated gestures, insomnia, and night terrors
Nux vomica for cerebral accident with paresis (muscular weakness caused by disease of the nervous system), expressive aphasia (language disorder), convulsions, and great irritability

Acupuncture

Many studies have been conducted on the effects of acupuncture during stroke rehabilitation. These studies have found that acupuncture reduces hospital stays and improves recovery speed. Acupuncture has been shown to help stroke patients regain motor and cognitive skills and to improve their ability to manage daily functioning. Based on the available data, the National Institutes of Health recommended acupuncture as an alternative or supplemental therapy for stroke rehabilitation. In general, the evidence indicates that acupuncture is most effective when initiated as soon as possible after a stroke occurs, but good results have been found for acupuncture started as late as 6 months following a stroke.

People who have suffered a stroke often have a deficiency of qi in the liver meridian and a relative excess in the gallbladder meridian. In addition to a primary needling treatment on the liver meridian and the supporting kidney meridians, moxibustion (a technique in which the herb mugwort is burned over specific acupuncture points) may be used to enhance therapy. Treatment may also include performing acupuncture on affected limbs. Certain scalp acupuncture techniques that have been developed by Chinese, Korean, and Japanese practitioners also show promise.

Chiropractic

Chiropractors DO NOT treat stroke, and high velocity manipulation of the upper spine is considered inappropriate in individuals who are taking blood-thinning medications or other medications used to reduce the risk of stroke. It should also be noted that chiropractic spinal manipulation of the neck is associated with an exceedingly small risk of causing stroke (reports range from 1 per 400,000 to 1 per 2,000,000).

Traditional Chinese Medicine

In Traditional Chinese Medicine, there are reports of over 100 substances that have been used to treat stroke. In fact, pharmacologic research of these substances is focused on understanding the ingredients and their mechanisms of action in order to develop new drugs.

Prognosis and Complications

There are many possible complications associated with stroke.

Seizures
Paralysis
Cognitive (thinking) deficits
Speech problems
Emotional difficulties
Daily living problems
Pain

Many people begin to recover from a stroke almost immediately after it has occurred.

The recovery process is most rapid in the first three months after a stroke, but improvement will continue for six months or a year. Many stroke survivors even report that they slowly continue to regain function for years after their stroke. It is very important not to lose hope.

Supporting Research

Amarenco P, Labreuche J, Touboul PJ. High-density lipoprotein-cholesterol and risk of stroke and carotid atherosclerosis: A systematic review. Atherosclerosis. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Blanco M, Nombela F, Castellanos M, et al. Statin treatment withdrawal in ischemic stroke: a controlled randomized study. Neurology. 2007;69(9):904-10.

Broderick J, Connolly S, Feldmann E, et al; American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Stroke Council; American Heart Association/American Stroke Association High Blood Pressure Research Council; Quality of Care and Outcomes in Research Interdisciplinary Working Group. Guidelines for the management of spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhage in adults: 2007 update: a guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Stroke Council, High Blood Pressure Research Council, and the Quality of Care and Outcomes in Research Interdisciplinary Working Group. Circulation. 2007;116(16):e391-413.

Desrosiers J, Noreau L, Rochette A, et al. Effect of a home leisure education program after stroke: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2007;88(9):1095-100.

Dorhout Mees S, van den Bergh W, Algra A, Rinkel G. Antiplatelet therapy for aneurysmal subarachnoid haemorrhage. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007;(4):CD006184.

Egan M, Kessler D, Laporte L, Metcalfe V, Carter M. A pilot randomized controlled trial of community-based occupational therapy in late stroke rehabilitation. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2007;14(5):37-45.

Ford I, Murray H, Packard CJ, Shepherd J, Macfarlane PW, Cobbe SM; West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study Group. Long-term follow-up of the West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study. N Engl J Med. 2007;357(15):1477-86.

Hassan AE, Zacharatos H, Suri MF, Qureshi AI. Drug evaluation of clopidogrel in patients with ischemic stroke. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2007;8(16):2825-38.

Hinkle JL, Guanci MM. Acute ischemic stroke review. J Neurosci Nurs. 2007;39(5):285-93, 310.

Jang SH. A review of motor recovery mechanisms in patients with stroke. NeuroRehabilitation. 2007;22(4):253-9.

Kruger E, Teasell R, Salter K, Foley N, Hellings C. The rehabilitation of patients recovering from brainstem strokes: case studies and clinical considerations. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2007;14(5):56-64.

Lynch EA, Hillier SL, Stiller K, Campanella RR, Fisher PH. Sensory retraining of the lower limb after acute stroke: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2007;88(9):1101-7.

McColl BW, Allan SM, Rothwell NJ. Systemic inflammation and stroke: aetiology, pathology and targets for therapy. Biochem Soc Trans. 2007;35(Pt 5):1163-5.

O'Keefe JH, Bybee KA, Lavie CJ. Alcohol and cardiovascular health: the razor-sharp double-edged sword. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2007;50(11):1009-14.

Pan W, Kastin AJ. Tumor necrosis factor and stroke: Role of the blood-brain barrier. ProgNeurobiol. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Richards LG, Stewart KC, Woodbury ML, Senesac C, Cauraugh JH. Movement-dependent stroke recovery: A systematic review and meta-analysis of TMS and fMRI evidence. Neuropsychologia. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Smith WS, Johnston SC, Skalabrin EJ, et al. Spinal manipulative therapy is an independent risk factor for vertebral artery dissection. Neurology. 2003;60(9):1424-1428.

Spence JD. Review: Perspective on the efficacy analysis of the Vitamin Intervention for Stroke Prevention trial. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Stroke Unit Trialists' Collaboration. Organised inpatient (stroke unit) care for stroke. CochraneDatabase Syst Rev. 2007;(4):CD000197.

Review Date:
12/7/2007
Reviewed By:
Ernest B. Hawkins, MS, BSPharm, RPh, Health Education Resources; and Steven D. Ehrlich, NMD, private practice specializing in complementary and alternative medicine, Phoenix, AZ. Review provided by VeriMed Healthcare Network.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Eating disorders

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:00 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Risk Factors
Causes
Complications of Bulimia...
Complications of Anorexia...
Symptoms
Diagnosis
Treatment
Treatment for Bulimia
Treatment for Anorexia
Therapy
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Eating Disorders Overview

Eating disorders typically occur among young women.
Bulimia nervosa involves a pattern of bingeing and purging. Many people with bulimia nervosa also suffer from depression.
Anorexia nervosa involves a pattern of self-starvation. Patients often have an accompanying anxiety disorder (such as obsessive compulsive disorder) or depression. Patients who have anorexia and depression have a high risk for suicide. Some studies estimate that anorexia nervosa has the highest death rate of any psychiatric disorder.

Treatment of Bulimia Nervosa

Bulimia nervosa is treated with a combination of psychotherapy and medication. Cognitive behavioral therapy, which is given along with nutritional counseling, is the preferred psychotherapeutic approach. Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), such as fluoxetine (Prozac), are the first choice for drug therapy.

Treatment of Anorexia Nervosa

Unlike bulimia nervosa, anorexia nervosa does not respond as well to drug treatment, although SSRIs are sometimes used as an adjunct to psychotherapy. Therapy that includes the entire family -- not just the patient -- is an important part of the treatment process, as is nutritional education. Patients who are severely underweight and who have other physical risks may need to be hospitalized while weight is restored. Recovery is a long process that can take 5 - 6 years to achieve.

Introduction

Eating disorders are behavioral issues brought on by a complex interplay of factors, which may include emotional and personality disorders, family pressures, a possible genetic or biologic susceptibility, and a culture in which there is an overabundance of food and an obsession with thinness. There are four general categories of eating disorders:

Bulimia nervosa
Anorexia nervosa
Binge eating
Eating disorders not otherwise specified

These are not new disorders. Although anorexia nervosa was first defined as a medical problem in the late 1800s, descriptions of self-starvation have been found even in medieval writings.

Bulimia nervosa is more common than anorexia, and it usually begins early in adolescence. It is characterized by cycles of bingeing and purging, and typically takes the following pattern:

Bulimia is often triggered when young women attempt restrictive diets, fail, and react by binge eating. (Binge eating involves consuming larger than normal amounts of food within a 2-hour period.)
In response to the binges, patients compensate, usually by purging, vomiting, using enemas, or taking laxatives, diet pills, or drugs to reduce fluids.
Patients then revert to severe dieting, excessive exercise, or both. (Some patients with bulimia follow bingeing only with fasting and exercise. They are then considered to have non-purging bulimia.)
The cycle then swings back to bingeing and then to purging again.
Some studies have reported that patients with bulimia average about 14 episodes of binge-purging per week. To be diagnosed with bulimia, however, a patient must binge and purge at least twice a week for 3 months. (Some experts believe that going through the cycle only once a week is sufficient for a diagnosis.)
In some cases, the condition progresses to anorexia. Most people with bulimia, however, have a normal to high-normal body weight, although it may fluctuate by more than 10 pounds because of the binge-purge cycle.

Young people who occasionally force vomiting after eating too much are not considered bulimic, and most of the time this occasional unhealthy behavior does not continue beyond youth.

The term "anorexia" literally means absence of appetite. Anorexia nervosa involves an aversion to food that leads to a state of starvation and emaciation. It is a very serious illness that some experts believe is an entirely different condition from bulimia and should be not be diagnosed as a simple eating disorder.

Facts associated with anorexia nervosa:

At least 15% to as much as 60% of normal body weight is lost.
The patient with anorexia nervosa has an intense fear of gaining weight, even when severely underweight.
Individuals with anorexia nervosa have a distorted image of their own weight or shape and deny the serious health consequences of their low weight.
Women with anorexia nervosa miss at least three consecutive menstrual periods. (Some experts believe women can be anorexic without this occurrence.)

Patients with this condition are often characterized as anorexia restrictors or anorexic bulimic patients. Each type is equally prevalent.

Anorexia restrictors reduce their weight by severe dieting.
Anorexic bulimic patients maintain emaciation by purging. Although both types are serious, the bulimic type, which imposes additional stress on an undernourished body, is the more damaging.

Severe anorexia is common in the elderly, who may experience weight loss because of social isolation, impaired gastrointestinal function, or loss of certain chemicals related to the feeding drive. Such age-related anorexia, however, is not synonymous with anorexia nervosa, a psychologic disorder.

Bingeing without purging is characterized as compulsive overeating (binge eating) with the absence of bulimic behaviors, such as vomiting or laxative abuse (used to eliminate calories). Binge eating usually leads to becoming overweight.

To be diagnosed as a binge eater, a person typically has the following characteristics:

Bingeing at least twice a week for 6 months
Consuming 5,000 - 15,000 calories in one sitting
Eating three meals a day plus frequent snacks
Overeating continually throughout the day, rather than consuming large amounts of food during binges

Since binge eating disorder is generally associated with weight gain, it will not be further discussed in this report. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #53: Weight control and diet.]

A fourth category called eating disorders not otherwise specified (NOS) has been established to define eating disorders not specifically defined as anorexia or bulimia. This category includes:

Infrequent binge-purge episodes (occurring less than twice a week or having such behavior for less than months)
Repeated chewing and spitting without swallowing large amounts of food
Normal weight and anorexic behavior

Such patients tend to be older at diagnosis. Although less serious than other eating disorders, these patients still face similar health problems, including a higher risk for fractures and other conditions.

Risk Factors

Many factors contribute to the risk of developing an eating disorder. In the United States, about 7 million women and 1 million men suffer from eating disorders.

Eating disorders occur most often in adolescents and young adults. However, new research finds that they are increasingly prevalent among young children. Eating disorders are more difficult to identify in young children because they are rarely suspected.

Studies indicate that eating disorders occur predominantly among girls and women. About 90 - 95% of patients with anorexia nervosa, and about 80% of patients with bulimia nervosa, are female.

Most studies of individuals with eating disorders have been conducted using Caucasian middle-class females. Studies now indicate, however, that minority populations (including Hispanic Americans and African-Americans) are increasingly affected.

Living in any economically developed nation on any continent appears to pose a risk for eating disorders. Within nations, eating disorders can affect people of all socioeconomic levels.

People with eating disorders tend to share similar personality and behavioral traits, including low self-esteem, dependency, and problems with self-direction. Specific psychiatric personality disorders may put people at higher risk for eating disorders.

Avoidant Personalities. Some studies indicate that many patients with anorexia nervosa have avoidant personalities. This personality disorder is characterized by:

Being a perfectionist
Being emotionally and sexually inhibited
Having less of a fantasy life than people with bulimia or those without an eating disorder
Being perceived as always being "good," not being rebellious
Being terrified of being ridiculed or criticized or of feeling humiliated

People with anorexia are extremely sensitive to failure, and any criticism, no matter how slight, reinforces their own belief that they are "no good".

Obsessive-Compulsive Personality. Obsessive-compulsive personality defines certain character traits (being a perfectionist, morally rigid, or preoccupied with rules and order). This personality disorder has been strongly associated with a higher risk for anorexia. These traits should not be confused with the anxiety disorder called obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), although they may increase the risk for this disorder.

Borderline Personalities. Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) is associated with self-destructive and impulsive behaviors. People with BPD tend to have other co-existing mental health problems, including eating disorders.

Narcissistic Personalities. Studies have also found that people with bulimia or anorexia are often highly narcissistic and tend to:

Have an inability to soothe oneself
Have an inability to empathize with others
Have a need for admiration
Be hypersensitive to criticism or defeat

Many patients with eating disorders experience depression and anxiety disorders. Depression, anxiety, or both is also common in families of patients with eating disorders. It is not clear if emotional disorders, particularly obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), cause the eating disorders, increase susceptibility to them, or share common biologic cause.

Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD). Obsessive-compulsive disorder is an anxiety disorder that occurs in up to two thirds of patients with anorexia and up to one third of patients with bulimia. In fact, some experts believe that eating disorders are variants of OCD. Obsessions are recurrent or persistent mental images, thoughts, or ideas, which may result in compulsive behaviors (repetitive, rigid, and self-prescribed routines) that are intended to prevent the manifestation of the obsession. Women with anorexia and OCD may become obsessed with exercise, dieting, and food. They often develop compulsive rituals (weighing every bit of food, cutting it into tiny pieces, or putting it into tiny containers). The presence of OCD with either anorexia or bulimia does not, however, appear to have any influence on whether a patient improves or not.

Obsessive-compulsive disorder is an anxiety disorder characterized by an inability to resist or stop continuous, abnormal thoughts or fears combined with ritualistic, repetitive, and involuntary defense behavior.

Other Anxiety Disorders. A number of other anxiety disorders have been associated with both bulimia and anorexia, including:

Phobias. Phobias often precede the onset of the eating disorder. Social phobias, in which a person is fearful about being humiliated in public, are common in both types of eating disorders.
Panic Disorder. Panic disorder often follows the onset of an eating disorder. It is characterized by periodic attacks of anxiety or terror (panic attacks).
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. Many women with serious eating disorders report a past traumatic event, and many exhibit symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) -- an anxiety disorder that occurs in response to life-threatening circumstances.

Depression. Depression is common in people with eating disorders, for both anorexia and bulimia. Major depression is unlikely to be a cause of eating disorders, however, because treating and relieving depression rarely cures an eating disorder. In addition, depression often improves after anorexic patients begin to gain weight.

Extreme eating disorder behaviors, including use of diet pills, laxatives, diuretics, and vomiting, are reported more often in overweight teenagers. Researchers are working on strategies for preventing the development of eating disorders among overweight adolescents. A 2006 study that targeted overweight college-age women reported success with an Internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy program that helped these women become more comfortable with their body weight and shape. The program also included information on the risks of eating disorders, and education on healthy eating and weight maintenance.

Body Dysmorphic Disorder. Body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) involves a distorted view of one's body that is caused by social, psychologic, or possibly biologic factors. It is often associated with anorexia or bulimia, but it can also occur without any eating disorder. People with this disorder commonly suffer from emotional disorders, including obsessive-compulsive disorder and depression. As part of obsessive thinking, some people with BDD may obsess about a perceived deformity in one area of their body, and may repeatedly seek cosmetic surgery to "correct" it. People with BDD are also at higher risk for suicidal thinking and attempts. Some evidence suggests that treatment with fluoxetine (Prozac), a common antidepressant known as an SSRI helps reduce this problem, even in people without an eating disorder.

Muscle Dysmorphia. Experts are also increasingly reporting a disorder in which people have distorted body images involving their muscles. It tends to occur in men who perceive themselves as being "puny," which results in excessive body building, preoccupation with diet, and social problems. Such individuals are prone to eating disorders and other unhealthy behaviors, including the use of anabolic steroids.

Highly competitive athletes are often perfectionists, a trait common among people with eating disorders.

Female Athletes. Excessive exercise is associated with many cases of anorexia (and, to a lesser degree, bulimia). In young female athletes, anorexia postpones puberty, allowing them to retain a muscular boyish shape without the normal accumulation of fatty tissues in breasts and hips that may blunt their competitive edge. Many coaches and teachers compound the problem by overstressing calorie counting and loss of body fat.

In response, people who are vulnerable to such criticism may lose excessive weight, which has been known to be deadly even for famous athletes. The term "female athlete triad" in fact, is now a common and serious disorder facing young female athletes and dancers and describes the combined presence of the following problems:

Eating disorders, including anorexia
Amenorrhea (absence or irregular menstruation)
Osteoporosis (bone loss, which appears to be related to low weight)

Male Athletes. Male wrestlers and lightweight rowers are also at risk for excessive dieting. One-third of high school wrestlers use a method called weight-cutting for rapid weight loss. This process involves food restriction and fluid depletion by using steam rooms, saunas, laxatives, and diuretics. Although male athletes are more apt to resume normal eating patterns once competition ends, studies show that the body fat levels of many wrestlers are still well below their peers during off-season and are often as low as 3% during wrestling season.

Men and Women in the Military. Studies also show a higher-than-average risk for eating disorders in men and women in the military. A study of eating behavior on one Army base reported that 8% of the women had an eating disorder, compared to 1 - 3% in the civilian female population.

In general, vegetarianism, with careful planning, is a healthy practice for both adults and adolescents. Studies report, however, that vegetarianism in adolescence may be a risk factor for eating disorders in both males and females. Vegetarian teens have been found to be twice as likely to diet frequently, four times as likely to intensively diet, and eight times as likely to use laxatives as their non-vegetarian peers.

These studies do not mean that being a vegetarian equates with having an eating disorder. They do suggest, however, that parents with children who suddenly become vegetarians should be sure that their children are eating a balanced meal with sufficient protein, calories, and important minerals, such as calcium. Parents also might suspect anorexic behavior in their child under certain conditions:

If the child has stopped eating meat only to avoid fat rather than from other motives, such as love of animals or to improve health.
If the vegetarian diet coincides with rapid weight loss.
If the child avoids important vegetable products because of calories (such as whole grains) or because of fats and oils (such as tofu, nuts, and dairy products).

Eating disorders may be more common in teenagers with chronic illness, such as diabetes or asthma. Some recent research suggests an endocrinological link between obesity, diabetes, and eating disorders.

Diabetes. Eating disorders are particularly serious problems for people with either type 1 or type 2 diabetes.

Binge eating (without purging) is most common in type 2 diabetes and, in fact, the obesity it causes may even trigger this diabetes in some people.
Both bulimia and anorexia are common in type 1 diabetes. A 2005 study indicated that as many as 25% of young women with type 1 diabetes may develop abnormal eating habits, and that the combination of diabetes and an eating disorder can have serious health consequences in the women's future. Diabetic women often omit or underuse insulin in order to control weight. If such patients develop anorexia, their extremely low weight may appear to control the diabetes for a while. Eventually, however, if they fail to take insulin and continue to lose weight, these patients develop life-threatening complications.

Click the icon to see an image of type 1 diabetes.

There is a greater risk for eating disorders and other emotional problems for girls who undergo early puberty, when the pressures experienced by all adolescents are intensified by experiencing, possibly alone, these early physical changes, including normal increased body fat. One interesting study reported that:

Before puberty, girls ate quantities of food appropriate to their body weight, were satisfied with their bodies, and noted their depression increased with lower food intake.
After puberty, girls ate about three-quarters of the recommended calorie intake, had a worse body self-image, and noted their depression increased with higher food intake.

This study reported on girls without eating disorders, but it certainly suggests patterns that can lead to eating problems, particularly in girls who go through puberty early. Other studies also indicate that girls who start menstruating at a younger age are more likely to develop eating disorders.

Causes

There is no single cause for eating disorders. Although concerns about weight and body shape play a role in all eating disorders, the actual cause of these disorders appear to result from many factors, including cultural and family pressures and emotional and personality disorders. Genetics and biologic factors may also play a role.

Negative influences within the family may play a major role in triggering and perpetuating eating disorders. Some studies have produced the following observations and theories regarding family influence.

Insecure Infancy. Some experts theorize that parents who fail to provide a safe and secure foundation in infancy may foster eating disorders. In such cases, children experience so-called insecure attachments. They are more likely to have greater weight concerns and lower self-esteem than are those with secure attachments.
Parental Behaviors. Poor parenting by both mothers and fathers has been implicated in eating disorders. One study found that 40% of 9- and 10-year-old girls trying to lose weight generally with the urging of their mothers. Some studies have found that mothers of anorexics tend to be over-involved in their child's life, while mothers of people with bulimia are critical and detached. Overly critical fathers, brothers, or both may play a factor in the development of anorexia in both girls and boys.
Family Meals. How often a family eats together may influence whether a child develops an eating disorder. A study published in the Journal of Adolescent Health found that young girls who ate 3 - 4 meals per week with their families were about half as likely to engage in extreme weight control behaviors as girls who ate family meals less often.
Family History of Addictions or Emotional Disorders. Studies report that people with either anorexia or bulimia are more likely to have parents with alcoholism or substance abuse than are those in the general population. Parents of people with bulimia appear to be more likely to have psychiatric disorders than parents of patients with anorexia.
History of Abuse. Women with eating disorders, particularly bulimia, appear to have a higher incidence of sexual abuse. Studies have reported sexual abuse rates as high as 35% in women with bulimia.
Family History of Obesity. People with bulimia are more likely than average to have an obese parent or to have been overweight themselves during childhood.

At least one study has reported that the most positive way for parents to influence their children's eating habits and to prevent weight problems and eating disorders is to have healthy eating habits themselves.

Anorexia is eight times more common in people who have relatives with the disorder, and some experts estimate that genetic factors are the root cause of many cases of eating disorders. Twins had a tendency to share specific eating disorders (anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and obesity). Researchers have identified specific chromosomes that may be associated with bulimia and anorexia. In particular, regions on chromosome 10 have been linked to bulimia as well as obesity. Some evidence has also reported an association with genetic factors responsible for serotonin, the brain chemical involved with both well-being and appetite. Researchers have also pinpointed certain proteins such as brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF). This protein may influence an individual's susceptibility to developing an eating disorder.

The approach to food in Western countries is extremely problematic. Enough food is produced in the U.S. to supply 3,800 calories every day to each man, woman, and child, far more than any single person needs to sustain life. Obesity is a global epidemic, and few people living in this over-fed and sedentary culture eat a meal guiltlessly.

One interesting anthropologic study reported the following observations:

During historical periods or in cultures where women are financially dependent and marital ties are stronger, the standard is toward being curvaceous, possibly reflecting a cultural or economic need for greater reproduction.
During periods or in cultures where female independence has been possible, the standard of female attractiveness tends toward thinness.

The response of the media to the cultural drive for thinness and the overproduction of food both likely play major roles in triggering obesity and eating disorders.

On the one hand, advertisers heavily market weight-reduction programs and present anorexic young models as the paradigm of sexual desirability.
Clothes are designed and displayed for thin bodies in spite of the fact that few women could wear them successfully.
On the other hand, the media floods the public with attractive ads for consuming foods, especially "junk" foods.

Hormonal abnormalities are common in eating disorders and include chemical abnormalities in the thyroid, the reproductive regions, and areas related to stress, well-being, and appetite. Many of these chemical changes are certainly a result of malnutrition or other aspects of eating disorders, but they also may play a role in perpetuating or even creating susceptibility to the disorders.

The primary setting of many of these abnormalities originate in a small area of the brain called the limbic system. A specific system called hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) may be particularly important in eating disorders. It originates in the following regions in the brain:

Hypothalamus. The hypothalamus is a small structure that plays a role in controlling our behavior, such as eating, sexual behavior and sleeping, and regulates body temperature, emotions, secretion of hormones, and movement.

Click the icon to see an image of the hypothalamus.

The pituitary gland. The pituitary gland is involved in controlling thyroid functions, the adrenal glands, growth, and sexual maturation.
Amygdala. This small almond-like structure lies deep in the brain and is associated with regulation and control of major emotional activities, including anxiety, depression, aggression, and affection.

Click the icon to see an image of the brain-thyroid link.

Stress Hormones. The HPA systems trigger the production and release of stress hormones called glucocorticoids, including the primary stress hormone cortisol. Chronically elevated levels of stress chemicals have been observed in patients with anorexia and bulimia. Cortisol is very important in marshaling systems throughout the body (including the heart, lungs, circulation, metabolism, immune systems, and skin) to deal quickly with any threat.

Release of Neurotransmitters. The HPA system also releases certain neurotransmitters (chemical messengers) that regulate stress, mood, and appetite and are being heavily investigated for a possible role in eating disorders. Abnormalities in the activities of three of them, serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine, are of particular interest. Serotonin is involved with well-being, anxiety, and appetite (among other traits), and norepinephrine is a stress hormone. Dopamine is involved in reward-seeking behavior. Recent research suggests that people with anorexia have increased activity in the brain's dopamine receptors. This overactivity may explain why people with anorexia do not experience a sense of pleasure from food and other typical comforts.

Ghrelin. High levels of ghrelin, a hormone that increases the feeling of hunger and slows metabolism, have been noted in patients with anorexia and bulimia.

Low-Leptin Levels. Leptin is a hormone that appears to trigger the hypothalamus to stimulate appetite, and low levels have been observed in people with anorexia and bulimia.

Low Reproductive Hormones. The hypothalamic-pituitary system is also responsible for the production of important reproductive hormones that are severely depleted in anorexics. Although most experts believe that these reproductive abnormalities are a result of anorexia, others have reported that in 30 - 50% of people with anorexia, menstrual disturbances occurred before severe malnutrition set in and remained a problem long after weight gain, indicating that hypothalamic-pituitary abnormalities precede the eating disorder itself.

In some cases, infection has been associated with anorexia. In such cases, immune factors released to fight these infections may cause inflammation and injury in the areas of the brain that affect appetite and behavior.

Streptococcal Infection. The bacteria responsible for strep throat and rheumatic fever -- called group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal (GABHS) -- is now a suspect in some cases of anorexia. Some children who have been infected with these bacteria develop a syndrome that includes obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), tics, and anorexia nervosa. The syndrome is called PANDAS (Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorders Associated with Streptococcus). More research is needed to confirm this as an actual cause of anorexia and to determine if it may be treatable with antibiotics.

Epstein Barr Virus. Epstein Barr, the virus that causes mononucleosis, has also been associated with the development of anorexia.

Click the icon to see an image of infectious mononucleosis.

Complications of Bulimia

Most studies report that patients who have bulimia without severe weight loss have a much better outlook than patients with anorexia. Some studies have suggested that 60 - 80% of bulimic patients are in remission within 3 months of treatment. However, relapse is common, and over half of women with bulimia continue to battle disordered eating habits for years. In one study, bulimia itself persisted in 10 - 25% of patients after treatment.

Many medical problems are directly associated with bulimic behavior, including:

Tooth erosion, cavities, and gum problems
Water retention, swelling, and abdominal bloating
Acute stomach distress
Fluid loss with low potassium levels (due to excessive vomiting or laxative use; can lead to extreme weakness, near paralysis, or lethal heart rhythms)
Irregular periods
Swallowing problems and esophagus damage

Forced vomiting causes repetitive assaults on the esophagus (the food pipe) from forced vomiting. It is not clear, however, if swallowing problems are common.

The esophagus connects the nose and mouth with the stomach. The epiglottis folds over the trachea when a swallow occurs, to prevent the swallowed substance from being inhaled into the lungs. When a person is unable to swallow because of illness or coma, a tube may be inserted either through the mouth or nose, past the epiglottis, through the esophagus and into the stomach. Nutrients pass directly through the tube into the stomach.

Rupture of the esophagus, or food pipe
Weakened rectal walls (rare, but serious condition that requires surgery)

Click the icon to see an image of the rectum.

A number of self-destructive behaviors occur with bulimia:

Smoking. Many teenage girls with eating disorders smoke because it is thought to help prevent weight gain.
Impulsive Behaviors. Women with bulimia are at higher-than-average risk for dangerous impulsive behaviors, such as sexual promiscuity, self-cutting, and kleptomania. Some studies have reported such behaviors in half of those with bulimia.
Alcohol and Substance Abuse. An estimated 30 - 70% of patients with bulimia abuse alcohol, drugs, or both. This rate is higher than that of the general population and for people with anorexia. However, this higher rate of substance abuse may be a distortion because studies are conducted only on diagnosed patients. Bulimia tends not to get diagnosed. And reports of bulimia in the community (where the incidence of the eating disorder is higher than statistics suggest) indicate that substance abuse is actually lower than in people with anorexia.

Women with bulimia frequently abuse over-the-counter medications, such as laxatives, appetite suppressants, diuretics, and drugs that induce vomiting (ipecac). None of these drugs is without risk. For example, ipecac poisonings have been reported, and some people become dependent on laxatives for normal bowel functioning. Diet pills, even herbal and over-the-counter medications, can be hazardous, particularly if they are abused.

Complications of Anorexia

Anorexia nervosa is a very serious illness that has a wide range of effects on the body and mind. It is also associated with other problems, ranging from frequent flus and general poor health to life-threatening conditions. Some experts believe that it should not be approached as a simple eating disorder but as a serious condition requiring staging according to severity.

At this time, no treatment program for anorexia nervosa is completely effective. Recovery rates vary between 23 - 50%, and relapses range from 4 - 27%. Recovery takes an average of 5 - 6 years from the time of diagnosis. Up to 30% of patients do not recover.

Even after treatment and weight gain, many patients continue to display characteristics of the disorder, including perfectionism and a drive for thinness, which could keep them at risk for recurrence.

Some research suggests that anorexia nervosa has the highest death rate of any psychiatric disorder. According to different studies, the risk for early death is higher for people with the following conditions or characteristics:

Being younger
Having bulimia anorexia (twice as high in this group than in the anorexic-restrictor types)
Being severely low in weight at the time of treatment
Being sick for more than 6 years
Having been previously obese
Having an accompanying severe psychological disorder including personality disorders

One of the most serious effects of anorexia is hormonal changes, which can have severe health consequences.

Reproductive hormones, including estrogen and dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA), are lower. Estrogen is important for healthy hearts and bones. DHEA, a weak male hormone, may also be important for bone health and for other functions.
Thyroid hormones are lower.
Stress hormones are higher.
Growth hormones are lower. Children and adolescents with anorexia may experience retarded growth.

The result of many of these hormonal abnormalities in women is long-term, irregular or absent menstruation (amenorrhea). This can occur early on in anorexia, even before severe weight loss. Over time this causes infertility, bone loss, and other problems. Low weight alone may not be sufficient to cause amenorrhea. Extreme fasting and purging behaviors may play an even stronger role in hormonal disturbance.

Adolescents with eating behaviors associated with anorexia (fasting, frequent exercise to lose weight, and self-induced vomiting) are at high risk for anxiety and depression in young adulthood. Alcohol and drug abuse are more common in patients with anorexia. Suicide has been estimated to account for as many as half the deaths in anorexia with studies showing up to a fifth of anorexic patients attempting suicide.

Heart disease is the most common medical cause of death in people with severe anorexia. The effects of anorexia on the heart are:

Dangerous heart rhythms, including slow rhythms known as bradycardia, may develop. Such abnormalities can show up even in teenagers with anorexia.

Bradycardia is a slowness of the heartbeat, usually at a rate under 60 beats per minute (normal resting rate is 60 - 100 beats per minute).

Blood flow is reduced
Blood pressure may drop
The heart muscles starve, losing size
Cholesterol levels tend to rise

Click the icon to see an image of cholesterol.

A primary danger to the heart is from abnormalities in the balance of minerals, such as potassium, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate, which are normally dissolved in the body's fluid. The dehydration and starvation that occurs with anorexia can reduce fluid and mineral levels and produce a condition known as electrolyte imbalance. Electrolytes (calcium and potassium) are critical for maintaining the electric currents necessary for a normal heartbeat. An imbalance in these electrolytes can be very serious and even life threatening unless fluids and minerals are replaced. Heart problems are a particular risk when anorexia is compounded by bulimia and the use of ipecac, a drug that causes vomiting.

After treatment and an increase in weight, estrogen levels are usually restored and periods resume. In severe anorexia, however, even after treatment, normal menstruation never returns in 25% of such patients.

If a woman with anorexia becomes pregnant before regaining normal weight, she faces a higher risk for miscarriage, cesarean section, and for having an infant with low birth weight or birth defects. She is also at higher risk for postpartum depression.
Women with anorexia who seek fertility treatments have lower chances for success.

Most pregnant women with a history of eating disorders have healthy pregnancies. However, some studies suggest that they may face higher risks for a number of complications, including cesarean sections, postpartum depression, miscarriages, complicated deliveries, and premature birth. Many studies indicate that babies born to mothers with eating disorders have a higher risk for low birth weight. However, an encouraging 2006 study reported that mothers with a history of anorexia nervosa do not have a higher risk for pregnancy complications or poor birth outcomes.

Almost 90% of women with anorexia experience osteopenia (loss of bone minerals), and 40% have osteoporosis (more advanced loss of bone density). Up to two-thirds of children and adolescent girls with anorexia fail to develop strong bones during their critical growing period. Boys with anorexia also suffer from stunted growth. The less the patient weighs, the more severe the bone loss. Women with anorexia who also binge-purge face an even higher risk for bone loss.

Bone loss in women is mainly due to low estrogen levels that occur with anorexia. Other biologic factors in anorexia also may contribute to bone loss, including high levels of stress hormones (which impair bone growth) and low levels of calcium, certain growth factors, and DHEA (a weak male hormone). Weight gain, unfortunately, does not completely restore bone. Only achieving regular menstruation as soon as possible can protect against permanent bone loss. The longer the eating disorder persists the more likely the bone loss will be permanent.

Testosterone levels decline in boys as they lose weight, which also can affect their bone density. In young boys with anorexia, weight restoration produces some catch-up growth, but it may not produce full growth.

People with severe anorexia may suffer nerve damage that affects the brain and other parts of the body. The following nerve-related conditions have been reported:

Seizures
Disordered thinking
Numbness or odd nerve sensations in the hands or feet (peripheral neuropathy)

Brain scans indicate that parts of the brain undergo structural changes and abnormal activity during anorexic states. Some of these changes return to normal after weight gain, but there is evidence that some damage may be permanent. Still, the extent of the neurologic problems is unclear.

Anemia is a common result of anorexia and starvation. In one study, 38% of anorexic participants had anemia. A particularly serious blood problem is pernicious anemia, which can be caused by severely low levels of vitamin B12. If anorexia becomes extreme, the bone marrow dramatically reduces its production of blood cells, a life-threatening condition called pancytopenia.

Bloating and constipation are both very common problems in people with anorexia.

In very late anorexia, the organs simply fail. The main warning sign is high blood levels of liver enzymes, which require immediate administration of calories.

Eating disorders are very serious for young people with type 1 diabetes. A study of over 2,000 women found that bulimia, or a combination of bulimia and anorexia, was more common among women with type 1 diabetes.

The complications of eating disorders that affect all patients are even more dangerous in this group of patients. Low blood sugar, for example, is a danger for anyone with anorexia, but it is a particularly dangerous risk for those with diabetes. If patients do not take their insulin, high blood sugar, which is also very dangerous, can occur. Unfortunately, patients with eating disorders may skip or reduce their daily insulin in order to decrease their intake of calories. Extremely high blood sugar levels can cause diabetic ketoacidosis, a condition in which acidic chemicals (ketones) accumulate in the body. This condition can lead to coma and death.

Symptoms

Possibly the most bewildering symptom of eating disorders is the distorted body image (body dysmorphia ). Although people typically associate distorted body image with severe anorexia, one study indicated that distortion may be more prevalent in people with bulimia. People with bulimia were more likely than those with anorexia to overestimate their size. There was also a greater disparity between what they wanted to look like and what they believed they looked like.

People with bulimia nearly always practice it in secret, and, although they may be underweight, they are not always anorexic. Symptoms or signs of bulimia may, therefore, be very subtle and go unnoticed. They may include:

Evidence of discarded packaging for laxatives, diet pills, emetics (drugs that induce vomiting), or diuretics (medications that reduce fluids)
Regularly going to the bathroom right after meals
Suddenly eating large amounts of food or buying large quantities that disappear right away
Compulsive exercising
Broken blood vessels in the eyes (from the strain of vomiting)
Pouch-like appearance to the corners of the mouth due to swollen salivary glands (occurs within days of vomiting in about 8% of people with bulimia)
Dry mouth
Tooth cavities, diseased gums, and irreversible enamel erosion from excessive acid
Rashes and pimples
Small cuts and calluses across the tops of finger joints due to self-induced vomiting

Weight Loss. The primary symptom of anorexia is major weight loss from excessive and continuous dieting, which may either be restrictive dieting or binge-eating and purging.

Other symptoms of anorexia may include:

Infrequent or absent menstrual periods
Compulsive exercising coupled with excessive thinness
Refusal to eat in front of others
Ritualistic eating, including cutting food into small pieces
Hypersensitivity to cold -- some women wear several layers of clothing to both keep warm and hide their thinness
Yellowish skin, especially on the palms of the hands and soles of the feet -- from eating too many vitamin A-rich vegetables such as carrots
Dry skin covered with fine hair
Thin scalp hair
Cold or swollen feet and hands
Stomach problems, including bloating after eating
Confused or slowed thinking
Poor memory or judgment

Diagnosis

The first step towards a diagnosis is to admit the existence of an eating disorder. Often, the patient needs to be compelled by a parent or others to see a doctor because the patient may deny and resist the problem. Some patients may even self-diagnose their condition as an allergy to carbohydrates, because after being on a restricted diet, eating carbohydrates can produce gastrointestinal problems, dizziness, weakness, and palpitations. This may lead such people to restrict carbohydrates even more severely.

It is often extremely difficult for parents as well as the patient to admit that a problem is present. For example, because food is such an intrinsic part of the mother-child relationship, a child's eating disorder might seem like a terrible parental failure. Parents may have their own emotional issues with weight gain and loss and perceive no problem with having a "thin" child.

It is recommended that a supportive companion be present during part of the initial medical interview to offer additional information on the patient's eating history and to help offset any resistance or denial the patient may express.

Various questionnaires are available for assessing patients. The Eating Disorders Examination (EDE), which is an interview of the patient by the doctor, and the self-reported Eating Disorders Examination-Questionnaire (EDE-Q) are both considered valid tests for assessing eating disorder diagnosis and determining specific features of the individual’s condition (such as vomiting or laxative use).

Another test is called the SCOFF questionnaire. It is proving to be very reliable in accurately identifying both very young and adult patients who meet the full criteria for anorexia or bulimia nervosa. (It may not be as accurate in people who do not meet the full criteria.)

SCOFF Questionnaire

Do you make yourself Sick because you feel uncomfortably full?

Do you worry you have lost Control over how much you eat?

Have you recently lost more than One stone 's worth of weight (14 pounds) in a 3-month period?

Do you believe yourself to be Fat when others say you are too thin?

Would you say that Food dominates your life?

Answering yes to two of these questions is a strong indicator of an eating disorder.

In spite of the prevalence of bulimia, a majority of doctors have never diagnosed bulimia in a patient. Younger and female doctors are more likely to detect bulimia. A doctor should make a diagnosis of bulimia if there are at least two bulimic episodes per week for 3 months. Because people with bulimia tend to have complications with their teeth and gums, dentists could play a crucial role in identifying and diagnosing bulimia.

Generally, an observation of physical symptoms and a personal history will quickly confirm the diagnosis of anorexia. The standard criteria for diagnosing anorexia nervosa are:

The patient's refusal to maintain a body weight normal for age and height
Intense fear of becoming fat even though underweight
A distorted self-image that results in diminished self-confidence
Denial of the seriousness of emaciation and starvation
The loss of menstrual function for at least 3 months

The doctor then categorizes the anorexia further:

Restricting (severe dieting only)
Anorexia bulimia (binge-purge behavior)

Because the disorder rarely shows up in men, doctors may not be on the lookout for it in male patients, even if they show classic symptoms of anorexia. Doctors should be very aware of these symptoms in anyone, particularly in athletes and dancers.

Once a diagnosis is made, doctors should immediately check for any serious complications of starvation. They should also rule out other medical disorders that might be causing the anorexia. Tests should include:

A complete blood count
Tests for electrolyte imbalances (low potassium levels mean the disorder is more likely to be accompanied by the binge-purge syndrome)
Test for protein levels
An electrocardiogram and a chest x-ray
Tests for liver, kidney, and thyroid problems
A bone density test

Treatment

Treatment goals for eating disorders include:

Restore normal weight for anorexia nervosa
Reduce, and hopefully stop, binge eating and purging for bulimia nervosa
Treat physical complications and any associated psychiatric disorders
Teach patients proper nutritional habits and how to develop healthy eating patterns and meal plans
Change patients’ dysfunctional thoughts about the eating disorder
Improve self-control, self-esteem, and behavior
Provide family counseling
Prevent relapse

The first major difficulty in treating eating disorders is resistance by everyone involved:

The anorexic patient often believes that the emaciation is normal and even attractive.
The bulimic patient may feel that purging is the only way to prevent obesity.
Even worse, the anorexic condition may be encouraged by friends who envy thinness or by dance or athletic coaches who encourage low body fat.
The family itself may deny the problem and be obstructive or manipulative, adding to the difficulties of treatment.

It is very important that the patient and any close friends and relatives be informed about the serious potential of these conditions and the importance of receiving immediate help.

A multidisciplinary team approach with consistent support and counseling is essential for long-term recovery from all severe eating disorders. Depending on the severity and type of disorder, team members may include:

Doctors specializing in relevant medical complications
Dietitians
Cognitive-behavioral therapists
Psychotherapists
Nurses

All should be skilled in treating eating disorders. Studies have found that people treated by such specialists have a lower mortality rate than those treated only as psychiatric patients.

Patients may drop out of programs if they have unrealistic expectations of being "cured" simply through the therapists' insights. Before a program begins, the following possibilities should be made clear:

The process is painful and requires hard work on the part of the patient and family.
A number of therapeutic methods are likely to be tried until the patient succeeds in overcoming these difficult disorders.
Relapse is common but should not be greeted with despair. (In one study, about 90% of bulimic patients responded to treatments after 6 years.)

Although the outcome for bulimics is generally more favorable than for anorexics, long-term studies are showing recovery in most people treated for anorexia.

Psychotherapies. Eating disorders are nearly always treated with some form of psychiatric or psychologic treatment. Depending on the problem, certain psychologic approaches may work better than others.

Medications. Various medications may be helpful for patients depending on the type of eating disorder, psychiatric state, and severity of the condition.

Nutritional Rehabilitation. Nutritional counseling can help patients regain weight and learn normal expectations concerning hunger and eating patterns.

The patient’s condition, social circumstances, and health insurance coverage determine the type of treatment facility -- inpatient hospitalization, residential hospitalization, partial hospitalization, or outpatient care. Weight is not the sole determining factor. The patient’s overall physical condition, psychological state, behavior patterns, and family support are all factors. Patients and their families should discuss with their doctors the various options available and how structured and intense the treatment should be.

Treatment for Bulimia

Some experts recommend a stepped approach for patients with bulimia, which follow specific stages depending on the severity and response to initial treatments:

Support groups. This is the least expensive approach and may be helpful for patients who have mild conditions with no health consequences.
Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) along with nutritional therapy is the preferred first treatment for bulimia that does not respond to support groups.
Drugs. The drugs used for bulimia are typically antidepressants known as selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). A combination of CBT and SSRIs is very effective if CBT alone is not helpful.

Patients with bulimia rarely need hospitalization except under the following circumstances:

Binge-purge cycles have led to anorexia
Drugs are needed for withdrawal from purging
Major depression is present

Psychologic Therapy. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) is the first-line of therapy for most patients with bulimia and is successful in about 60% of cases. Patients who do not respond to CBT tend to be less committed to the treatment, are more preoccupied with their symptoms, and have ritualized eating behaviors. Interpersonal therapy may be tried if CBT fails. Some studies have found that bulimic patients respond well to self-help CBT with a CD-ROM or manual. These methods, the research found, reduced the incidence of both binging and vomiting. Patients who do not respond to CBT may wish to try interpersonal therapy (also known as “talk therapy’), where therapists help patients explore how social and family relationships may affect their eating disorder.

Antidepressants. The most common antidepressants prescribed for bulimia are selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as:

Fluoxetine (Prozac)
Sertraline (Zoloft)
Paroxetine (Paxil)
Fluvoxamine (Luvox)

Studies are mixed, however, on whether SSRIs offer an additional advantage in reducing binge-eating compared to CBT. Fluoxetine has been approved for bulimia and is considered the drug of choice, although some studies suggest that other SSRIs work just as well.

Antidepressants may increase the risks for suicidal thoughts and actions during the first few months of treatment. In particular, adolescents and young adults should be carefully monitored during this time period for any changes in behavior.

Topiramate. The antiepileptic drug topiramate (Topamax) has been shown in studies to reduce bingeing and purging episodes in patients with bulimia. However, due to this drug’s risk for serious side effects, topiramate should be used only if other medication has failed. In addition, because people tend to lose weight while taking topiramate, it should not be used by patients who have low or even normal body weight.

Treatment for Anorexia

Treatment goals for patients with anorexia require a team approach. Doctors should immediately check and treat any medical problems related to the condition, such as bone loss, imbalances in important electrolytes, and any hormonal deficiencies, including thyroid and reproductive hormones. Nutrition rehabilitation and psychotherapy also plays an important part in anorexia therapy.

Many moderately to severely ill anorexic patients require hospitalization when:

Weight loss continues even with outpatient treatment
Weight is 30% below ideal body weight
Depression is severe or the patient is suicidal
There are symptoms of medical complications (disturbed heart rate, low potassium levels, altered mental status, low blood pressure, severe sensations of cold)

When severe metabolic or medical problems occur, patients with anorexia may need to be hospitalized either voluntarily or involuntarily. A variety of partial hospitalization or day care programs are also available.

Duration of Inpatient Treatment. For people with severe anorexia, many experts believe that 10 - 12 weeks of hospitalization with full nutritional support are required to reach ideal body weight. Check to see how many days your insurance company allows for inpatient treatment. Many rarely cover more than 15 days in the hospital. It is particularly important for women with both diabetes and anorexia to achieve 100% of ideal weight before being released.

The body mass index (BMI) is the measurement of body fat. It is derived by multiplying a person's weight in pounds by 703 and then dividing it twice by the height in inches.

A healthy BMI for women over age 20 is 19 - 24.
Those over 24 are considered to be at risk for health problems related to obesity.
Those under 17.5 are considered to be at risk for health problems related to anorexia. (However, young teenagers can have lower BMIs without necessarily being anorexic.)

For example, a woman who is 5'5" and weighs 125 pounds has a healthy BMI of 21. A woman at the same height who weighs 90 pounds would have a dangerously low BMI of 15.

Nutritional intervention is essential. Weight gain is associated with fewer symptoms of anorexia and with improvements in both physical and mental function. Restoring good nutrition can help reduce bone loss, and raising the level of energy available to the body by balancing food intake and exercise can normalize hormonal function. Restoring weight is also essential before the patient can fully benefit from additional psychotherapeutic treatments.

Goals for Weight Gain and Good Nutrition. A weight-gain goal of 2 - 3 pounds a week for hospitalized patients, and 0.5 - 1 pound a week for outpatients, is strongly encouraged. Patients typically begin with a calorie count as low as 1,000 - 1,600 calories a day, which is then gradually increased to 2,000 - 3,500 calories a day. Patients may initially experience intensified anxiety and depressive symptoms, as well as fluid retention, in response to weight gain. These symptoms decrease as the weight is maintained.

Tubal Feedings. Feeding tubes that pass through the nose to the stomach are not commonly used, since many experts believe they discourage a return to normal eating habits and because many patients interpret their use as punishing forced feeding. However, for patients who are at significant risk or for those who refuse to eat, tube feeding through the nose or through a tube inserted through the abdomen into the stomach can help with weight gain and improve the nutritional status of the patient. One method is to administer such feedings only at nighttime, with the patient eating normally during the day.

Intravenous Feedings. Intravenous feedings may be needed in life-threatening situations. This involves inserting a needle into the vein and infusing fluids containing nutrients directly into the bloodstream. Intravenous feedings must be administered carefully. When given at home, no more than the prescribed amount should be used. Overzealous administration of glucose solutions can trigger the so-called refeeding syndrome, in which phosphate levels drop severely and cause a condition called hypophosphatemia. Emergency symptoms include irritability, muscle weakness, bleeding from the mouth, disturbed heart rhythms, seizures, and coma.

The role of exercise in recovery is complex, since, for those with anorexia, excessive exercise is often a component of the original disorder. However, very controlled exercise regimens may be used as both a reward for developing good eating habits and as a way to reduce the stomach and intestinal distress that accompanies recovery. Exercise should not be performed if severe medical problems still exist and if the patient has not gained significant weight. The goal of exercise should be on improving physical fitness and health, not on burning off calories.

Psychologic Therapies Used in Anorexia. Family therapy is an important component of anorexia treatment, especially for children and adolescents. Adults usually begin with motivational psychotherapy that provides an empathetic setting and rewards positive efforts towards weight gain. After weight is restored, cognitive behavioral therapy techniques are helpful.

Antidepressants. Studies have not reported many benefits for treating anorexia nervosa with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), the antidepressants that are often useful for patients with bulimia. A few studies suggest that these drugs could be useful for people with anorexia nervosa who also have obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD).

Doctors hoped that SSRIs could help prevent relapse in patients who have successfully restored their body weight. However, in a well-designed study in the Journal of the American Medical Association there was no difference in the time to relapse between patients who received fluoxetine (Prozac) and those who received placebo.

Nutritional Supplements. Calcium and vitamin D supplements are often recommended. Some studies have reported that zinc supplements may help patients gain weight.

Therapy

Eating disorders are nearly always treated with some form of psychiatric or psychologic treatment. Depending on the problem, different psychologic approaches may work better than others.

Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) works on the principle that a pattern of false thinking and belief about one's body can be recognized objectively and altered, thereby changing the response and eliminating the unhealthy reaction to food. One approach for bulimia is the following:

Over a period of 4 - 6 months the patient builds up to eating 3 meals a day, including foods that the patient has previously avoided.
During this period, the patient monitors and records the daily dietary intake along with any habitual unhealthy reactions and negative thoughts toward eating while they are occurring.
The patient also records any relapses (binges or purging). Such lapses are reported objectively and without self-criticism and judgment.
The patient discusses the responses with a cognitive therapist at regular sessions. Eventually the patient is able to discover the false attitudes about body image and the unattainable perfectionism that underlies the opposition to food and health.
Once these habits are recognized, food choices are broadened, and the patient begins to challenge any entrenched and automatic ideas and responses. The patient then replaces them with a set of realistic beliefs along with actions based on reasonable self-expectations.

Interpersonal therapy deals with depression or anxiety that might underlie the eating disorders along with social factors that influence eating behavior. This therapy does not deal with weight, food, or body image at all.

The goals are the following:

To express feelings
To discover how to tolerate uncertainty and change
To develop a strong sense of individuality and independence
To address any relevant sexual issues or traumatic or abusive event in the past that might be a contributor of the eating disorder

Studies generally report that interpersonal therapy is not as effective as cognitive therapy for bulimia and binge eating, but may be useful for some patients with anorexia. The skill of the therapist plays a strong role in its success.

Because of the major role family attitudes play in eating disorders, one of the first steps in treating the patient with early-onset anorexia is to also treat the family. Family therapy can be useful for both younger and older patients.

If the patient is hospitalized, experts recommend that family therapy start after the patient has gained weight, but before discharge. It should usually continue after the patient has left the hospital.

The feelings of intense guilt and anxiety that caregivers experience are probably similar to those produced by living with a person who is suicidal. An over-involved parent may even support the patient's eating disorder for various reasons:

Some parents may be afraid of releasing some underlying anger or grief directed at the patient.
Other parents may identify with the goal of thinness and not even perceive that their child is unhealthily underweight.

In such cases, it is extremely important that the family members fully understand the danger of this disorder and that they are collaborating in their child's illness, or even death, by encouraging this state.

Resources

www.nimh.nih.gov -- National Institute of Mental Health
www.anad.org -- National Association of Anorexia Nervosa and Associated Disorders
www.aedweb.org -- Academy for Eating Disorders
www.nationaleatingdisorders.org -- Eating Disorders Awareness and Prevention
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.aabt.org -- Association for Behaviorial and Cognitive Therapies
www.psych.org -- The American Psychiatric Association
www.aacap.org -- American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry

References

American Psychiatric Association. Treatment of patients with eating disorders, third edition. American Psychiatric Association. Am J Psychiatry. 2006 Jul;163(7 Suppl):4-54.

Berkman ND, Lohr KN, Bulik CM. Outcomes of eating disorders: a systematic review of the literature. Int J Eat Disord. 2007 May;40(4):293-309.

Bulik CM, Berkman ND, Brownley KA, Sedway JA, Lohr KN. Anorexia nervosa treatment: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Int J Eat Disord. 2007 May;40(4):310-20.

Morris J, Twaddle S. Anorexia nervosa. BMJ. 2007 Apr 28;334(7599):894-8.

Signorini A, De Filippo E, Panico S, De Caprio C, Pasanisi F, Contaldo F. Long-term mortality in anorexia nervosa: a report after an 8-year follow-up and a review of the most recent literature. Eur J Clin Nutr. 2007 Jan;61(1):119-22. Epub 2006 Aug 2.

Schmidt U, Lee S, Beecham J, et al. A randomized controlled trial of family therapy and cognitive behavior therapy guided self-care for adolescents with bulimia nervosa and related disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2007 Apr;164(4):591-8.

Review Date:
12/31/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Multiple sclerosis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:12 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
The Autoimmune Disease Proc...
Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Drug Treatment
Other Treatments
Treating the Complications...
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Gender and Multiple Sclerosis (MS)

MS is increasingly affecting women, according to research presented at the 2007 annual conference of the American Academy of Neurology. Researchers found that in the 1940s, women were twice as likely as men to be diagnosed with MS. By 2000, women were about four times more likely than men to develop MS. Experts are uncertain why this ratio is growing.

Family History

If MS runs in your family, there’s a chance you may develop the disease at the same age that other family members did, suggests a 2007 Neurology study. However, family history does not predict disease course or severity.

Vitamin D

Higher blood levels of vitamin D may reduce the risk for MS, at least among Caucasians, indicates a 2007 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association. (The researchers found no protective effect for African-Americans or Hispanics.) However, until further research is conducted, doctors do not recommend taking vitamin D supplements for MS prevention.

Infections and Symptom Relapse

Both viral and bacterial systemic infections can trigger relapses, according to a study in Neurology. Researchers found that relapses and new brain lesions appeared within 2 weeks after an infection.

Drug Research

Natalizumab (Tysabri) may help reduce vision loss in patients with relapse-remitting MS, indicates a 2007 Neurology study. In 2006, the FDA enforced safety restrictions on the use of this drug due to cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML), a rare brain disorder. Since the restrictions were put in place, no new cases of PML have been reported.
Glatiramer acetate (Copaxone) shows little benefit for primary progressive MS, according to a 2007 study in Annals of Neurology.
Testosterone gel may help men with relapse-remitting MS, suggests a small study published in 2007 in the Archives of Neurology.

Introduction

Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a disease of the central nervous system (CNS), the nerves that comprise the brain and spinal cord. It has two major features:

Destruction of myelin, a fatty insulation covering the nerve fibers, is the main characteristic of MS. The end results of this process, called demyelination, are multiple patches of hard, scarred tissue called plaques. (Multiple sclerosis is well named. Sclerosis comes from the Greek word skleros, which means hard.)
Destruction of axons, the long filaments that carry electric impulses away from a nerve cell, is also a major factor in the permanent disability that occurs with MS.

Myelin is the layer that forms around nerves. Its purpose is to speed the transmission of impulses along nerve cells.

The symptoms, severity, and course of MS vary widely depending partly on the sites of the plaques and the extent of the demyelination. Experts generally group multiple sclerosis into two major symptom categories:

Relapsing-remitting
Chronic-progressive

Chronic-progressive MS is often subcategorized as primary-progressive, secondary-progressive, and progressive-relapsing.

Recent evidence suggests that the disease process starts long before symptoms begin. By the time symptoms appear, there are often already signs of brain and spinal cord atrophy. The cause of MS is unknown, and it cannot be prevented or cured. It is not fatal, however, and great progress is being made in treating it and identifying underlying mechanisms that trigger this disease.

Relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis generally occurs in younger people and is the most common form of MS. It generally follows this course:

Most patients first experience a single attack of symptoms called a clinical isolated syndrome, which typically occurs between the ages of 20 - 40 years. Once a second attack occurs, the patient is considered to have relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis.
The characteristic feature of relapsing-remitting MS is the attack (also referred to as relapse, flare-up, or exacerbation), which is a bout of specifically MS symptoms (facial pain, Lhermitte’s sign, or bladder instability) that lasts at least 24 hours and typically several days. Such attacks are fairly mild in about half of patients with this form of MS.
The disease then goes into remission (when symptoms improve or disappear), usually for about 4 - 8 weeks. To be considered in remission, attacks need to be separated by at least 30 days. Remission periods may be spontaneous or induced by immunosuppressive drugs. A person with multiple sclerosis in remission may have subtle attacks and not realize it. For example, hands may be a little numb for a few days, or there may be slight awkwardness in gait or coordination.
Remissions are almost always followed by relapses, in which symptoms flare-up or the patient experiences a period of deteriorating ability.

About 20% of patients with relapsing-remitting MS experience little or no progression after a first attack for long periods of time, although by 25 years most patients have converted to a progressive phase.

The term chronic-progressive multiple sclerosis is used to describe cases in which symptoms continue to worsen slowly without remission. About 20% of multiple sclerosis patients (usually those whose first symptoms occur after age 45) have the chronic-progressive form without first developing relapsing-remitting MS. Chronic-progressive MS generally follows a downhill course, but its severity varies widely. Three variants are commonly used to define this patient group:

Secondary-Progressive MS (SPMS). SPMS is the natural evolution of relapsing-remitting MS and develops in about half of patients during the first 10 years and nearly all of them within 25 years. It follows a progressive course of nerve and muscle deterioration with occasional acute flare-ups, remissions, and plateaus.
Primary-Progressive MS (PPMS). PPMS progresses continuously and gradually from the first onset of symptoms and has no remissions. It occasionally levels off, and minor improvement is even possible. This occurs in about 10% of patients, who tend to be older than average at the time of diagnosis.
Progressive-Relapsing MS (PRMS). PRMS is progressive from the start with acute symptom flare-ups, but may have some relapses with continued deterioration between them. It occurs in less than 5% of patients.

Because the natural courses of primary-progressive and progressive-relapsing MS are similar, some experts believe this distinction is unnecessary.

Click the icon to see an image depicting multiple sclerosis.

The Autoimmune Disease Process

Multiple sclerosis is referred to as an autoimmune disease. The general theory for the development of MS is that a genetically damaged immune system is unable to distinguish between virus proteins and the body’s own myelin and so produces antibodies that attack. In other words, the body becomes allergic to itself, a condition known as autoimmunity.

Autoimmunity may develop when the body's immune system is damaged by genetic or environmental factors or both, causing it to attack its own tissues. In the case of MS, the immune system attacks the tissues that make up myelin:

Myelin is made from layers of cell membranes that are produced in the brain and spinal cord by specialized cells called oligodendrocytes. The destruction of this myelin sheath during the disease process is the hallmark for multiple sclerosis.
The myelin coat is distributed in segments along the axons, the long filaments that carry electric impulses away from a nerve cell.
The segments are separated from each other by tiny clusters called nodes of Ranvier, which house channels for sodium ions. These sodium ions are important for boosting the electrical charge required to pass signals from one nerve to another.
As the myelin insulation is destroyed, signals transmitted from nerve cell to nerve cell throughout the central nervous system are disrupted.
Experts once believed that axons themselves were spared during the disease process. Research, however, has shown that many are severed in MS and, in fact, axon destruction appears to start at an early stage in the disease and may be a major cause of its irreversibility.

The body often makes corrective actions to offset the effects of the nerve cell destruction:

For example, researchers have observed an increase in the density of the sodium channels, which carry electric charges. By increasing their numbers, the nerve cells can continue to communicate, in spite of the loss of myelin.
The nerves also retain some capacity to remyelinate (to restore the insulating myelin).

Such processes are probably responsible for the remissions that most patients experience. Unfortunately, the disease process nearly always eventually outpaces these corrective actions.

The Normal Immune Response.

The most important critical immune factors in the disease process are white blood cells called lymphocytes, which consist of T cells and B cells. These cells are the warriors in the immune defense system.
Receptors on T cells acquire the ability to recognize specific molecules called antigens. Antigens are typically proteins from infecting organisms, such as bacteria or viruses, and perceived as a threat to the body.
Once the antigen is identified, specific T cells, called helper T cells, trigger the B cells to release antibodies. These molecules are designed to attach to and destroy the targeted antigen.

Autoimmunity.

Multiple sclerosis, and probably all autoimmune diseases, involves an error in the education of T cells, which makes them unable to distinguish self from non-self.
In multiple sclerosis, the miseducated T cells mistake molecules in the body's own myelin as a foreign antigen. Such targets are referred to as self-antigens.
In response to detection of these self-antigens, the T cells set off the usual cascading immune events, including the release of B lymphocytes, to rid the body of the perceived threat.
The B lymphocytes fire off antibodies as usual, but in this case they are referred to as autoantibodies, because they are attacking antigens that belong to the body's own self.
In MS, the immune system is tricked into targeting self-antigens that are myelin proteins, the fatty insulation covering the nerve fibers. Another autoantibody target may be the oligodendrocytes themselves -- the specialized cells that make up myelin.
To make matters worse, the process perpetuates through a cascading series of events in which the B cells and T cells continue to interact, creating numerous different self-antigens. The attacks continue and, in the process, the original self-antigen is unrecognizable.

Cytokines and the Inflammatory Response. The inflammatory response is the product of an overactive immune system and is a major destructive force in an autoimmune disease.

Once the lymphocytes have launched a response to an antigen, they also release masses of other white blood cells to gather at the injured or infected site.
The major players in this response are white blood cells called leukocytes. Researchers are particularly interested in leukocytes called cytokines. These are small powerful proteins that, in tiny amounts, are indispensable for healing. When they are overproduced, however, which occurs in MS, they play a major role in the destructive process.
Their intensive convergence on the affected area causes it to become inflamed and injurious to the very cells they are designed to protect. Under normal conditions, this inflammatory process is controlled and self-limiting, but in people with autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, the process persists and damage occurs in the surrounding tissues.

Important cytokines in MS appear to be tumor necrosis factors, interleukin-12, and interferon-gamma. Other cytokines, including interleukin-10 and transforming growth factor beta, may play a protective role and help block inflammatory activity.

The inflammatory response may trigger the disease, but afterward a progressive course takes over that does not appear to be related to inflammation. Experts have found that destruction of axons, the long filaments that carry electric impulses away from a nerve cell, is a major feature of multiple sclerosis. In fact, it may be the major cause of permanent disability that occurs with this disease. Microscopic studies reveal that axons are injured early on as "bystanders" while myelin is being peeled off. As the disease progresses, these weakened and exposed axons degenerate further. Most of the damage occurs early in the disease process and decreases over time, although some destruction can still be observed years and decades afterward. Such evidence is having significant effect on approaches to treatment and research.

Symptoms

Most patients first experience multiple sclerosis as a single attack of symptoms called a clinical isolated syndrome, which typically occurs between the ages of 20 - 40 years. Once a second attack occurs, the patient is considered to have relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis. Much less commonly, the disease is progressive from the start and symptoms are more or less continuous.

Early symptoms may include the following:

Optic neuritis and other problems in the eye. Optic neuritis, which is inflammation of the nerves in the eye, affects over 50% of patients and is the first symptom in about 16% of patients. Symptoms include unclear or doubled vision, usually in one eye. Some people see a shimmering effect. Patients may also experience pain or involuntary jerking or movement of the eye (called nystagmus). In 20% of people with this condition, MS develops within 2 years after the onset. In 45 - 80%, MS develops within 15 years. About 17% of people eventually experience impaired eye movement.
Fatigue. Fatigue is typically worse in the afternoon and may be accompanied by an increase in body temperature. At the onset, this occurs in about 20% of patients, but as the disease progresses, this is a significant symptom in nearly all patients.
Changes in sensations in the arms and legs. Patients can experience heaviness, weakness, or clumsiness in the limbs. Tingling or loss of sensations can also occur, most commonly in the legs. The first symptoms for patients with primary progressive MS often develop slowly in the upper legs.
Muscle weakness in the legs and poor coordination.
Lhermitte’s sign. This is an electrical sensation that runs down the back and into the legs, which is produced by bending the neck forward.
Spasticity. Spasticity is the inability to control muscle tone and leads to spasms and stiffness. It is very common in MS.
Disturbances in the bladder.

In addition to the persistence of early symptoms, some patients experience the following symptoms as the disease progresses:

Imbalance and dizziness.
Tremors.
Facial pain.
Spasm-related symptoms. They include burning, itching, aching, quivering sensations. They usually occur in the extremities and last seconds to minutes.
Speech difficulties.
Difficulty swallowing.
Symptoms in the gastrointestinal, urinary, and genital tracts. Possible sexual dysfunction and loss of bowel and bladder control in severe cases.
Emotional mood swings. Depression is very common. About 10% of patients suffer from psychosis (manic depression and paranoia). About 5% of patients with severe MS experience uncontrolled and extreme mood swings called the laughing/weeping syndrome.
Problems in concentration and memory.
Hearing loss.

Infections. Viral infections have long been known to worsen MS symptoms. An important 2006 study indicated that bacterial infections can also trigger MS relapses. In the study, relapses appeared within 2 weeks of a viral or bacterial infection.

Heat. Heat, whether generated by ambient temperature, infection, or physical activity, worsens MS symptoms in about 60% of patients.

Stress. There is a strong correlation between severe stress and exacerbation of MS symptoms. For example, in one study, 85% of instances of MS exacerbations were associated with stressful events that occurred within an average of 14 days before the episode. Stress is not a cause of MS, however.

Trauma. Some experts believe that injury (trauma) to the head, neck, or upper back may trigger new or recurrent symptoms by disrupting the blood-brain barrier and allowing immunological attacks on the brain. This is a highly controversial theory, however, with very little supporting evidence.

Causes

The cause, or causes, of multiple sclerosis remains a mystery. Genetic factors certainly play a role in MS. No single gene, however, is likely to be responsible for causing MS. Rather, the current theory is that the disease occurs in people with a genetic susceptibility who are exposed to some environmental assault (a virus or a toxin) that disrupts the blood-brain barrier. Immune factors converge in the nerve cells and trigger inflammation and an autoimmune attack (a self-attack) on myelin and axons. Still, a number of disease patterns have been observed in patients, and some experts believe that MS may prove to be not a single disorder, but may represent several diseases with different causes.

Some research suggests that all autoimmune diseases are basically due to the same genetic error. A 2001 study found, for example, that the T cell immune factors in type 1 diabetes target the same self-antigens as in multiple sclerosis (MS). Many questions are unanswered, however. It is not known why the diseases develop in different locations to cause separate disorders. Nor, why some autoimmune events occur in everyone but not everyone develops an autoimmune disease.

Genetic factors probably play some role in making a person susceptible to the disease process leading to multiple sclerosis. In particular, abnormalities in the human leukocyte antigen (HLA) region located on chromosome 6 appear to be more prevalent among people with MS. Researchers theorize, however, that a combination of genes (not a single gene) is implicated in the development of MS, and the risk for someone inheriting all of these genetic factors is less than 5%. Advanced techniques called microarray technologies are now making it possible to scan hundreds of genes and identify those most likely to be contributors to MS. Genetic research may also pave the way for the development of new drugs to treat this disease. For example, researchers have recently identified the Olig1 gene as a key regulator in repairing damaged myelin-producing cells.

Infectious organisms, most likely viruses, are the top suspects for triggering the autoimmune response in people genetically susceptible to MS. There are a number of reasons for this belief:

The geographical distribution of the disease. The number of MS cases increases the further one gets from the equator in either direction.
Multiple sclerosis clusters. Four separate clusters of multiple sclerosis outbreaks occurred between 1943 - 1989 in the Faroe Islands, located between Iceland and Scandinavia. During World War II, this region was occupied by British troops. The incidence of MS increased each year for 20 years after the war, leading some researchers to think that the troops might have brought with them some disease-causing organism. In fact, one theory suggests that these findings offer evidence that MS is a sexually transmitted infection that occurs during adolescence. For example, the disease clusters observed in the Faroe Islands could be related to high sexual activity between the troops and local young women. A high incidence of MS is found in countries with a high degree of sexual permissiveness. MS is very rare in traditional cultures, but increases in people from these regions when they immigrate to industrialized Western nations.
Viral similarity to myelin. Some viruses are strikingly similar to the myelin protein and may therefore cause confusion in the immune system, causing the T cells to continue to attack their own protein rather than the viral antigen. More than one antigen may be involved; some may trigger the disease, and others may keep the process going.

Infectious Organisms Under Suspicion. Although many infectious microorganisms have been investigated, no one organism has emerged as a proven trigger. It is possible that different patients may be affected by different organisms, and that infections cause some, but not all, cases of MS. Organisms that are at the top of the suspect list are those that can affect the central nervous system. The following are three primary suspects:

HHV-6. Herpesvirus 6 (a form of herpesvirus that causes roseola, a benign disease in children) is also known to cause encephalitis (brain inflammation) in patients with impaired immune systems. A number of studies have reported higher than normal rates of HHV-6 infection in patients, and some experts believe that may be important in MS. Other experts argue, however, that nearly everyone harbors this virus and there is still no evidence of a causal relationship. Other herpes viruses can also infect brain cells. They include herpes simplex 1 and 2 (the causes of oral and genital herpes), varicella-zoster virus (the cause of chicken pox and shingles), and cytomegalovirus.
Epstein-Barr virus (EBV). Evidence suggests an association between EBV, the cause of mononucleosis, and MS. EBV is an extremely common virus and another member of the herpes virus family. Nearly all people have been exposed to EBV. However, researchers have discovered that people who are especially sensitive to the virus and have unusually high levels of EBV antibodies may have a greater risk of developing MS. Scientists are still uncertain if EBV is a cause of MS. EBV has also been linked to other autoimmune diseases such as lupus.
Chlamydia Pneumoniae. This atypical bacterium has been associated with persistent inflammation. A few studies have reported significantly higher rates of previous Chlamydia infection in patients with MS than in individuals without MS. An important group of 2000 studies reported no connection at all between Chlamydia and MS, and any experts now believe there is no strong evidence linking the microbe to MS. It is still possible, however, that the infection, which can cause widespread inflammation, plays a role early in the course of the disease in some individuals.

Other viruses that have been investigated include measles virus, adenovirus, and the retroviruses (HIV, HTLV-I, and HTLV-II), but none have emerged as having any importance.

Note on Vaccinations: Concerns about a link between the hepatitis B vaccine and MS led France to halt a major vaccination program in 1998. Subsequent research investigating whether the hepatitis B vaccine is indeed associated with an increased risk of MS has yielded mixed results. It appears that the vaccine would be, at most, a contributing -- but not the sole -- factor in MS development. At present, the evidence has not warranted any change in American immunization policies. Research has ruled out a link between any other vaccinations, such as or influenza or tetanus, and relapses of MS.

Risk Factors

An estimated 400,000 Americans and 2.5 million people worldwide suffer from MS.

Age. Onset occurs between the ages of 20 - 40 years in 70% of patients with the average age being 30 and the peak incidence occurring in the mid-twenties. The disease can still occur in both younger and older individuals. It rarely develops before age 15 or after age 60, however.

Gender. MS is more common among women than men. The gender gap is strongest among people who develop MS at a younger age. According to research presented at the 2007 American Academy of Neurology annual conference, the ratio between women to men has been growing. Researchers found that in the 1940s, the ratio of women to men with MS was 2 to 1. By 2000, the ratio had grown to 4 to 1. However, some research indicates that men may be more disabled by the disease than women.

Ethnicity. Multiple sclerosis occurs worldwide but is most common in Caucasian people of northern European origin, especially those of Scottish descent. It is extremely rare among Asians, Africans, and Native Americans. Specific groups (gypsies, Eskimos, Bantus) have never reported a case. While the risk of MS for African-Americans is around half of that for Caucasians, a recent study suggested that African-Americans are more likely to develop a more aggressive form of the disease and to suffer impaired mobility.

Geography. The risk for MS is higher in different regions of the world. In general, MS is more prevalent in temperate regions than in the tropics. Specifically, prevalence is highest in northern and central Europe (except northern Scandinavia), Italy, southern Australia, and northern regions of North America. Middle-risk areas include southern Europe (except Italy), southern US, northern Australia, and northern Scandinavia. Low-risk areas include parts of Africa and Asia, the Caribbean, Mexico, and possibly northern South America. It is unclear whether this pattern is attributable to environmental factors, genetics, or both.

Family History. A family history of the disease also puts people at risk for MS, although the risk for someone inheriting all the genetic factors contributing to MS is only about 2 - 4%. A 2007 study indicated that family members who have MS tend to develop the disease at around the same age. However, family history does not predict whether one family member will experience the same disease severity as another family member.

Cow's Milk During Early Infancy. Breast milk contains factors that may help regulate the immune response, and there is some evidence that infants fed only on cow's milk may have a higher risk for either diabetes type 1 (another type of autoimmune disease) or multiple sclerosis later in life. Studies on national differences in diabetes suggest that the risk may vary with different milk proteins, suggesting that not all cow's milk is the same and that some proteins carry higher risks than others.

The Hygiene Theory: Early Infections as Protection Against Allergies and Autoimmune Diseases. Over the past decades, there has been a dramatic increase in asthma, allergies, and autoimmune diseases, such as multiple sclerosis, Crohn's disease, and type 1 diabetes. One theory blames this rise on the reductions in childhood infections that have occurred with modern hygiene and antibiotic use. Studies supporting this have observed a higher incidence of allergies and autoimmune diseases, including MS, among populations with good hygiene and in animals that have been raised in a germ-free environment. The basic theory rests on the idea that early infections stimulate production of specific immune factors that protect against allergies and autoimmune diseases. The exact mechanisms of these effects are as yet unknown.

Vitamin D. Higher blood levels of vitamin D have been associated with a lower risk for MS, at least among Caucasians. (Studies have not shown that vitamin D has a protective effect for other racial groups.) However, there is not yet enough evidence to indicate that taking vitamin D supplements can help prevent MS.

Exposure to Sunlight. In a 2003 study, higher exposure to sunlight during childhood and early adolescence was associated with a lower risk for MS, perhaps because UV radiation produces higher levels of vitamin D, which has been associated with protection against MS. The effect of sunlight during winter seemed to be more protective than summer light. Unfortunately, higher exposure to sunlight also coincides with a higher risk for skin cancer, which is far more common than MS.

Estrogen and Oral Contraceptives. Higher estrogen levels may temporarily lower the risk of developing multiple sclerosis. Studies indicate that oral contraceptives (which contain estrogen) and pregnancy delay the onset of multiple sclerosis. The risk for a first clinical attack increases, however, in the 6 months after a woman gives birth.

Complications

Multiple sclerosis is not a fatal disease. Some data suggest that it shortens the average life span by only about 6 or 7 years. Still, in about half of MS cases, patients die of complications of the disease, and the disease has significant negative emotional and physical consequences. Suicide rates among patients with MS are higher than average.

The severity of the disease varies widely from patient to patient and is unpredictable. About 20% of patients remain asymptomatic or become only mildly symptomatic after an initial clinical event. Another 20% experience a rapidly progressive condition. Most patients, however, will experience some degree of progression.

Women tend to have a better outlook than men. Factors the determine a higher risk for a severe condition include:

Age over 40 years at the time of onset of symptoms
Initial symptoms that affect motor control, mental functioning, or urinary control, or initial symptoms affect multiple regions
Attacks in the first years that are frequent or interval between the first two attacks is short
Incomplete remissions
Rapid progression to disability
MS that is progressive from the beginning or becomes progressive shortly after the onset

Doctors and researchers often use a scale called the Kurtzke Disability Status Scale to assess and predict future disability. The system uses a score of 1 to 10 to rate the degree of walking disability. Experts have used the scale to attempt to predict average times for progression from one stage to the next depending on whether patients have relapsing-remitting or chronic progressive MS.


Score	Disability Description	Relapsing-Remitting MS: Average time until onset of symptoms*	Chronic Progressive MS: Average time until onset of symptoms*
1	No disability and minimal neurologic symptoms.	11.4 years from Score 1 to Score 4	0 years from Score 1 to Score 4
2	Minimal disability in one or two functional areas. Slight weakness or stiffness, mild walking impairment or visual disturbances
3	Moderate disability in one functional area, such as vision or the urinary tract, and possibly more than one minimal disability in several others. Either a part of one of the limbs or a whole side can be partially paralyzed. May stagger at times.
4	Disability is relatively severe but there is full ability to walk without aid. Patients are self-sufficient and can be active 12 hours a day and carry on normal activities. Can walk without aid or rest for 300 to 500 meters.
5	Disability is severe enough to impair or even preclude a full day's activities. Able to walk unaided and without rest for 100 to 200 meters.	23.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6	7.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6
6	Can walk unaided for about 100 meters only with assistance or devices, such as two canes, crutches, or braces.	23.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6	7.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6
7	Mostly restricted to wheelchair, although can manage the wheelchair and leave it unassisted. Can walk with aids no further than about five meters.	33.1 years from Score 1 to Score 7	13.4 years form Score 1 to Score 7
8	Mostly restricted to wheelchair or even bed, but still has effective use of arms remains and able to perform many self-care functions.	(Data not available)	(Data not available)
9	Bedridden. Patient can communicate or eat.
10	Fatality occurs from complications.
* Data taken from Relapses and Progression of Disability in Multiple Sclerosis, The New England Journal of Medicine, November 16, 2000, Vol. 343, No. 20

Because the effects of nerve injury are widespread, complications can be very severe and affect all parts of the body. Although not all patients experience all of the following problems, any of them can negatively impair quality of life.

Fatigue. Fatigue is one of the most common and debilitating MS symptoms and affects at least two-thirds of patients with MS. Fatigue specifically attributed to MS and not to other causes is defined as abnormal fatigue that lasts at least half of the time or more than 6 weeks. It causes a general lack of energy that significantly limits daily functioning regardless of any neurologic symptoms or specific muscle weaknesses. Up to 40% of patients describe fatigue as the most disabling MS symptom, which is higher than weakness, spasticity, motor control, or bowel or urinary problems. Many conditions that are common in MS (sleep disorders, depression, hypersensitivity to sensation, hypothyroidism, medications, heat) may contribute to fatigue. None fully explain the consistent presence or severity of this problem in MS. Researchers using imaging techniques have identified possible changes in part of the brain in MS that may play a role in the fatigue of MS.

Loss of Mobility and Spasticity. Nearly every patient loses some mobility, which may take the form of less or impaired motor control, muscle weakness, impaired balance, and, importantly, spasticity. Spasticity is one of the primary symptoms of MS. It is characterized by weakness, loss of dexterity, and the inability to control specific movements. It is usually more severe in the legs and torso. (Ironically, mild spasticity actually helps improve muscle tone in the legs, which is important in supporting the patient’s weight when walking.) Mobility can be affected by many non-physical factors, including mental well-being, social networks, fatigue, and even the weather.

Pain. About two-thirds of patients experience pain at some point during the course of the disease, and 40% are never pain free. MS causes many pain syndromes; some are acute while others are chronic. Some worsen with age and disease progression. Pain syndromes associated with MS are trigeminal (facial) pain, powerful spasms and cramps, optic neuritis (pain in the eye), pressure pain, stiffened joints, and a variety of sensations, including feelings of itching, burning, and shooting pain.

Bowel Dysfunction. Bowel dysfunction, which can include constipation or fecal incontinence, is a serious problem for many patients. Constipation may be caused by the disorder itself or by medications used to treat spasms or other symptoms.

Sexual Dysfunction. Sexual dysfunction is a common problem, occurring in over 70% of patients. Men are likely to have impotence and women, problems with vaginal lubrication. It appears to be highly associated with urinary dysfunction.

The nerves that branch off the central nervous system (CNS) provide messages to the muscles and organs for normal function. When there is CNS damage, the function of these organs and tissues may be compromised. In multiple sclerosis, the demyelinization of nerve cells may lead to bowel incontinence, bladder problems and sexual dysfunction.

Urinary Dysfunction. Urinary problems from bladder dysfunction occur in two-thirds of patients. Some patients have difficulties in urinating at will, called urinary retention. Often it takes the form of urge incontinence (also called hyperactive or irritable bladder). People with urge incontinence need to urinate frequently or are unable to reach the bathroom before leakage. In such cases, the bladder is overactive. Complications in the urinary tract also produce a high rate of urinary tract infections.

Difficulty Swallowing. A third to a half of patients experience difficulty in chewing or swallowing, problems that may be caused or made worse by many MS medications.

Speech and Hearing Problems. Problems in speech may occur because of difficulty in controlling the quality of the voice and articulating words. (Problems with language itself, however, are very rare in MS.) Hearing problems also occur in MS and may affect speech.

Problems in the Lungs. As the muscles that control breathing weaken, the ability to cough is impaired and the patient is at higher risk for pneumonia and other complications in the lungs.

Osteoporosis. Osteoporosis (loss of bone density) and subsequent fractures are common and under-recognized problems among patients. Osteoporosis is caused and worsened by immobility and by some MS medications. Fractures caused by falls can be far more serious in patients than in the normal population, leading to problems, including deconditioning or even inability to walk, obstruction of the intestines (from pain-relieving medications), and respiratory complications.

Cognitive problems, such as having trouble concentrating and solving problems, affect about half of patients. More people with MS leave work because of such cognitive difficulties than because of physical problems, according to a 2000 study. In about 10% of cases, mental dysfunction may be severe and resemble dementia. The severity of such mental changes appears to be associated with the degree of loss of brain tissue. This offers another argument for early treatment as interferon medications may improve these symptoms.

Between 40 - 60% of patients suffer from depression at some point over the course of the illness, and studies have reported risks for suicide ranging from 3 - 15%. Some evidence suggests that depression in multiple sclerosis is not only due to the social and psychologic impact of MS but also to the disease process itself. Depression may have biologic effects, such as increasing production of inflammatory cytokines, that could exacerbate the disease itself. Doctors should assess patients for depression, even if there are no obvious signs of it. The risk for suicide may be present even in patients who are not obviously depressed. People at highest risk for suicide are those who live alone, those with a history of an emotional disorder (depression, anxiety, alcohol abuse), a family history of mental illness, and people with high social stress.

Diagnosis

Multiple sclerosis is characterized by recurring neurologic episodes that are due to multiple lesions (injured areas) in different locations in the central nervous system. The diagnostic challenges in multiple sclerosis are two-fold:

Making an initial diagnosis as early as possible in order to slow down the disease progression. Most patients first seek medical help after an initial inflammatory event (known as a clinically isolated syndrome) originating from demyelination in the eye, the spinal cord, or the brain. About 30% of these individuals will develop progressive MS within the year. At this time, however, experts cannot predict who among these patients are at highest risk for rapid progression.
Predicting the severity of the disease. Once MS has been diagnosed, the pattern of the disease is uncertain. It can be very benign to rapidly progressive and severe. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is able to detect lesions in the brain indicating MS. But, the severity of the disease does not appear related to the number of lesions, the rate of their appearance, or their location. Researchers are hoping to identify some biologic marker, possibly certain antibodies, that will enable doctors to accurately determine the onset and severity of the problem once a diagnosis has been made.

The McDonald Criteria. There is no single test that can accurately diagnose MS, and a number of other conditions may mimic its symptoms. Some doctors use a set of factors, called the McDonald criteria, for diagnosing multiple sclerosis in early stages. The criteria include the presence of specific symptoms, spinal fluid evaluation, and magnetic resonance imaging techniques for detecting lesions within the central nervous system and tracking them over time. The criteria show high reliability in identifying MS in patients with a variety of disease stages or states, including having only one episode, a typical relapsing-remitting course, or a slow insidious progression without clear attacks or remissions. Depending on the MRI and other findings, the patient is then categorized as having MS, possible MS, or no MS.

The symptoms of MS are similar to a number of other diseases, which must be ruled out. These include stroke, alcoholism, emotional disorders, Lyme disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, fibromyalgia, AIDS, and certain other autoimmune disorders (hypothyroidism, scleroderma, Sjögren syndrome, and systemic lupus erythematosus).

Doctors and investigators generally use a test called the Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) to rate the severity of symptoms. It is also used after a diagnosis to gauge the status of the disease, and score the effectiveness of treatments. The scale ranges from 0 to 10 with higher scores indicating more severe symptoms. These are subjective ratings that require doctor observation skills.

Objections to the use of the EDSS are that it assesses only limp and walking problems and does not assess other important complications, including fatigue, sexual function, and mental function.

No reliable single laboratory procedure or test can establish the diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. Several are necessary before a diagnosis can be made.

Analysis of Cerebrospinal Fluid (CFS). Obtaining a sample of spinal fluid requires a lumbar puncture, or spinal tap. Testing spinal fluid is becoming increasingly important for detecting abnormal proteins, tiny fragments of myelin, or specific white blood cells that can help in making a diagnosis. For example, high levels of the immunoglobulin IgG is useful for making a diagnosis and may be a marker for disease progression. (Immunoglobulins are protein chains that are part of the immune system.)

A lumbar puncture, or spinal tap, is a procedure to collect cerebrospinal fluid to check for the presence of disease or injury. A spinal needle is inserted, usually between the 3rd and 4th lumbar vertebrae in the lower spine. Once the needle is properly positioned in the subarachnoid space (the space between the spinal cord and its covering, the meninges), pressures can be measured and fluid can be collected for testing.

Evoked Potential (EP) Test. This is a simple and painless electrical test of nerve function that assesses how long it takes nerve impulses from the eye, ear, or skin to reach the brain.

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans are important diagnostic tools in MS and are used for diagnosing multiple sclerosis, tracking changes over time, and helping to determine treatment effectiveness.

Click the icon to see an image of a brain MRI.

Making a Diagnosis and Tracking the Disease. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans can detect bright patches that indicate injured tissue (lesions) caused by MS. Such lesions may also indicate other conditions, such as infections, migraines, or clots. Importantly, a very sensitive MRI technique using enhancement by a contrast material called gadolinium can indicate recent activity by showing if the blood-brain barrier has been broken down (the first step in the development of MS lesions). Detecting lesions and treating MS early in the disease process may help reduce progression. Many experts therefore now advocate performing a brain MRI as soon as symptoms appear.

Once diagnosed, periodic follow-up MRIs can be used to track the disease and effectiveness of treatments in two ways:

By distinguishing new lesions from old ones
Revealing increasing or decreasing numbers of lesions within the central nervous system over time

Unfortunately, neither the rate nor the number of new or growing lesions necessarily predicts whether symptoms will worsen or if the patient will develop secondary progressive MS.

Measuring Atrophy in Brain and Spinal Cord. As myelin, axons, oligodendrocytes, and neurons are destroyed, the brain begins to shrink. Processing MRI images to determine brain volume may be a useful way to monitor progression and treatment effects. MRI can also detect shrinkage in the spinal cord, which is proving to be a very strong marker of disease progression. A variation of MRI, magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), provides information on the biochemistry of the brain, and may be particularly helpful in detecting this destructive aspect of MS.

Detecting Black Holes.Severe disease progression can be gauged by the presence of so-called "black holes.” These are lesions in the brain that emit very low signals on an MRI scan. Some evidence suggests that they may represent iron deposits in the brain.

Researchers are continuously searching for biologic markers that might help make an accurate diagnosis, predict outcome, or both. Promising markers are antibodies that target two key protein components of myelin: Myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein (MOG) and myelin basic protein (MBP). If future studies confirm the predictive value of these antibodies, scientists may be able to develop a blood test for MOG and MBP.

Treatment

Patients diagnosed with multiple sclerosis face great uncertainty, since the course of the illness varies so widely among patients. Experts recommend a multidisciplinary approach to the disease, which might involve a neurologist, a nurse or social worker expert in MS, and possibly a specialist in mental health (since depression is so common and the suicide rate is higher than average).

Evidence now strongly suggests that the most destructive changes from multiple sclerosis in the brain occur very early on in the disease process -- and may cause considerable damage even before symptoms begin.

Many experts are now urging treatment after a first episode of relapsing MS (a clinically isolated syndrome) using medication called disease-modifying drugs. They include three interferons -- IFN1b (Betaseron) and IFN1a (Avonex, Rebif) -- and glatiramer (Copaxone). These drugs are all effective and may help slow down or even prevent progression in some patients. Definitive studies comparing them are ongoing.

The best current approach is to use specific findings from advanced MRI techniques to help determine which patients are at highest risk for progression and would be likely candidates for early treatment with disease modifying drugs.

Interferons and other disease-modifying drugs can have significant side effects and are expensive. Furthermore, a significant number of patients have a mild course that can be managed with less toxic drugs. Nevertheless, strong evidence suggests that delaying treatment in most patients increases the risk for severe disability.

Corticosteroids are the standard drugs for treating an acute relapse and hastening recovery. Typically, intravenous methylprednisolone (IVMP) is given once a day for 3 days. Sometimes this is followed by oral prednisolone for a few days.

Disease Modifying Drugs. Since the introduction of disease modifying drugs -- interferons beta (Betaseron) and alpha (Avonex, Rebif) and glatiramer (Copaxone) -- relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis is now considered a treatable disease. In patients with very active MS, some experts start with Betaseron or Rebif. For patients with possible or probable MS, they begin with Avonex. This drug is slightly less effective than Rebif and Betaseron but has fewer side effects. Copaxone is also a reasonable choice for early mild MS. It appears to have the fewest side effects, longer relapse-free rates than interferons, and its benefits persist for years.

The newest drug, the monoclonal antibody natalizumab (Tysabri), was approved in November 2004 for treatment of relapsing forms of MS. The FDA withdrew it from the market, however, in February 2005 following reports of serious neurological events. In June 2006, the FDA allowed natalizumab back on the market but with special restrictions (see Drug Treatment section).

Other Approaches. Some research has reported benefits from the use of pulsed administration of intravenous methylprednisolone (IVMP) or intravenous immunoglobulin, although there is not enough evidence for either approach to recommend them as first-line choices. Other drugs showing promise include azathioprine (an immunosuppressant) and laquinimod (an oral immune-modulating drug).

Treating Secondary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis (SPMS). Interferons and other standard treatments for relapsing-remitting MS may be helpful for patients with SPMS who are still experiencing relapses. It is not clear if they help those whose condition has become continuously progressive.

Mitoxantrone (Novantrone) was the first drug approved for SPMS. The drug is an immunosuppressant and is proving to delay relapse and progression. Side effects, however, can be serious in some cases. Some experts recommend using mitoxantrone when evidence suggests progression to SPMS, and continuing the interferons Betaseron or Rebif for maintenance.

Other immunosuppressants, such as cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, and cladribine, may help some patients with SPMS. They can have very toxic side effects, however, and there must be clear treatment indications for patients who take these drugs.

Treating Primary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis. No treatments have been proven yet to slow progressive multiple sclerosis. Studies using interferons and glatiramer are under way.

A number of treatments are available for managing symptoms and complications.

Drug Treatment

Corticosteroids (commonly called steroids) are mainstay treatments for acute relapses patients with relapse-remitting MS. High-dose methylprednisolone given intravenously (IVMP) is typically administered for major relapse, often followed by oral prednisone for a few days. Steroids reduce inflammation in the central nervous system and may help suppress the immune system's attack on myelin and even improve electrical conduction.

Steroids, in general, do not improve the long-term course of the disease and can lose effectiveness if overused. They are not generally used for maintenance therapy. Some research, however, is reporting benefits from the use of pulsed administration of intravenous methylprednisolone. Such an approach typically administers the steroid daily for 5 days every 4 months for 3 years, then every 6 months for 2 years. Some research suggests that this approach might reduce destruction in central nervous system, although more evidence is needed before it can be recommended. They can also have considerable adverse effects when used over time.

Side Effects. Side effects of long-term use of steroids include weight gain and facial fullness, hypertension, diabetes, osteoporosis, cataracts, intestinal bleeding, and increased susceptibility to infections. In addition, side effects of steroids on the central nervous system (sleeplessness, memory loss, anxiety, and depression) can be particular problems for patients. It is extremely important to taper withdrawal very carefully after continuously taking steroids for a prolonged period of time. This gives the body time to recover its own ability to produce natural steroids. A serious condition known as adrenal insufficiency can otherwise develop.

Interferons (so-called because they “interfere” with viral replication) both suppress important inflammatory factors in the immune system and have anti-viral properties. Interferons specifically block immune factors known as class II MHC molecules, which are associated with the attack on myelin and the breach in the blood-brain barrier that allows the destructive T cells to pass through.

Specific Interferons Used for MS. Interferon drugs used for MS are IFN1b (Betaseron) and IFN1a (Avonex, Rebif). They are now the treatments of choice for relapsing-remitting MS. Expert organizations urge that they be used early in the course of the disease and continued indefinitely, unless they produce no benefits or have severe side effects.

Successes and Drawbacks. Interferons can reduce flare-ups overall by 30% and have an even greater effect on reducing major relapses. Disease activity, as measured by MRI scanning, is reduced by over 80%. They appear to be about equal in reducing disability. To date, only Avonex has demonstrated slowing progression of mental impairment. It also appears to be better tolerated than other interferons. Studies on their effects on quality of life are limited. None of the interferons are a cure, in any case, and when the drug is discontinued, disease activity may increase. All of these drugs need to be injected. (Oral forms are under investigation.)

Side Effects and Complications. Side effects include:

Pain at the injection site. Many patients taking Betaseron complain of severe pain at the injection site caused by damaged tissue. Experts recommend taking acetaminophen (Tylenol) before the injection and then every 6 hours after each injection for 24 hours during the first 6 months of treatment.
Skin injury at the injection site. Black dead tissue may form around the site, and many patients taking Betaseron have reported severe skin eruptions. These skin injuries heal after the drug is withdrawn, but scarring can occur. This side effect is least severe with Avonex, followed by Rebif.
Other physical side effects. Both drugs cause flu-like symptoms, nausea, vomiting, headaches, and dizziness. Such side effects usually fade after 2 - 3 months.
Depression. Early studies associated taking interferon with a higher risk for depression during the first 2 - 6 months following initial therapy. More recent studies, however, have reported no greater risk for depression in patients taking any of these drugs. MS itself, in any case, is highly associated with depression.
Thyroid abnormalities. Interferon has been associated with autoimmune thyroiditis, a cause of hypothyroidism. Some experts recommend monitoring for thyroid function, particularly in the first year and in those with a history of thyroid problems. If there is no evidence of the condition during that period, the risk for its occurrence appears to be very low.
Liver damage. Interferon may cause liver damage and, in rare cases, liver failure. Patients should avoid alcohol and have regular liver function tests while taking this drug

Neutralizing Antibodies That Reduce Effectiveness. Over time, people taking interferons develop antibodies to the drugs, some of which can neutralize their effects. The risk for neutralizing antibodies (NAbs) increases with higher doses and greater frequency of use. Interferons injected under the skin (Betaseron, Rebif) are more likely to produce neutralizing antibodies than Avonex, which is injected into a muscle. Patients who experience this, however, often can be effectively treated with an alternative interferon or with glatiramer, which has an extremely low risk, for NAbs. In many cases, after switching drugs, NAb levels decline, and the patient may be able to return to the original interferon.

Glatiramer acetate (Copaxone) is a synthetic molecule that resembles a basic protein found in myelin. It is used as a decoy to trick white blood cells into attacking it instead of myelin. It is approved to help reduce the frequency of relapses in patients with relapse-remitting MS. The best results are in patients in early stages, but the longer patients remain on the drug, the greater the improvement. Benefits have persisted for years. Glatiramer acetate can also help reduce the number of new brain lesions.

Glatiramer acetate is also being studied for its effects in patients with primary progressive MS. A 2007 study indicated that while the drug had little benefit for most patients with this type of MS, it may help slow disease progression and delay disability in men with primary progressive MS.

Side Effects. Side effects occur in about 15% of patients, usually right after the injection. They include pain at the injection site, chest pain, rapid heartbeat, flushing, anxiety, and shortness of breath.

Monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) are drugs that target specific antibodies involved with the immune response. In 2004, natalizumab (Tysabri) became the only MAb approved for treatment of MS. Shortly afterwards, reports emerged of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML) occurring among patients who took natalizumab for more than 2 years. PML is a rare neurological disease that can affect people with compromised immune systems. Based on these reports, the FDA suspended marketing of natalizumab in February 2005 and recommended that patients discontinue its use.

In June 2006, the FDA allowed natalizumab to return to the market with certain safety restrictions. Doctors can prescribe the drug only to patients who have failed to respond to or who cannot tolerate other MS treatments. Natalizumab can only be taken alone, not in combination with other immune-modifying drugs. Patients who take natalizumab must enroll in a special program called TOUCH, which is run by the drug’s manufacturer. Patients need to get magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) brain scans before they begin taking the drug, and they are evaluated regularly during drug treatment to make sure they are not at risk of developing PML. In the year after these restrictions were implemented, no new cases of PML were reported.

Clinical trials indicate that natalizumab’s benefits may outweigh its risks. Several studies published in 2006 in the New England Journal of Medicine showed that natalizumab, alone or in combination with IFN1a (Avonex) can help prevent disability in patients with multiple sclerosis. Another study suggested that the risk of PML is very low if patients use natalizumab for less than 18 months.

Natalizumab is also being studied for treating complications associated with MS. In a 2007 study, natalizumab helped reduce vision loss in patients with relapsing MS. Vision loss is one of the most common symptoms associated with MS.

Other MAbs under investigation for MS include daclizumab (Zenapax), alemtuzumab (Campath), and rituximab (Rituxan). Results from a 2005 phase II trial for alemtuzumab indicated that the drug helped prevent relapse but also caused serious side effects. Patients who took the drug had a high risk for developing a serious bleeding disorder caused by a low blood platelet count. Daclizumab is currently in phase II trials as is rituximab. Unlike other MAbs, which affect T cells, rituximab targets and depletes B cells. In several studies presented at the 2007 meeting of the American Academy of Neurology, rituximab showed promising results in reducing relapse frequency and number of brain lesions in patients with relapse-remitting MS.

Intravenous immunoglobulin treatments are monthly infusions of natural antibodies. They appear to have some modest benefits for relapsing-remitting MS. Studies suggests that intravenous immunoglobulin reduces relapse rates and occurrences of new lesions and slows disease progression in relapsing-remitting MS. It does not appear to reduce disability. It is extremely expensive and does not appear to have any benefits for patients with secondary progressive MS.

Many drugs being investigated for chronic progressive multiple sclerosis are immunosuppressants, which block certain factors in the immune system that contribute to the inflammatory process. Each of these drugs can produce serious side effects, including susceptibility to infection. Evidence on benefits is uncertain, mainly because of high toxicity or study limitations. Still, some immunosuppressants may help certain patients with severe MS. Among immunosuppressant drugs or procedures that have been investigated with little or no obvious benefits or unacceptably high side effects are total lymphoid irradiation, sulfasalazine, cyclosporine, acyclovir, and oral bovine myelin.

Mitoxantrone. Mitoxantrone (Novantrone) was the first drug approved specifically for secondary progressive MS. Studies suggest that it may help reduce progression and relapse rates. Cumulative doses can have toxic effects on the heart, however, so the drug is only used for a limited period. Mitoxantrone is also being studied in combination with glatiramer acetate. In one preliminary study, initial treatment with mitoxantrone, followed by maintenance treatment with glatirimer acetate, helped reduce relapses for up to 5 years.

Methotrexate. In some patients, low doses of the immunosuppressant methotrexate may slow the course of chronic-progressive MS, particularly in those with secondary progressive MS. To date, studies have found beneficial effects only on the upper body, however. Although this drug, like all immunosuppressants, can have toxic side effects, it may be taken in low doses for MS and so side effects are generally minimal.

Cyclophosphamide. Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) blocks cell growth and also suppresses the immune system. Some studies, but not all, have reported benefits for patients with chronic progressive MS. Small studies suggest that monthly intravenous administration or a combination with interferon-beta may help some patients with rapidly deteriorating MS. Cyclophosphamide has many side effects, including hair loss, nausea, vomiting, infertility, lung scarring, and blood abnormalities, and should be used for patients who do not respond to methotrexate.

Azathioprine. Azathioprine (Imuran) is designed to suppress the immune system and reduce the number of cells attacking the CNS myelin. It is used with or without steroids and is sometimes used as an alternative to patients with relapsing-remitting MS who do not respond to either interferon beta or glatiramer acetate. One study reported that 40% of patients had not experienced a relapse after taking the drug for 3 years, although others report only modest benefits. The drug has no effect on progression of disability.

Cladribine. Cladribine (Leustatin) may be effective in delaying progression in patients with chronic progressive MS. It has no significant effect on relapsing-remitting MS.

A number of treatments are under investigation that may prove to be helpful for multiple sclerosis. Those discussed below are only some of them.

Immune-Modulating Drugs. Most MS drugs are injected, but researchers are developing several new drugs that can be taken by mouth. Four of the most promising candidates are cladibrine (Mylinax), fingolimod (FTY720), teriflunomide, and fumarate (BG00012). In late-stage clinical trials, these drugs have shown positive results in the treatment of relapse-remitting MS.

Sex Hormones. Women with MS have a reduced risk of experiencing relapses during pregnancy, probably because of their high levels of the female sex hormones estrogen and progesterone. Because of this association, researchers have investigated whether oral estrogen therapy (estriol) can help prevent relapses. Some small studies have indicated that estriol treatment may help reduce lesions and disease activity, but the overall evidence is still inconclusive. The male sex hormone testosterone is also being studied as a treatment for men with relapse-remitting MS. A small 2007 pilot study suggested that treatment with testosterone gel is safe and may help improve cognitive function, slow brain degeneration, and increase muscle mass.

Cannabinoids. Cannabinoids are compounds in marijuana (cannabis), which may have properties that protect nerve cells. Cannabis has been found to improve pain, mobility, tremor, mood, appetite, fatigue, vision, sexual and urinary function, and memory. In a 2003 study, patients reported less pain and improved mobility (although spasticity itself did not improve). Not all patients respond. The drug may also worsen balance and posture in patients with spasticity. Synthetic versions are being investigated that allow rapid delivery without the unwanted side effects of natural cannabis.

Potassium Channel Blockers. Aminopyridines are potassium-blocking compounds that appear to improve nerve conduction through demyelinated areas. In small, preliminary trials, 4–aminopyridine (also called AP) was associated with mild-to-marked improvement in vision, strength, and coordination and was well tolerated. Beneficial effects, however, lasted only a few hours. A related compound, 3,4–diaminopyridine, or DAP, is being studied for relieving fatigue associated with MS.

Statins. Statins are currently the most important drugs for lowering cholesterol. They are also showing additional possible benefits, including anti-inflammatory and nerve protecting properties, which may help patients with neurologic conditions, including multiple sclerosis.

Plasmapheresis. Plasmapheresis with plasma exchange is a procedure in which blood is removed from the body. Blood cells are separated from plasma (the liquid portion of blood) and mixed with replacement plasma, which is then returned to the body. The replacement plasma is thought to dilute antibodies and other immunologically active substances that may trigger MS. Small studies suggest this procedure may have significant benefits for some patients with severe MS, particularly if they are younger and have an early response to this treatment. Side effects include risk of infection and blood clotting problems.

Stem Cell Transplantation. Investigators are studying the benefits of stem-cell transplantation procedures. Stem cells are produced in the bone marrow and are the early forms for all blood cells in the body (including red, white, and immune cells). Early studies indicate that stem cell transplantation may slow progression, although at this point it is not a cure.

Oligodendrocyte Implants. A newly developed, minimally invasive method to transplant modified oligodendrocyte cells directly into the brain is under investigation. Such cells stimulate nerve and axon growth. If feasible, this approach might be helpful in patients whose MS is not caused by an autoimmune response (where the new cells would be attacked, just as the patient's own cells were).

Other Treatments

Nearly 60% of patients try some form of nontraditional remedies. Research on any benefits is slim, and there may be some danger with many remedies commonly used by patients. The following are a few alternative remedies sometimes used for MS.

Relaxation and Meditation Techniques. Generally harmless, and possibly helpful, nontraditional therapies for MS are relaxation and meditation techniques and Eastern martial art exercises. Such techniques include biofeedback, music therapy, yoga, tai chi, and massage therapy.

Acupuncture. Some patients report benefit from acupuncture, which does carry a very small risk, usually for infection.

Acupuncture, hypnosis, and biofeedback are all alternative ways to control pain. Acupuncture involves the insertion of tiny sterile needles, slightly thicker than a human hair, at specific points on the body.

Electromagnetic Stimulation. A few centers have studied pulses of weak electromagnetic fields applied to the brain. Very small studies have reported improvement in fatigue, tremors, depression, and other symptoms in patients who were severely affected by MS. In one controlled study, this approach relieved symptoms more effectively than placebo. The effect was small however and more research is needed.

Linoleic Acid. Linoleic acid, commonly known as evening primrose oil, is a polyunsaturated fatty acid believed by some people to be helpful because myelin is composed of fatty acids. No study has proven that it is beneficial, but supplements sold in health food stores do not appear to be harmful.

Oral Enzymes. Oral drugs containing various natural enzymes, including bromelain, trypsin, papain, and rutin, have been used overseas to treat arthritic pain. They appear to reduce inflammation and are also being studied in patients with MS. Such enzymes have been marketed alone and in combinations (Wobenzym, Phlogenzym). In one small study, Phlogenzym was associated with a decline in complications and longer remission. They are not painkillers; any benefits derived from them may take several weeks. As with any natural remedy, there are few clinical studies on these products and no U.S. regulation of quality, safety, or effectiveness.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should check with their doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements

The following warnings are of particular importance for people with multiple sclerosis:

Antioxidants. Some patients use antioxidant vitamins or supplements (A, E, C, Q10, pycnogenol, OPC, grape seed extract), since the destruction in the MS disease process may be partly due to oxidation (chemical damage from particles called oxygen-free radicals). Theoretically, however, antioxidants can trigger T cells and macrophages (inflammatory components of the immune system) and, therefore, may pose some danger to patients. Small studies to date have not found any worsening of the disease from taking vitamin supplements, but patients should be cautious. No vitamins studied for MS, including carotenoids, vitamin C, vitamin E, B12 injections or vitamin D, have been proven to be beneficial.

Gingko. Although the risks for gingko appear to be low, there is an increased risk for bleeding at high doses. Ginkgo can also interact with high doses of vitamin E, anti-clotting medications, aspirin, and NSAIDs. Large doses have also been known to cause convulsion. Commercial gingko preparations may contain colchicine, a drug that can be harmful in pregnant women and people with kidney or liver problems.

Bee Venom. For years, anecdotal reports have claimed that bee stings relieve some MS symptoms, although a study on mice indicated that it may worsen MS. Bee venom contains many chemicals, some of which can cause severe and sometimes deadly allergic reactions in some people.

Other Remedies. Herbal or natural remedies that supposedly boost the immune system (echinacea, ginseng, garlic, zinc) may worsen MS. Melatonin has been associated with worsening of some autoimmune diseases. Toxic effects have also been reported with herbal remedies such as borage seed oil, chaparral, and comfrey.

Treating the Complications

Fatigue affects at least two-thirds of patients. It is among the most disabling problems in MS and is difficult to treat. Treating any problem (depression, hypothyroidism) that may be causing fatigue is important. Aerobic exercise programs scheduled early in the day have been helpful for patients who can participate. Preventing overheating can improve fatigue.

Modafinil (Provigil, Alertec) is a promising drug that promotes long-lasting wakefulness and is currently used in narcolepsy. Small studies report that it is effective in reducing fatigue and sleepiness, with lower doses (200 mg) being more effective than higher ones. Studies also suggest that the antiviral drug amantadine (Symmetrel) may be helpful.

Managing pain and spasticity in the lower limbs can be difficult. Although many drugs are used to reduce spasticity and lower-limb pain, most studies investigating these drugs have been poorly designed and no treatment has emerged as a front-runner.

Exercise. Mild spasticity actually helps improve muscle tone in the legs, which is important in supporting the patient’s weight when walking. This benefit can be lost with drug treatment. Mild spasticity, then, should be treated with exercises several times a day that improve range of motion.

Drugs Used for Spasticity.

Baclofen (Lioresal) has long been the drug of choice to alleviate more severe spasticity. It is available both orally and infused through an implanted pump. Distressing side effects include confusion, drowsiness, and a rubbery-like sensation in the legs that makes it hard to stand.
Antiseizure medications, such as gabapentin (Neurontin) or levetiracetam (Keppra), may help reduce spasticity without increasing fatigue or impairing concentration. Studies on gabapentin also suggest that it also have other specific benefits for patients, including reducing facial pain and improving vision.
Tizanidine (Zanaflex) is an oral drug that works after one week. In one study, 75% of patients taking tizanidine reported improvement without the leg-muscle weakness experienced using baclofen. The drug does not appear to be any more effective than baclofen, however. Side effects include dizziness, drowsiness, dry mouth, and fatigue. Liver function must be monitored.
Diazepam (Valium) is also used for spasticity and may be particularly useful for patients who also experience anxiety. Drug dependence is the primary problem with diazepam, as well as dizziness, drowsiness, and confusion. The medication should not be used by people who are seriously depressed.
Botulinum toxin (Dysport) injections are being investigated for spasticity in specific regions such as the hip.
Dantrolene (Dantrium) may be an effective alternative for patients who cannot tolerate diazepam or baclofen. Because dantrolene causes muscle weakness, however, it is best suited for either patients who are wheelchair bound but still suffer from spasticity, or for those whose muscles are still strong so that the drug-induced weakness isn't unduly debilitating. It also causes nausea, vomiting, and anorexia, and with high dosages it can cause dangerous liver damage.

Surgery. In very severe cases where medication and exercise are not helpful, surgery may be considered. In such cases, the surgeon cuts the tendons that are involved with spasticity.

Spinal Injections. In very severe cases, administering phenol using spinal injections in the lower back may reduce pain and spasms for some patients with severe conditions. Most patients are not appropriate candidates for this approach.

Other Treatments. Researchers are also investigating non-drug treatments for spasticity. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) is a non-invasive method that uses a magnet placed on the scalp to generate a magnetic field that stimulates the cortex of the brain. In a small 2007 study, rTMS showed promise in improving lower-limb spasticity in patients with relapse-remitting MS.

Urge Incontinence. Urge incontinence (the need to urinary frequently) is common in patients. To help reduce social difficulties, patients should not drink fluids before going to places where restrooms are not easily available. When possible, they should urinate every 3 - 4 hours. A number of medications are available for urge incontinence, including anticholinergic drugs, such as propantheline bromine (Pro-Banthine), tolterodine (Detrol), or oxybutynin (Ditropan). Sacral nerve stimulation (InterStim) sends electrical pulses to help retrain nerves in the pelvic area, and is also proving to be helpful. Botulinum toxin injection into the urinary tract muscles is being investigated and may be helpful for incontinence caused by spasticity. [See In-Depth Report #50: Urinary incontinence.]

Urinary Retention. Urinary retention occurs in some patients. Sometimes urination can be stimulated simply by pressing the bladder area with the fist or hand, by tapping against it, or by straining. Drugs being tried with some success for this problem are desmopressin (DDAVP), ordinarily used for bed wetting in children, and maprotiline (Ludiomill), an antidepressant. If medication is ineffective, a catheter may be needed, either one used intermittently by the patient or placed in the urinary tract. Various new surgical procedures that reconstruct the bladder or divert urine flow may be effective in severe cases of bladder dysfunction. Because urinary symptoms usually remain intermittent for years, treatment approaches for bladder dysfunction should be limited to medications and other reversible therapies, for as long as possible.

Urinary Tract Infections. Urinary tract infection is common in patients, and a urinalysis should be performed with any symptom flare-ups, fever, or change in bladder symptoms. Treatment uses appropriate antibiotic regimens. Some evidence suggests that cranberry juice may help prevent infections. [See In-Depth Report #36: Urinary tract infection.]

In addition to maintaining a high-fiber diet and drinking plenty of fluids, bulk fiber such as psyllium (Metamucil), with or without a stool softener, may be needed. Going to the bathroom the same time every day, particularly after a meal and waiting there for a movement, reduces the risk of losing control later in the day. Exercise helps patients avoid becoming dependent on laxatives, enemas, or colonic irrigation, which can eventually slow down the bowel and cause imbalances in electrolytes. Biofeedback techniques may be helpful in some patients with limited multiple sclerosis.

Major tremors can be very distressing and are particularly hard to treat. Carbamazepine and glutethimide have some possible benefits, but in general drug therapy has been disappointing. Weight applied to the affected limb has been beneficial in about 20% of cases. Surgery is very controversial.

Trigeminal neuralgia is facial pain, usually on one side, that can be very severe and may be triggered by an event as mild as a breeze or teeth brushing. If nonprescription painkillers fail to alleviate facial pain, it can be treated with anticonvulsive medications. Carbamazepine (Tegretol) is currently the drug of choice. Carbamazepine is also effective on other types of MS pain and spasm-related symptoms, including itching and aching. Another antiseizure drug, gabapentin (Neurontin), however, may be particularly effective for MS. This drug also appears to improve blurred vision associated with MS and may help spasticity in general.

Other drugs used for this symptom include phenytoin (Dilantin), diazepam (Valium), or pimozide (Orap), and the antidepressant amitriptyline (Elavil). If severe pain persists and interferes with function, some patients elect to have a section of a nerve surgically removed or blocked. This relieves pain but causes numbness. Before patients commit to such a procedure, they should ask the doctor to temporarily block the nerve with an anesthetic in order to experience the effect of numbness before undergoing irreversible surgery.

A small percentage of patients suffer from pseudobulbar affect (uncontrollable laughing or crying). Neurodex is an investigative drug that is showing promise in controlling these symptoms. The drug combines dextromethorphan (an ingredient contained in many cough suppressants) and the enzyme inhibitor quinidine.

Sildenafil (Viagra) may help improve sexual dysfunction in some patients. Corticosteroids, which are sometimes used for other MS symptoms, also improve sexual function. Other treatments are available that might be very beneficial. Patients should not be shy about discussing sexuality with their doctor. [See In-Depth Report # 15: Erectile dysfunction.]

Techniques for helping patients with swallowing problems include using specific head and tongue positions to assist swallowing, and preparing pureed food. Patients may need to work with otolaryngologists (doctors specializing in ear, nose, and throat disorders) to address swallowing problems. Left untreated, swallowing problems can increase a patient's risk of aspiration pneumonia, malnutrition, dehydration, and other problems.

MS is a strong risk factor for osteoporosis. In addition to calcium and vitamin D supplements, a number of drugs are now available to help prevent bone loss and reduce the risk of fractures due to osteoporosis. [See In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]

Treating Depression. Treating depression may not only improve mood but may also have direct benefits for patients.

Antidepressants known as tricyclics may have specific benefits for MS in addition to managing severe depression. Amitriptyline (Elavil), for example, may be effective in alleviating the extreme mood swings that frequently occur in patients. This “emotional incontinence,” the inability to control emotions, can distress some patients more than physical symptoms. Other tricyclics include desipramine (Norpramin, Pertofrane) and imipramine (Tofranil), which have additional effects that improve bladder symptoms in some patients. These drugs, however, can have severe side effects.
Newer antidepressant drugs, known as SSRIs (serotonin-reuptake inhibitors), which include fluoxetine (Prozac), sertraline (Zoloft), and paroxetine (Paxil), may be better tolerated. A study on sertraline suggested that it may also reduce the immune system's inflammatory response.

Stress Reduction and Supportive Measures. Stress can worsen symptoms, and may worsen the disease itself. Reducing stress is an important part of general health maintenance. Studies on methods for reducing stress report improved well-being in patients. A sense of control and connection appears to be extremely important for patients. Relaxation or meditation exercises can be beneficial, although cognitive-behavioral methods may be more effective in these patients. [See In-DepthReport # 31: Stress.]

Support for Caregivers. Many patients require long-term physical, financial, and psychological support from family and friends. The physical and mental health of the caregiver are critical. In one study, caregivers reported that among the most distressing aspects were the psychological impact of MS on the patient and the incurability of the disease. Most caregivers identified the best form of support to be practical help, cooking, cleaning, and better availability of medical and financial advice. Therapeutic help for family members may also be helpful.

Interferon, used to treat MS, may improve mental function. Other medications and therapies may also be helpful. For example, drugs called cholinesterase inhibitors, such as donepezil (Aricept), which are used for Alzheimer's disease, may help improve mental functioning. Vocational programs for the patient may also be helpful. Therapeutic programs for both patients and their families can help them better understand and cope with cognitive weaknesses such as concentration and problem solving.

Lifestyle Changes

People with multiple sclerosis should make every effort to preserve their general health. A healthy diet, sufficient rest, establishing priorities to conserve energy, and developing emotional support networks can all be very helpful.

Some dietary suggestions for patients with MS include:

Drink two quarts of water a day and avoid caffeine-containing beverages, which are actually dehydrating. This helps avoid constipation (although may cause difficulties in patients who also have urge incontinence).
Eat a diet rich in fiber, particularly from whole grains (especially bran, oats, or flax), fruits (particularly prunes), and vegetables.
Low-fat diets have not proven to have much effect on MS but are, in any case, generally healthy.
Fish and fish oil. Omega-3 fatty acids, which are found in oily fish, have been associated with protection against inflammation and some reduction in symptoms in people with various autoimmune conditions. Such fatty acids are also available in supplements as docosahexaenoic (DHA) and eicosapentaenoic (EPA) acids. Standards for optimal amounts and forms of omega-3 fatty acids have not yet been established, however. Some experts recommend that people with MS eat three fish meals a week.

Special diets, such as those that are gluten- or yeast-free, have not shown to have any direct effect on the symptoms or course of MS.

Exercise is an important component in managing MS. An active patient with MS is less likely to develop certain complications, such as bladder and bowel dysfunction, osteoporosis, permanent muscle contractions, ulcerations of the skin, or abnormal blood clotting. MS symptoms can temporarily worsen during physical activity, however, so any program must be planned carefully. A health professional should be consulted to determine the best form of physical activity. One study reported that physical rehabilitation for 3 weeks in a hospital setting was significantly more effective in achieving functional independence than home exercise. It is not known if the same benefits can be achieved with a similar program outside the hospital.

Some suggestions include:

Exercise programs must be designed to stimulate working muscles, but at the same time avoid overload and overheating, which can block nerve conduction.
Stretching and range-of-motion exercises are important because they can relieve muscle spasticity.
Pool exercises are particularly helpful. Water supports the body, and cool water dissipates heat.
Specific exercises that strengthen and increase the endurance of muscles that control breathing functions may be helpful. However, it is unclear if such exercises reduce lung complications over the long-term.
Gradually, patients may be able to build up to more complex exercise programs.

Body overheating causes demyelinated nerves to function less efficiently than usual. Although this effect is resolved within a few hours of regaining normal body temperature, active cooling can help reduce fatigue and improve stability. As a result, researchers are studying the effectiveness of cooling suits.

The following measures may be helpful:

Use air conditioners in the summer.
Keep the home slightly cool in winter.
Avoid swimming in heated pools.
A portable helmet that uses cold liquid to cool the head and neck and therefore lower core body temperatures may help MS symptoms during daily activities.

MS symptoms worsen during a cold or the flu, probably because of increased immune system activity. Experts recommend that patients with MS receive a flu shot in the fall. However, experts warn that patients should not take the nasal spray version of the flu vaccine (FluMist Intranasal). Unlike the flu injection vaccine, which uses an inactivated virus, FluMist contains a live virus. Live virus vaccinations may be harmful for people with MS, especially those who take immune-suppressing drugs.

Resources

www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www.aan.com -- American Academy of Neurology
www.msaa.com -- Multiple Sclerosis Association of America
www.nmss.org -- National Multiple Sclerosis Society
www.msfacts.org -- Multiple Sclerosis Foundation
www.www.fda.gov/cder/drug/infopage/natalizumab -- FDA information on natalizumab (Tysabri)
www.myelin.org -- The Myelin Project
www.abledata.com -- National database of assistive devices and rehabilitation equipment

References

Balcer LJ, Galetta SL, Calabresi PA, Confavreux C, Giovannoni G, Havrdova E, et al. Natalizumab reduces visual loss in patients with relapsing multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2007 Apr 17;68(16):1299-304.

Boggild M. .Rationale and experience with combination therapies in multiple sclerosis. J Neurol. 2006 Nov;253 Suppl 6:vi45-vi51.

Centonze D, Koch G, Versace V, Mori F, Rossi S, Brusa L, et al. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation of the motor cortex ameliorates spasticity in multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2007 Mar 27;68(13):1045-50.

Correale J, Fiol M, Gilmore W. The risk of relapses in multiple sclerosis during systemic infections. Neurology. 2006 Aug 22;67(4):652-9. Epub 2006 Jul 26.

Hensiek AE, Seaman SR, Barcellos LF, Oturai A, Eraksoi M, Cocco E, et al. Familial effects on the clinical course of multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2007 Jan 30;68(5):376-83.

Kappos L, Antel J, Comi G, Montalban X, O'Connor P, Polman CH, et al. Oral fingolimod (FTY720) for relapsing multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2006 Sep 14;355(11):1124-40.

Munger KL, Levin LI, Hollis BW, Howard NS, Ascherio A. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and risk of multiple sclerosis. JAMA. 2006 Dec 20;296(23):2832-8.

Sicotte NL, Giesser BS, Tandon V, Klutch R, Steiner B, Drain AE, et al. Testosterone treatment in multiple sclerosis: a pilot study. Arch Neurol. 2007 May;64:683-688.

Wolinsky JS, Narayana PA, O'Connor P, Coyle PK, Ford C, Johnson K, et al. Glatiramer acetate in primary progressive multiple sclerosis: results of a multinational, multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Ann Neurol. 2007 Jan;61(1):14-24.

Review Date:
5/26/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, M.D., Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Smoking

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:57 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Nicotine Addiction
Health Risks
Secondhand Smoke
Smoking Bans
Quitting Smoking
Symptoms of Withdrawal
Failure to Quit
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Smoking and Your Health

Smoking may worsen knee osteoarthritis in men. A study published in the Annals of Rheumatic Disease found that male smokers have more pain and cartilage loss than men who do not smoke. Previous studies have not found such a link.
Smoking greatly increases the risk of age-related macular degeneration. An Australian study reports that smokers are four times more likely to develop the eye condition than those who have never smoked. Smokers also developed the condition at an earlier age.
Analysis of several studies suggests that smoking cigarettes and, in some cases, cigars or pipes, may reduce the risk of Parkinson's disease. However, smoking causes many other serious health conditions and should not be considered a means for preventing Parkinson's.
A small study suggests that infants who are breastfed just after their mother smokes sleep less than those whose mothers did not smoke.

Smoking Cessation

Certain genes may make it easier for you to quit smoking. Researchers at Duke University have identified more than 200 genes that distinguish those who have successfully kicked the habit. It is the first time such genes have been identified. The findings could lead to new smoking cessation therapies that target a person's specific genetic makeup.

Smoke Free Zones

More and more households in the United States are banning smoking. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reports that 75% of households now forbid smoking at any time or place in the home.

Smoking in the Movies

Teens who see actors smoke on screen are more likely to become established smokers, according to an updated study in the Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine. Study authors say the likelihood of smoking increases with exposure to movies that depict such behavior.

Introduction

More than 20% of adults in the United States smoke, according to a 2006 report by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). More than 80% of them smoke every day. Although smoking had steadily declined among adults in recent years, the trend now appears to have stalled. Between 2004 and 2005, the CDC says there was no observable change in smoking rates among U.S. adults.

The addictive effects of tobacco have been well documented. Tobacco is considered to be a mood and behavior altering substance that is psychoactive and abusable. Tobacco is believed to be as potentially addictive as alcohol, cocaine, and morphine. Tobacco and its various components increase the risk of cancer (especially in the lung, mouth, larynx, esophagus, bladder, kidney, pancreas, and cervix), heart attacks, strokes, and chronic lung disease.

The younger children start smoking, the more likely they will smoke as an adult. Smoking is often immediately addictive. According to the American Cancer Society, the earlier you start smoking, the more likely you are to develop long-term nicotine addiction.

In the past, advertising was responsible for encouraging some teens to smoke. New regulations have made it much more difficult for advertisers to promote smoking to young people. However, scenes that show people smoking are still common in movies and television shows, often in a positive light. This may be a major influence on the attitude toward smoking in children and adolescents. An updated study in the Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine found that adolescents that watch movies that portray smoking are more likely to become established smokers.

To prevent children from smoking, parents should not smoke, and they should tell their child that they disapprove of smoking. Schoolchildren who believed that both their parents strongly disapproved of smoking were less than half as likely to smoke as those kids whose parents did not show as much disapproval towards smoking. Other research has supported these findings.

Children whose parents closely monitor their television and music-listening habits are less likely to drink, use drugs, and smoke cigarettes.

Neglected children, or children with absentee parents, were four times as likely to abuse drugs, drink, and smoke as children living with parents who were regularly present and who offered a structured lifestyle.

In a 2002 study, children who regularly attended religious services were also less likely to smoke.

Doctors can have a major effect on young people. However, in one survey, less than half of teenagers had ever been asked by their doctors if they smoked or were counseled not to smoke, even though most teen smokers said they would admit to it if asked.

More American men smoke than women. The following chart details the rate of current smoking in the United States among adults aged 18 years and over, grouped by age and sex:

Age	Total	Men	Women
18 - 44 years	24.1%	27.1%	21.2%
45 - 64 years	21.9%	25.2%	18.8%
65 years and older	8.6%	8.9%	8.3%

Source: CDC/National Health Interview Survey 2005

While the number of adults over 65 who smoke is lower than those in other age groups, older adults usually have smoked for a long time (about 40 years) and tend to be heavier smokers, according to the American Lung Association. Because of this, older smokers are more likely to have smoking-related illnesses.

Caucasian students (under age 18) are more likely to smoke than Hispanics and African-Americans. In 2005, the rate of smoking was highest among American Indians and Alaskan natives. Hispanics and Asians had the lowest rates.

In general, the rate of smoking is highest in the Midwest and South and lowest in the Northeast and West. Utah has the lowest rate of smoking in the United States.

A major U.S. government study reported that people who have not graduated from high school or received their General Education Development (GED) certificate tend to have higher smoking rates than those who attended college.

Higher rates of cigarette smoking have been reported among adults who have earned a GED and those with a 9 – 11 grade education. The lowest rates are seen among those with advanced college degrees.

People with low self-esteem and adolescents with behavioral problems have a higher risk for smoking. Men and women with mental disorders are 50% more likely to smoke than those without such illness.

For example, depression and schizophrenia are known risk factors for smoking. Both may actually have biologic effects that are responsible for this higher risk.

Smoking is much more common among persons with disabilities than those without emotional, mental, or physical limitations. A 2007 Centers for Disease Control study found that the rate of smoking is nearly 50% higher among persons with disabilities. The CDC survey included those with mental illness and drug and alcohol addictions in the disabled group.

Evidence now strongly supports the idea that genes play a role in a person's dependence on nicotine. Researchers are now targeting specific genes that may be responsible for nicotine dependence. So far, research has been shown that there is a common genetic vulnerability to both nicotine and alcohol dependence.

Some studies suggest that the cheaper it is to buy cigarettes and smoke, the more widespread smoking will be. For example, states that have low taxes on cigarettes have a high proportion of smokers. Making it more expensive to smoke may reduce the number of smokers.

Nicotine Addiction

Nicotine is the chemical in cigarettes that makes them addictive. Higher levels of nicotine in a cigarette can make it harder to quit smoking. A report by the Massachusetts Department of Health found that the amount of nicotine in cigarettes has steadily increased over the last 6 years. Higher nicotine levels were found in all cigarette categories, including “light" brands. Massachusetts is one of several states that require tobacco manufacturers to submit yearly reports regarding cigarettes.

Some researchers feel nicotine is as addictive as heroin. In fact, nicotine has actions similar to heroin and cocaine, and the chemical affects the same area of the brain.

Depending on the amount taken in, nicotine can act as either a stimulant or a sedative. Cigarette smoking has definite immediate positive effects. For example, it can:

Boost mood and relieve minor depression
Suppress little fits of anger
Enhance concentration and short-term memory
Produce a modest sense of well-being

Most smokers have a special fondness for the first cigarette of the day because of the way brain cells respond to the day's first nicotine rush. Nicotine, particularly taken in the first few cigarettes of the day, increases the activity of dopamine, a chemical in the brain that elicits pleasurable sensations, a feeling similar to achieving a reward.

Over the course of a day, however, the nerve cells become desensitized to nicotine. Smoking becomes less pleasurable, and smokers may be likely to increase their intake to get their "reward." A smoker develops tolerance to these effects very quickly and requires increasingly higher levels of nicotine.

A smoker may "forget" their craving for nicotine if a part of the brain called the insula becomes damaged. A 2007 study published in the journal Science found that smokers with brain damage to this area were 136 times more likely to forget their addiction to nicotine. The findings may one day lead to new drugs that better help a person quit.

Smokeless tobacco, also called spit tobacco, includes chewing tobacco (dip and chew), tobacco powder (snuff), as well as flavored tobacco lozenges. These products also contain nicotine. There are two forms of spit tobacco.

These products allow tobacco to be absorbed by the digestive system or through mucous membranes. Smokeless tobacco contains at least 28 cancer-causing substances. Smokeless tobacco is not a safe substitute for smoking cigarettes or cigars. According to the National Institutes of Health, chewing on an average-size piece of chewing tobacco for 30 minutes can deliver as much nicotine as smoking three cigarettes.

Although research is inconsistent, some evidence suggests that smokeless tobacco produces a 50-fold increase in the risk of oral cancer, gingivitis, and tooth loss.

Health Risks

Smoking -- even just a few cigarettes a day -- has been linked to many serious health risks. Some are listed below.

According to the American Lung Association, smoking is directly responsible for about 90% of the deaths due to lung cancer. Smoking is also responsible for the majority of deaths due to chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), which includes emphysema and chronic bronchitis.

A study in the July 2006 American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine showed that smokers with asthma who give up smoking can improve their lung function in as little as 1 week. The small study involved 21 smokers with asthma. Ten of them quit smoking for 10 weeks, while the others continued to smoke. After just a week, lung function test scores in those who stopped smoking improved considerably. In less than 2 months, lung function scores among those who stopped smoking improved by more than 15%.

Study authors say their findings show that there is a “reversible component to the harmful effects of smoking on the airways in asthma.”

All forms of tobacco raise heart attack risk. Smoking, chewing tobacco, and being exposed to secondhand smoke greatly increase the risk of a heart attack. In some cases, the risk of heart problems in people who smoke or are exposed to smoke may be three times greater, according to a study published in the journal Lancet. However, the study also found that the risk of a heart attack among those who stopped smoking slowly decreased over time.

Smoking has a negative affect on a man's sexuality and fertility. Heavy smoking is frequently cited as a contributory factor in impotence because it decreases the amount of blood flowing into the penis. One study noted that among men with high blood pressure, smoking caused a 26-fold increase in impotence.

Smoking impairs sperm motility, reduces sperm lifespan, and may cause genetic changes that can affect a man's offspring. One 2002 trial found that men or women who smoke have lower success rates with fertility treatments. An earlier study reported that men who smoke also have lower sex drives and less frequent sex.

Studies have linked cigarette smoking to many reproductive problems. Continuing to smoke during pregnancy may also cause health problems in the baby.

Negative effects of smoking on female fertility include:

Greater risk for infertility. Women at greatest risk for fertility problems are those who smoke one or more packs a day and who started smoking before age 18.
Earlier menopause. Women who smoke tend to start menopause at an earlier age than nonsmokers, perhaps because toxins in cigarette smoke damage eggs.
Pregnancy complications. Women who smoke have a greater risk for ectopic pregnancy and miscarriage.

Click the icon to see an image of an ectopic pregnancy.

Effects on Unborn Child. Smoking during pregnancy increases the risk for stillbirth, prematurity, and low birth weight in their babies. Women who smoke during pregnancy have lower levels of folate, a B vitamin that is important for preventing birth defects.

Children of mothers who smoke during pregnancy may also be at increased risk for obesity and diabetes.

Some women have particular genes that may make them especially likely to deliver low birth weight infants if they smoke, although newborns of all female smokers have a greater risk for low weight. The good news is that women who quit before becoming pregnant or even during the first trimester reduce the risk for a low birth weight baby to that of women who never smoked.

Women who want to become pregnant should make every attempt to quit and should use smoking cessation aids before they try to conceive. After birth, if new mothers cannot quit, they should at least be sure not to smoke in the same room as their infant.

Smoking and Breastfeeding. Smoking right before breastfeeding may interrupt the child's sleep patterns. A small study found that such infants sleep less than other infants, and that their sleep time dropped significantly as levels of nicotine in breast milk increased.

Smoking has many harmful effects on bones and joints:

Smoking can keep new bone from forming. Women who smoke are at high risk for loss of bone density and osteoporosis.

Click the icon to see an image of osteoporosis.

Postmenopausal women who smoke have a significantly greater risk for hip fracture than those who do not.
Men who smoke may have more severe symptoms of knee arthritis, according to a study published in the Annals of Rheumatic Disease.
Smokers are more apt to develop degenerative disorders and injuries in the spine.
Smokers have more trouble recovering from surgeries, including knee or hip replacements. A 2006 study published in the Journal of Bone & Joint Surgery suggests that smoking delays tendon-bone healing, which may lead to a slower recovery after rotator cuff repair surgery.
Smokers whose jobs involve lifting heavy objects are more likely to develop low back pain than nonsmokers.
Smoking may increase the risk of rheumatoid arthritis in some older women. A 2006 study in Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases showed that smoking nearly doubled the risk of rheumatoid arthritis in postmenopausal women who did not have the most established genetic risk factor for the disease, a genotype called HLA-DRB1 SE.

Click the icon to see an image of rheumatoid arthritis.

Smoking may increase the risk of developing diabetes. Researchers involved in the Insulin Resistance Atherosclerosis Study (IRAS) looked at the relationship between smoking and diabetes and found that 25% of smokers who started the trial with normal blood sugar had diabetes 5 years later compared to 14% of nonsmokers. The results were published in Diabetes Care.

A study released in 2006 supports earlier beliefs that smokers have a higher risk of developing glucose intolerance, a condition that precedes diabetes. The study, published in the British Medical Journal, involved 4,572 people. The findings suggest that chemicals in smoke could affect the pancreas. The pancreas is the organ that produces insulin, which helps control blood sugar (glucose) levels.

Smoking increases acid production in the stomach. It also reduces blood flow and production of compounds that protect the stomach lining.

Diverticulitis. One study suggested that smoking was a major risk factor in diverticulitis, a condition in which small bumps develop in the wall of the colon. In addition, smokers were at risk for complications from diverticulitis, including bleeding and abscess. Diverticulitis mostly affects people over age 50.

Inflammatory Bowel Disease. Smoking has mixed effects on inflammatory bowel disease. Inflammatory bowel disease is the collective term for ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. Smokers have been shown to have lower than average rates of ulcerative colitis, but higher than average rates of Crohn's disease. Smokers with Crohn's disease who quit are said to have less severe symptoms.

Click the icon to see an image of inflammatory bowel disease.

Peptic Ulcers. Results of studies on the effect of smoking on ulcers are mixed. Some evidence suggests that smoking delays the healing of gastric and duodenal ulcers. One study reported that after ulcers healed, about half of smokers relapsed after a year, and that all heavy smokers relapsed after 3 months. Other studies, however, have found no increased risk for ulcers in smokers. Smoking does not appear to increase susceptibility to Helicobacter pylori (H. pylori), the bacteria that causes many peptic ulcers.

Click the icon to see an image of peptic ulcers.

Hepatitis and Cirrhosis. Smoking is linked to increased liver scarring (cirrhosis) caused by either excessive drinking or chronic hepatitis B or C viruses.

Cyanide, a chemical found in tobacco smoke, interferes with thyroid hormone production. Smoking triples the risk for developing thyroid disease, particularly hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism. Women smokers with subclinical hypothyroidism (a symptom-free condition in which the thyroid gland is mildly underactive) have a higher risk for developing full-blown hypothyroidism than their nonsmoking peers. Smoking has also been linked to goiter, a swelling of the thyroid that occurs in people who do not get enough iodine.

Click the icon to see an image of the thyroid.

Smokers are at increased risk for heart and circulatory problems and delayed wound healing after surgery. In one study, patients who were able to cut down or quit smoking 6 - 8 weeks prior to knee or hip replacement surgery were much less likely to suffer complications.

The following age-related conditions occur at higher rates in smokers than nonsmokers:

Cataracts. Quitting smoking reduces your chances of needing cataract surgery in the future, although not to the level seen with nonsmokers.

Click the icon to see an image of a cataract.

Age-related macular degeneration (AMD). AMD is a leading cause of blindness in older people. An Australian study, published in 2007 found that the condition is four times more likely in persons who smoke than those who have never done so. Symptoms of macular degeneration include a loss of central vision, which makes it difficult to read.
Gum disease and tooth loss. A government study found that more than half of the cases of severe gum disease in adults in the United States may be due to cigarette smoking.
Wrinkles. Studies confirm that smokers are nearly five times more likely to develop more and deeper wrinkles as they age compared to nonsmokers.
Baldness and premature gray hair. Certain chemicals in smoke break down in hair cells, which leads to hair damage.
Hearing loss, particularly high-frequency hearing loss. Some experts believe that losing the ability to hear high pitched sound in smokers may be due to a decrease in blood flow to the cochlea, the part of the ear that carries sound to the brain.
Incontinence. One study of 600 women indicated that smokers and former smokers are twice as likely to develop incontinence as women who never smoked.

Secondhand Smoke

Secondhand smoke is produced by a burning cigarette or other tobacco product. An estimated 4 million children a year get sick from being around secondhand smoke. Parental smoking has been shown to affect the lungs of infants as early as the first 2 - 10 weeks of life, and such abnormal lung function could persist throughout life.

Exposure to secondhand smoke in the home increases the risk for asthma and asthma-related emergency room visits in children who have existing asthma.

Parental smoking is believed to increase the risk for lower respiratory tract infections (such as bronchitis or pneumonia) by 50%. Environmental exposure to smoke is thought to be responsible for 150,000 - 300,000 such cases every year.

Smoking Bans

Smoking bans have spread across the country. By October 2007, at least 22 states and the District of Columbia have passed some type of law banning smoking in almost all public places and workplaces, including restaurants and bars. The date an individual state's ban takes effect varies greatly; some do not take effect until 2008 or 2009.

As of January 1, 2006, nine states were considered "smoke-free" -- California, Connecticut, Delaware, Massachusetts, Maine, New York, Rhode Island, Vermont, and Washington.

Quitting Smoking

It's never too late to quit smoking. According to the American Cancer Society, about half of all smokers who keep smoking will die from a smoking-related disease. Quitting has immediate health benefits.


Time after last cigarette	Physical Response
20 minutes	Blood pressure and pulse rates return to normal.
8 hours	Levels of carbon monoxide and oxygen in the blood return to normal.
24 hours	Chance of heart attack begins to decreases.
48 hours	Nerve endings start to regrow. Your ability to taste and smell increases.
72 hours	Bronchial tubes relax and the lungs can fill with more air.
2 weeks to 3 months	Improved circulation; lung function increases up to 30%.
1 to 9 months	Decreased rates of coughing, sinus infection, fatigue, and shortness of breath; regrowth of cilia in the airways, increasing the ability to clear mucus and clean the lungs and reducing the chance of infection; overall energy level increases.
Long-Term Effects	After a year, the risk of dying from heart attack and stroke is reduced by up to 50%.

According to the National Institutes of Health, about 40% of smokers who want to quit make a serious attempt to do so each year, but fewer than 5% actually succeed. A June 2006 report published by the NIH says that the available smoking cessation products and therapies are greatly underused. If more smokers asked for or were offered such help, the agency says quit rates could double or triple.

Some people have certain genes that make quitting easier. Researchers at Duke University have identified more than 200 genes that distinguish those who have successfully kicked the habit. It is the first time such genes have been identified. The findings could lead to new smoking cessation therapies that target a person's specific genetic makeup.

Methods of quitting smoking include counseling and support groups, nicotine patches, gums, lozenges, and sprays, smoking cessation pills, and slowly cutting back on the number of cigarettes smoked (incremental reduction).

About 4% of smokers who quit without any outside help succeed. Nevertheless, most people try to quit alone, and many have reported activities that can help the process of withdrawal. The primary obstacle in trying to quit alone is making the behavioral changes necessary to eliminate the habits associated with smoking. Excellent books, tapes, and manuals are available and are strongly recommended to help people who want to quit without other assistance.

Nicotine replacement therapy involves the use of products that provide low doses of nicotine that do not contain the contaminant found in smoke. The goal of therapy is to relieve cravings for nicotine and ease the symptoms of withdrawal.

In general, nicotine replacement therapy benefits moderate-to-heavy smokers the most. However, it does appear somewhat helpful for light smokers (people who smoke fewer than 15 cigarettes a day).

Nicotine Patches. Nicotine patches deliver nicotine through the skin. This is called transdermal nicotine delivery. It is effective in reducing symptoms during withdrawal. Nicotine patches are available over the counter.

Patches may work in different ways:

Step-Down Approach. Patches that use this method include NicoDerm CQ. The patches come in three strengths (21, 14, and 7 mg). You use the strongest dose first and reduce it gradually over a period of 8 - 10 weeks. A 21 mg patch is about equal to 15 cigarettes. A heavy smoker may need to wear two patches at first.
Single-Step Approach. The single-step patch (Nicotrol) can be taken off after 16 hours and replaced 8 hours later. It can be used for only 6 weeks.

Patches are applied and used in similar ways:

A single patch is worn each day and replaced after 24 hours.
To avoid skin irritation it is applied to different hairless locations above the waist and below the neck each day.
People can wear the patches for 24 hours, but some have reported odd dreams and have disliked the sensation of the patch during the night. People who wear the patch all the time, however, have fewer withdrawal symptoms and slightly better abstinence rates than those who take it off at night.
Patches should be stored and discarded safely, particularly in homes with small children. Small children have been poisoned and gotten sick from wearing, chewing, or sucking on nicotine patches. There have been no reports of death from children who have been poisoned.
The FDA recommends using the patches for 3 - 5 months, although some studies suggest that using them for 8 weeks achieves the maximum benefits.

Children should not come in contact with the patches, even while the smoker is wearing them. If the child has worn the patch, the affected skin should be washed right away. Urgent medical care may be required if the child has eaten nicotine or worn a patch for a prolonged time.

Nicotine Gum. Nicotine gum (Nicorette) is available over the counter and has helped many people quit. Some prefer it to the patch because they can control the nicotine dosage, and chewing satisfies the oral urge associated with smoking.

Tips for using the gum:

If you are just starting to quit, chew 1 - 2 pieces each hour. A smoker should not chew more than 20 pieces a day.
The goal is to stop using the gum by 6 months, but about 3% of people continue to use it long after they have quit smoking.
The gum must be chewed slowly until it develops a peppery taste. It is then tucked between the gum and cheek where it is stored so that the nicotine can be absorbed.
Coffee, tea, soft drinks, and acidic beverages may interfere with nicotine absorption, so people should wait at least 15 minutes after drinking before chewing a piece of gum.

Some people prefer other methods or cannot use the gum for the following reasons:

They find the gum unpleasant tasting.
Side effects specific to the gum may include upset stomach, mouth ulcers, hiccups, and throat irritation.
They are embarrassed by chewing gum.
They wear dentures.

Long-term dependence may be a problem with the gum. Although such dependence is probably safer than smoking, research is needed to confirm this, and experts recommend people chew gum for no more than 6 months.

The Nicotine Inhaler. The nicotine inhaler resembles a plastic cigarette holder. It comes with a number of nicotine cartridges, which are inserted into the inhaler and "puffed" for about 20 minutes, up to 16 times a day. The dose is gradually decreased. It requires a prescription in the United States. Several studies have reported that the inhaler triples abstinence rates (between 17 - 28%) compared with placebo (6 - 9%) after 6 months. It has some specific advantages over other nicotine replacement products:

The inhaler provides varying doses of nicotine on demand (as opposed to continuously with the patch or the gum) and is relatively fast-acting. Blood nicotine levels peak about 20 minutes after using the inhaler, comparable to the gum and faster than the 2 - 4 hours seen with the patch.
It satisfies oral urges.
Most of the nicotine vapor is delivered in the mouth, not into the lung airways (although some people experience mouth or throat irritation and cough).

Using a combination of the inhaler and the patch may be particularly effective. In one study, the combination led to an abstinence rate of over 60% after 6 weeks. While this percentage dropped off over time, it was still a large improvement over the use of the inhaler and a placebo patch.

The Nicotine Nasal Spray. The nasal spray satisfies immediate cravings by providing doses of nicotine rapidly and thus may play a useful role in conjunction with slower-acting nicotine replacement therapies. (Nicotine levels peak within 5 - 10 minutes after administering the spray). The spray can irritate the nose, eyes, and throat, so it may not be suitable for those with allergies or sinus infections. Most people, however, can tolerate the side effects, which usually go away within the first few days.

Nicotine Lozenge. A nicotine lozenge (Commit) is available over the counter. It is made from pressed tobacco and comes in two strengths for heavier or lighter smokers. In a large 2002 study, 15 - 18% of smokers who used it remained smoke free, compared to 6 - 10% who were given a dummy lozenge. Side effects included heartburn, hiccups, nausea, headaches, and cough. The Commit lozenge also contains phenylalanine, a chemical that certain people may need to avoid.

Facts about Nicotine Replacement Therapy:

Not cheating on the very first day of nicotine-replacement use increases the chance of quitting permanently by tenfold.
The more cigarettes a patient smokes, the higher the dose of nicotine replacement may be required at the start.
Adding a counseling program may boost the effect of any nicotine replacement program.
Do not smoke while using nicotine replacement. It can cause nicotine to build up to toxic levels.
Nicotine replacement helps prevent weight gain while it is being used, but people are still at higher risk for gaining weight when they stop all nicotine.

Side Effects. Side effects of any nicotine replacement product may include headaches, nausea, and other gastrointestinal problems. People often experience sleeplessness in the first few days, particularly with the patch, but the insomnia usually passes. Patients using very high doses are more likely to have symptoms. Reducing the dose can prevent them.

Special Concerns for Specific Individuals. There has been some concern that the patch might be harmful for people with heart or circulatory disease, but studies are finding that it poses no danger for these individuals. In fact, it may help reduce angina attacks brought on by exercise. However, unhealthy cholesterol levels (lower HDL levels) caused by smoking remain abnormal with use of the nicotine patch. HDL levels improve when all nicotine is stopped.

Nicotine replacement may not be completely safe in pregnant women, although it has been used successfully in this group without ill effect. There is an increase in heart rates in unborn children of women who use the patch as compared with those who smoke.

Keep all nicotine products away from children. Nicotine is a poison. All nicotine products should be kept safely away from small children. A parent should call a physician or a poison control center immediately if a child has been exposed to a nicotine replacement product, even for a short duration. Parents should also call the doctor if a small child has been exposed to a nicotine product and has any symptoms, including stomach upset, irritability, headaches, a rash, or fatigue.

Warnings Against Long-Term Use. No one should use nicotine replacement therapies as a long-term substitute for smoking. Any nicotine replacement therapy should be temporary. In one study, use of nicotine gum for more than a year was associated with insulin resistance, an abnormality that occurs in diabetes. Some studies have now suggested that nicotine itself may have properties that increase the risk for cancer, independent of carcinogenic chemicals in smoke. More studies are needed.

Bupropion (Zyban, Wellbutrin) is a type of antidepressant that is also an FDA-approved product for smoking cessation. It differs from most other antidepressants because it increases the effects of dopamine, the brain chemical that appears to play a strong role in nicotine addiction. Using Zyban along with nicotine replacement therapy may help you better control cigarette smoking cravings. Zyban does not contain nicotine. In most cases, Zyban is taken a week or two before quitting, and must be taken for 7 - 12 weeks. The usual maintenance dose is 150 mg tablet twice a day. No single dose should be higher than 150 mg.

Side effects of bupropion include gastrointestinal problems, headaches, insomnia, dry mouth, and irritation. In very rare cases, seizures have occurred, although usually in people who exceeded the recommended dose or who already had risk factors for seizures.

A newer drug called varenicline (Chantrix) may significantly reduce cigarette cravings and work better than Zyban. A study in the Archives of Internal Medicine found that almost 50% of those who took varenicline successfully quit. Varenicline mimics some effects of nicotine on the brain, but blocks others. Previous studies published in the Journal of the American Medical Association showed that Chantrix works twice as well as Zyban and quadruples one’s chances of successfully quitting. The FDA approved Chantrix as a smoking cessation aid in May 2006. It is for use in cigarette smokers age 18 and older. It should not be combined with nicotine replacement therapy.

The tricyclic antidepressant nortriptyline (Pamelor, Aventyl) may help reduce nicotine action. Quit rates with either of these medicines are as high as 30%. Long-term abstinent rates are more than twice those of placebo. Most other antidepressants, including fluoxetine (Prozac), have no additional benefits for smokers.

Nortriptyline has been specifically studied for helping smokers. It is best to start taking the medication 10 - 28 days before your intended quit date. Studies have reported quit rates of 14 - 24%. Side effects of nortriptyline include dry mouth and changes in taste. It should be noted that in rare cases, tricyclics can have serious side effects, and overdose can be deadly. Tricyclics may pose a danger for some patients with certain types of heart disease.

Smokers who use outside help have the best record for quitting, with success rates of 25 - 35%. Those who are counseled in addition to using nicotine replacement and Zyban have the best chance. Brochures, audio tapes, and other self-help materials are often ineffective when used alone, but may be helpful in conjunction with a counseling program.

Types of behavioral approaches:

Problem Solving or Coping Strategies. Smokers more likely to quit smoking when they learn thinking (cognitive) and behavioral techniques for breaking the link between certain cues and smoking, stress management techniques, and ways to handle the symptoms of withdrawal and the urge to relapse. The more intense the counseling program, the better. Smokers should look for programs that offer the following:

Session lengths of 20 - 30 minutes
Four to seven sessions
A 2-week program
Additional 2 weeks or more of follow-up contact

Scheduled Reduction. Scheduled reduction is a gradual way to stop smoking.

Divide the number of minutes per day that you are awake by the number of daily cigarettes you smoke. The number you get is how long you wait between smokes.
Week 1: Set up a schedule with time intervals based on this result and using a timer, smoke only at those intervals. If the "cigarette appointment" is missed by more than 5 minutes, you must skip that cigarette.
Week 2: Reduce the number of cigarettes you smoke by one-third and recalculate your time between smokes based on the lower number.
Week 3: Reduce the count again.
Week 4: Quit smoking

Those who are unable to smoke during working hours could try calculating the intervals based on the usual smoking times of the day.

The Staged Approach. The intent of the staged approach is to plan quitting interventions customized for each individual rather than imposing some general method for quitting. The approach takes the smoker through six stages with behavioral interventions at each point:

Pre-contemplation
Contemplation
Preparation
Action
Maintenance
Termination

Although some studies report this approach is significantly more effective than non-staged methods, an analysis of 23 trials did not find the staged approach to be any more effective than other methods. Most studies, however, were weak, and better research is needed on this approach.

People who follow this approach do not proceed from one stage to another in a simple, step-by-step fashion. They actually cycle or spiral back and forth, so that they may move from stage 1 to 2 to 3, and then back to 2 again. They may stay in maintenance mode for years and then fall back to stage 2. Remember that this is normal -- if you tried quitting in the past and didn't stick with it, don't consider yourself a failure. Just try again.

Stage 1: Pre-Contemplation.

People at this stage have no plans or desire to stop smoking. They aren't even considering quitting. People at this stage are generally unaware of the specific benefits that quitting can bring. Or, they may simply have "failed" in the past and have given up. There's no point in talking about how to start a cessation program at this stage. Instead, it is important to think about how quitting will help you feel better, have more confidence, or live longer. The benefits must be identified before a person will consider quitting. If you are at this stage, a good activity is to ask several friends or family members why they quit.

Stage 2: Contemplation.

A person at this stage is thinking, "I think I should probably quit, but I need help getting started." People at this stage know that quitting is good for them, but it seems like a daunting task or they don't think they can pull it off. Some may have tried and failed in the past. It's important for people at this stage to consider some of the truths and falsehoods of quitting. If you are at this stage, write down (brainstorm) all your potential roadblocks -- the things that you believe make quitting difficult -- and learn strategies for overcoming or side-stepping those hurdles. People at this stage might benefit from making a pledge, contract, or other commitment that they are going to get more active in the near future. The goal is to identify the roadblocks and ways to overcome these hurdles, and make a commitment to quitting.

Stage 3: Preparation.

Smokers at this stage are ready to quit. The goal of this stage is to create a specific action plan that takes all factors into account, so that quitting is successful. People at this stage need to know what methods work and what support exists to help them. If you are at this stage, you should consider some backup plans -- what to do when the urge to smoke hits you.

Stage 4: Action!

People at this stage have just quit. This stage is where the most behavioral change occurs. It requires significant commitment and energy. If you are at this stage, keep talking to friends and family for inspiration. Review your backup plans. Reward yourself for small achievements. Having a fellow smoker quit with you can be a huge support as you both get through this stage.

Stage 5: Maintenance.

People at this stage have been smoke-free at least 6 months. The goal now is to prevent relapse. If you are at this stage, continue to be wary of roadblocks and keep reminding yourself of the benefits you have gained. Think about what you have found most enjoyable about being smoke-free.

Hypnosis. Although rigorous studies are lacking, some people report successful cessation from smoking when hypnosis is given in individual sessions. The process is effective only if you trust the therapist and can feel completely at ease in the vulnerable and passive state necessary for hypnotic suggestion.

During a typical session, the hypnotherapist will use various techniques (such as imagery, silent counting) to put you in a relaxed state.

When you are very relaxed, but not asleep, the hypnotherapist quietly suggests motivations for not smoking. The hypnotherapist should also reinforce a positive self-image while you are in deep relaxation. This helps many people avoid the depression that accompanies withdrawal.

The sessions usually takes about 1 hour.

You should be taught methods of self-hypnosis to use at home, and follow-up once to reinforce what you've learned.

Acupuncture and Acupressure. The acupuncture technique for quitting smoking usually uses very tiny curved staples inserted into three different points around the edge of the ear. The procedure is painless. You will be told to press each staple in a certain order for a few seconds whenever the craving for a cigarette occurs. The acupuncturist may also use acupuncture points elsewhere on the body. There are no side effects except for some soreness if the acupuncture staple is pressed too hard.

A related technique called acupressure involves simply pressing select points on the body when a craving hits. Some studies have reported good quit rates with acupuncture, but few rigorous studies have been conducted using this approach.

Aim to Quit Completely

Everyone who quits should aim to quit completely. Most people who return to smoking "cheat" in the first few weeks. Quitting completely is essential to regain good health and reverse bad effects caused by smoking. Reducing smoking, even by half, does not eliminate the risk for cancer and other health problems. Although smokers take in less smoke and nicotine, the body is still unable to heal itself from the ongoing intake of toxins. It should also be noted that changing to low-tar cigarettes is not a solution. In fact, smokers of these cigarettes tend to inhale deeper, perhaps even increasing health risks.

Create a List

Write down 10 reasons to quit. In addition to health reasons, the list might include having better smelling hair, clothes, and breath; having fewer wrinkles; enjoying the taste of food; and saving money. Read the list often during the quitting process to help stay motivated.

Decide on a Specific Quit Date

Some people find it helpful to choose a particular date to quit when little or no stress is anticipated for at least the first 3 days. Women affected by PMS should avoid quitting right before their menstrual cycle. It may help to write out a quit contract, putting the date on paper, and getting a friend to sign it. Discard all smoking paraphernalia on the eve before the quit date, and make plans to stay busy on the day itself, and especially at night, when the urge to smoke will be high.

Make an Oath

Take an extreme oath. For example, "If I smoke one more cigarette my dog will die." Although this seems absurd, some people, even well-educated individuals, who have failed all other methods have reported that they quit completely and successfully after taking such an oath.

Let the Body and Mind Heal During Withdrawal

Retreat from the world when cravings become overwhelming. Take naps, warm baths or showers, meditate, or read novels.
Help your body get rid of nicotine. Drink plenty of water, eat fresh fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and fiber-rich foods. Carrots, apples, and celery are good munching foods.
When cravings occur, hold your breath as long as possible or take a few deep rhythmic breaths.
Use meditation or relaxation and deep breathing exercises. In fact, taking deep breaths when the urge to smoke occurs is a good stopgap measure.

Get Family and Friends Involved

Tell all your friends and family that you've already quit, so you'll be embarrassed if they catch you smoking.
Pay a family member or friend if they catch you smoking. The amount should be large enough ($5 - 20) to be a deterrent, but not so large as to be ridiculous.
If your partner or friend smokes, try persuading them to quit or, at the very least, not to smoke around you and others.

Exercise

Studies continue to show that smokers who exercise can greatly increase their ability to quit smoking while reducing their risk for weight gain. Move the muscles when cravings occur. Dance, run, walk, jump up and down, stretch, do push-ups. Yoga is an excellent exercise program for quitting. Older people and anyone with health problems should consult their health care provider before starting such a program.

Maintain a Healthy Diet

Eat plenty of fresh, crunchy fruits and vegetables. This is also a useful way of satisfying oral cravings without adding many calories.
Drink plenty of water and healthy beverages.
Moderate intake of coffee or tea may be helpful. A small study suggested that drinking caffeinated beverages (such as coffee or tea) while on nicotine replacement may enhance energy expenditure and may help prevent weight gain. Moderate coffee intake may also have antidepressant properties. Avoid caffeine in the evening, however, since sleep disturbances can be a problem during withdrawal.

Change Daily Habits

Change your daily schedule, particularly eating times, as much as possible. Eat at different times or eat many small meals instead of three large ones. Sit in a different chair or even a different room.
If you smoke after eating, find other ways to end a meal. Play a tape or CD, eat a piece of fruit, get up and make a phone call, or take a walk (a good distraction that burns calories as well). For example, if you normally have a cigarette with coffee, drink tea instead or use a different cup.
Substitute oral habits by eating celery, chewing sugarless gum, sucking on a cinnamon stick, or carrying worry beads.
Go to public places and restaurants where smoking is prohibited or restricted.
Set short-term quitting goals and reward yourself when they are met.
Every day put the money normally spent on cigarettes in a jar and buy something pleasurable at the end of a predetermined period of time.
Find activities that focus the hands and mind but are not taxing or fattening: Computer games, solitaire, knitting, sewing, whittling, and crossword puzzles.

Denormalization is the idea that smoking is no longer normal. This concept of denormalization is best instituted by laws and local regulations making smoking inaccessible in public places, raising prices, and putting stricter limitations on cigarette advertising.

Increasing taxes on cigarettes may be one of the most important methods for reducing smoking in the population, particularly in younger people.

Evidence is suggesting that banning smoking in work and public places may be leading to a higher quit rate than in places where smoking is permitted.

Denormalization can also work on a personal level. A British study showed that when one spouse makes healthy changes, including quitting smoking, the other one follows. In couples where smoking continues, it usually continues in both.

Symptoms of Withdrawal

After you quit smoking, you with have some withdrawal symptoms. Such symptoms generally peak in intensity 3 -5 days after you quit, and usually disappear after 2 weeks, although some may persist for several months.

The symptoms of withdrawal include both physical and mental difficulties.

Physical Symptoms.

Tingling in the hands and feet
Sweating
Intestinal disorders (cramps, nausea)
Headaches
Sore throat, coughing, and signs of a cold

Withdrawal symptoms should be treated accordingly, just as you would with physical symptoms due to an illness or disease.

Mental and Emotional Symptoms. Tension and craving build up during periods of withdrawal, sometimes to a nearly intolerable point. Nearly every moderate-to-heavy smoker experiences more than one of the following strong emotional and mental responses to withdrawal:

Temper tantrums, intense needs, feelings of dependency, and a state of near paralysis
Insomnia
Mental confusion, vagueness, or difficulty concentrating
Irritability, restlessness, impatience, or anger
Anxiety
Depression

The first signs of nicotine withdrawal seem to appear within 30 minutes of a smoker’s last cigarette. The findings, published in Psychopharmacology, are believed to be the first to show just how early nicotine withdrawal occurs. The study involved 50 people who smoked a pack of cigarettes daily. Half refrained from smoking for 4 hours, while the others smoked as usual. After 30 minutes, those who did not have a cigarette craved one and did more poorly on tasks requiring attention than those in the smoking group. Within 3 hours, the non-smoking group showed increases in anxiety, sadness, and difficulty concentrating.

Depression is common during withdrawal and over the long term. In the short term, it may mimic the feelings of grief felt when a loved one is lost. A smoker should plan on a period of actual mourning in order to get through the early withdrawal depression.

There is a significant association between cigarette smoking and a susceptibility to depression. People who are prone to depression face a 25% chance of becoming depressed when they quit smoking, and this increased risk persists for at least 6 months. What's more, depressed smokers have a very low level of success. Only about 6% remain smoke-free after a year. There are strong reasons for this:

Smoking may be masking depression, which can become severe even after the early stages of withdrawal have passed.
For some smokers, the future physical damage incurred by smoking is an abstraction, which fails to motivate quitting when measured up against the very real emotional pain triggered by nicotine withdrawal.
Not only does the smoker suffer, but the negative emotions often harm relationships with friends and family, who might even urge the ex-smoker to take up cigarettes again.

People who suffer from depression while quitting might do better using a combination of emotionally supportive therapy (as opposed to behavioral therapy), nicotine replacements, and antidepressants, such as bupropion (Zyban). If severe depression lasts beyond the withdrawal period, professional help should be sought as soon as possible.

Quitting smoking does increase the risk for weight gain. But, kicking the habit of smoking may cause more weight gain than previously thought. A study in Health Services Research found that the average weight gain among former smokers was about 21 pounds, rather than the 5 - 15 pounds commonly cited. But, fear of weight gain shouldn’t stop a person from quitting smoking. Instead, the study authors encourage weight-control measures after quitting. To come up with a new average, the scientists re-analyzed data from the 1998 Lung Health Study of 5,887 American smokers. That study found that those who quit smoking gained about 12 pounds.

Smoking uses up calories -- about 200 a day according to one study. Burning calories helps you lose weight. After quitting, the body's metabolism slows down, and food is digested better. Insulin levels increase, enabling the body to process more sugar for energy. When you quit smoking, you may snack more frequently.

How to Keep the Weight Off After Smoking. Exercise is very helpful in controlling weight. To burn the same amount of calories as you did while smoking, you need only take an extra 15-minute daily walk and eliminate 100 calories a day from meals. Just a moderate increase in physical activity can help keep weight gain to a minimum.

Nicotine replacement therapy can help protect against weight gain. See the section on "Quitting Smoking" in this report.

Failure to Quit

Biologic, psychological, behavioral, and cultural factors all play a role in nicotine addiction, making smoking one of the hardest addictions to beat. About half of people who quit return to smoking. Even after years of not smoking, some ex-smokers still have occasional cravings for cigarettes.

Some experts suggest that, in addition to depression, there are three major areas responsible for the inability to quit:

Mental performance. Nicotine improves concentration and thinking. Quitting smoking temporarily impairs one's mental performance.
Stress. Although smoking many not reduce stress, stopping certainly increases it.
Weight gain. Quitting smoking can cause you to gain weight. Studies are mixed on whether weight gain is permanent in most smokers or not. Certainly, it is a major factor in relapse. [See "Weight Gain" section in this report.]

How well a person does in the first 2 weeks is critical to their success. Smokers should not be shy about seeking all the help they can during this period. Although withdrawal symptoms can be intense, treatments are available to reduce them.

Attempts to quit are never a waste of time, since the amount of smoking is reduced during these periods. People who keep trying still have a 50 - 50 chance of finally quitting.

Researchers have been trying to discover individual risk factors or sets of behaviors that can help predict why specific people fail to quit. Some factors include:

Being female
Being a heavy smoker
Inhaling deeply
Being a long-term smoker
Having severe withdrawal symptoms

Among many studies, however, only one found a single consistent factor for failure to quit:

Cheating during the first 2 weeks of withdrawal, even with the patch, nearly guarantees that a person will smoke again in 6 months.

Studies show that women have a harder time trying to quit smoking and have less success with abstinence programs than men. There are many proposed reasons for this:

Nicotine has different effects on mood in women compared to men. Women who quit may have greater anxiety and stress than men who quit.
Women are not as physically dependent on nicotine as men, but they are more addicted to the actual behavior of smoking, which is the more powerful deterrent to quitting. This may be the reason why nicotine replacement, which only reduces cravings, tends not to be as effective in women.
Women may fear weight gain after quitting more than men.
Certain phases in the menstrual cycle may reduce the response to drugs that are used to help women quit smoking.
Men may be less supportive than women in helping their partners to quit.
Women trying to quit may miss the feeling of control associated with smoking more than men.

On the positive side, evidence suggests that when women quit, their lung function seems to improve more rapidly than in men who quit.

Lifestyle Changes

Smokers and former smokers should immediately begin to implement a healthier lifestyle and change any other behaviors that might be damaging their health.

Everyone should also maintain a healthy diet, with foods rich in whole grains and fruits and vegetables (particularly dark colored ones). Avoid saturated fats and instead choose monounsaturated fats, which are found in olive oil or fats from oily fish. Two studies have indicated that eating fish more than twice a week might help limit the tobacco damage in people who do not smoke more than a pack and a half a day.

Even with a healthful diet, however, smoking reduces the levels of a number of vitamins, importantly vitamin C. Some research suggests that supplementation of folic acid, a B vitamin, and the antioxidants vitamins E and C and selenium may improve lung function or reduce the damage done by cigarette smoke. Studies have shown that daily vitamin E supplements are associated with reduced risk for prostate cancer among smokers and that higher levels of vitamin E are linked to a lower risk for lung cancer. The best way of achieving healthy levels of important nutrients is from healthy foods.

Click the icon to see an image of the benefits of vitamin E.

Click the icon to see an image of the sources of vitamin E.

Women who are pregnant and continue to smoke must be sure to take appropriate vitamins, particularly folic acid. In this way, they might reduce the increased risk of fetal injury and death, although they do not eliminate that risk.

Regular exercise reduces a smoker's risk of heart disease (although still not to the level of a nonsmoker). Exercise does not lower a smoker's risk for lung cancer or emphysema.

If you smoke, you should be screened for any smoking-related disorders. Have your cholesterol and blood pressure checked regularly. Women should have annual Pap smears to detect cervical cancer. All older adults should be screened for colon cancer. Computed tomography (CT) screening programs, which are becoming increasingly available, may detect lung cancer at an early stage. Ask your health care provider if you should have this test, and if your insurance will cover it.

Resources

www.cancer.org -- American Cancer Society
www.lungusa.org -- The American Lung Association

References

Alati R, Al Mamun A, O'Callaghan M, Najman JM, Williams GM. In utero and postnatal maternal smoking and asthma in adolescence. Epidemiology. 2006 Mar;17(2):138-44.

Amin S, Niu J, Guermazi A, et al. Cigarette smoking and the risk for cartilage loss and knee pain in men with knee osteoarthritis. Ann Rheum Dis. 2007 Jan;66(1):18-22. Epub 2006 Dec 7.

Breslau N., Novak SP, Kessler RC. Psychiatric disorders and stages of smoking. Biological Psychiatry. 55(1):69-76, 2004.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Tobacco use among adults -- United States, 2005. MMWR. 2006 Oct 27;55(42):1145-8.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Annual smoking-attributable mortality, years of potential life lost, and productivity losses -- United States, 1997-2001. MMWR. 2005;54:625-628.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). State-specific prevalence of smoke-free home rules -- United States, 1992-2003. MMWR. 2007 May 25;56(20):501-4.

Chaudhuri R, Livingston E, McMahon AD, et al. Effects of smoking cessation on lung function and airway inflammation in smokers with asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2006 Jul 15;174(2):127-33.

Dobson R. Smoking may increase abdominal obesity. BMJ. 2005 Sep 17;331(7517):596.

Eisenberg D, Quinn BC. Estimating the effect of smoking cessation on weight gain: an instrumental variable approach. Health Services Research. 2006 July 6; (early online version).

Galatz LM, Silva MJ, Rothermich SY, Zaegel MA, Havlioglu N, Thomopoulos S. Nicotine delays tendon-to-bone healing in a rat shoulder model. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006 Sep;88(9):2027-34.

Health, United States, 2005, with Chartbook on Trends in the Health of Americans. Hyattsville, Md. National Center for Health Statistics; 2005.

Hendricks P, Ditre J, Drobes D, Brandon T. The early time course of smoking withdrawal effects. Psychopharmacology. 2006;187(3): 385-396.

Houston TK, Person SD, Pletcher MJ, Liu K, Iribarren C, Kiefe CI. Active and passive smoking and development of glucose intolerance among young adults in a prospective cohort: CARDIA study. BMJ. 2006 May 6;332(7549):1064-9.

Linn-Rasker SP, van der Helm-van Mil AHM, van Gaalen FA, et al. Smoking is a risk factor for anti-CCP antibodies only in rheumatoid arthritis patients who carry HLA-DRB1 shared epitope alleles. Ann Rheum Dis. 2006;65:366-371.

Li YF, Langholz B, Salam MT, Gilliland FD. Maternal and grandmaternal smoking patterns are associated with early childhood asthma. Chest. 2005 Apr;127(4):1232-41.

Mennella JA, Yourshaw LM, Morgan LK. Breastfeeding and smoking: short-term effects on infant feeding and sleep. Pediatrics. 2007 Sep;120(3):497-502.

Naqvi NH, Rudrauf D, Damasio H, Bechara A. Damage to the insula disrupts addiction to cigarette smoking. Science. 2007 Jan 26;315(5811):531-4.

Nides M, Oncken C, Gonzales D, et al. Smoking cessation with varenicline, a selective alpha4beta2 nicotinic receptor partial agonist: results from a 7-week, randomized, placebo- and bupropion-controlled trial with 1-year follow-up. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Aug 14-28;166(15):1561-8.

Oncken C, Gonzales D, Nides M, Rennard S, Watsky E, Billing CB, Anziano R, Reeves K. Efficacy and safety of the novel selective nicotinic acetylcholine receptor partial agonist, varenicline, for smoking cessation. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Aug 14-28;166(15):1571-7.

Ritz B, Ascherio A, Checkoway H, et al. Pooled analysis of tobacco use and risk of Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol. 2007 Jul;64(7):990-7.

Sargent JD, Stoolmiller M, Worth KA, et al. Exposure to smoking depictions in movies: its association with established adolescent smoking. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med. 2007 Sep;161(9):849-56.

Teo KK, Ounpuu S, Hawken S, et al. Tobacco use and risk of myocardial infarction in 52 countries in the INTERHEART study: a case-control study. Lancet. 2006 Aug 19;368(9536):647-58.

The Health Consequences Of Smoking: A Report Of The Surgeon General. Atlanta, GA: US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office on Smoking and Health, US Dept of Health and Human Services; 2004.

Tonnesen P, Mikkelsen K, Bremann L. Nurse-conducted smoking cessation in patients with COPD using nicotine sublingual tablets and behavioral support. Chest. 2006 Aug;130(2):334-42.

Uhl GR, Liu QR, Drgon T, Johnson C, Walther D, Rose JE. Molecular genetics of nicotine dependence and abstinence: whole genome association using 520,000 SNPs. BMC Genet. 2007 Apr 3;8:10.

Wagena EJ, Knipschild P, Zeegers MP. Should nortriptyline be used as a first-line aid to help smokers quit? Results from a systematic review and meta-analysis. Addiction. 2005;100:317-326.

Review Date:
10/8/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com